FCC ID: MSQ9560NG Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 9560 (BT/WiFi)

 

CA16767 First Edition / September 2020 User Guide Manuel de lutilisateur Manual de usuario CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 1 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 1 2020/9/24 09:44:37 2020/9/24 09:44:37 Top View / Vue de dessus / Vistas superior NOTE: The keyboard's layout may vary per region or country. The top view may also vary in appearance depending on the Notebook PC model REMARQUE : La disposition du clavier peut varier en fonction du pays ou de la rgion d'achat. La vue de dessus peut aussi varier selon le modle d'ordinateur portable. NOTA: La distribucin del teclado puede variar en funcin de la regin o el pas. La apariencia de la vista superior tambin puede ser diferente en funcin del modelo del equipo porttil. Camera Camra Cmara 360-adjustable touch screen panel /

cran tactile (avec angle rglable 360) /

Panel de pantalla tctil ajustable 360 Keyboard Clavier Teclado Touchpad/Numberpad

(on selected models) Pav tactile/Pav numrique

(sur une slection de modles) Panel tctil/Teclado numrico

(en ciertos modelos) Function key lock indicator Tmoin de verrouillage des touches de fonction Indicador de bloqueo de tecla de funcin Capital lock indicator Tmoin de verrouillage des majuscules Indicador de Bloqueo de Maysculas 2 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 2 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 2 2020/9/24 09:44:37 2020/9/24 09:44:37 Notebook PC User Guide Using the NumberPad (on selected models) Press and hold for a second to toggle between number keys or touchpad. Tap to adjust brightness for the NumberPad. Press and hold then slide anywhere on the NumberPad to launch Windows Calculator. IMPORTANT! Please note that all versions of NumberPad are only supported on the latest Microsoft Windows operating system. NOTE: To use the % and = function, set the input language to English. 3 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 3 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 3 2020/9/24 09:44:37 2020/9/24 09:44:37 Notebook PC User Guide Pav numrique (sur une slection de modles) Appuyez sur et maintenez la touche pendant une seconde pour passer du pav numrique au pav tactile. Appuyez sur pour ajuster la luminosit du pav numrique. Pressez et maintenez puis faites glisser votre doigt nimporte o sur le pav numrique pour lancer la calculatrice Windows. IMPORTANT! Veuillez noter que toutes les versions du pav numrique sont prises en charge uniquement sous la version la plus rcente de Windows. REMARQUE : Pour utiliser les fonctions % et =, configurez la langue de saisie sur anglais. 4 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 4 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 4 2020/9/24 09:44:37 2020/9/24 09:44:37 Notebook PC User Guide Teclado numrico (en ciertos modelos) Presione y mantenga pulsado durante un segundo para alternar entre el teclado numrico o el panel tctil. Pulse para ajustar el brillo para el teclado numrico. Presione sin soltar y, a continuacin, deslice en cualquier lugar del teclado numrico para iniciar la aplicacin Calculadora de Windows. IMPORTANTE! Tenga en cuenta que todas las versiones de NumberPad solo son compatibles con el sistema operativo Microsoft Windows ms reciente. NOTA: Para utilizar la funcin % e =, establezca ingls como idioma de entrada. 5 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 5 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 5 2020/9/24 09:44:37 2020/9/24 09:44:37 Notebook PC User Guide I/O ports and slots Interfaces de connexion Puertos de E/S y ranuras Power button Bouton dalimentation Botn de alimentacin MicroSD card slot HDMI port Headphone/Headset/Microphone jack Power (DC) input port USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-C/Thunderbolt 4 combo port USB 3.2 Gen 2 port Security slot USB 2.0 port Fente pour carte microSD Port HDMI Prise casque / microphone Prise dalimentation (CC) Port combin USB 3.2 Gen2 Type-C /

Thunderbolt 4 Encoche de scurit Port USB 3.2 Gen2 Port USB 2.0 Ranura para tarjetas microSD Puerto HDMI Conector de auriculares, auriculares con micrfono y micrfono Puerto de entrada de alimentacin

(CC) Puerto combinado USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-C/Thunderbolt 4 Ranura de seguridad Puerto USB 3.2 Gen 2 Puerto USB 2.0 6 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 6 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 6 2020/9/24 09:44:38 2020/9/24 09:44:38 Notebook PC User Guide ASUS Pen (on selected models) /

ASUS Pen (sur une slection de modles) /

ASUS Pen (en ciertos modelos) Right-click button Bouton de clic droit Botn derecho Eraser button Bouton deffacement Botn Borrador 7 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 7 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 7 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide Getting started / Mise en route /

Procedimientos iniciales 1. Charge your Notebook PC A. Connect the DC power connector into your Notebook PCs power (DC) input port. B. Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source. 1. Chargez la batterie de lordinateur portable A. Reliez ladaptateur secteur la prise dalimentation (CC) de lordinateur portable. B. Branchez lautre extrmit de ladaptateur secteur sur une prise lectrique fournissant un courant compris entre 100V et 240V. 1. Carga del equipo porttil equipo porttil. A. Enchufe el conector de alimentacin de CC a la entrada de alimentacin (CC) del B. Enchufe el adaptador de alimentacin de CA a una toma de corriente de 100~240 V. IMPORTANT! Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. IMPORTANT ! Utilisez uniquement l'adaptateur secteur fourni pour charger la batterie et/ou alimenter l'ordinateur portable. IMPORTANTE! Utilice solamente el adaptador de alimentacin incluido para cargar la batera y proporcionar alimentacin al equipo porttil. NOTE: The power adapter may vary in appearance, depending on models and your region. REMARQUE : L'apparence de l'adaptateur secteur peut varier en fonction du modle et du pays ou de la rgion d'achat. NOTA: La apariencia del adaptador de alimentacin puede ser diferente en funcin de los modelos y la regin. 8 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 8 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 8 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide 2. Lift to open the display panel 2. Soulevez le panneau daffichage 2. Levante para abrir el panel de la pantalla 3. Press the power button 3. Appuyez sur le bouton dalimentation 3. Presione el botn de alimentacin Charge the Notebook PC for 3 hours before using it in battery mode for the first time. Chargez la batterie de lordinateur portable pendant 3 heures avant de lutiliser pour la premire fois. Cargue el equipo porttil durante 3 horas antes de utilizarlo por primera vez. 9 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 9 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 9 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide Safety notices for your Notebook PC WARNING!

Your Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use or while charging the battery pack. Do not leave your Notebook PC on your lap or near any part of your body to prevent injury from heat. When working on your Notebook PC, do not place it on surfaces that can block the vents. CAUTION!

This Notebook PC should only be used in environments with ambient temperatures between 5C (41F) and 35C (95F). adapter complies with this rating. Refer to the rating label on the bottom of your Notebook PC and ensure that your power The power adapter may become warm to hot while in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep it away from your body while it is connected to a power source. IMPORTANT!

Ensure that your Notebook PC is connected to a grounded power adapter before turning it on for the first time. unit and easily accessible. When using your Notebook PC on power adapter mode, the socket outlet must be near to the Locate the input/output rating label on your Notebook PC and ensure that it matches the input/output rating information on your power adapter. Some Notebook PC models may have multiple rating output currents based on the available SKU. Power adapter information:

- Input voltage: 100-240Vac

- Input frequency: 50-60Hz

- Rating output current: 3.42A (65W)

- Rating output voltage: 19V WARNING!

Read the following precautions for your Notebook PCs battery:

Only ASUS-authorized technicians should remove the battery inside the device

(for non-removable battery only). The battery used in this device may present a risk of fire or chemical burn if removed or disassembled. Follow the warning labels for your personal safety. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Do not dispose of in fire. Never attempt to short-circuit your Notebook PCs battery. Never attempt to disassemble and reassemble the battery

(for non-removable battery only). Discontinue usage if leakage is found. This battery and its components must be recycled or disposed of properly. Keep the battery and other small components away from children. 10 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 10 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 10 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide Copyright Information You acknowledge that all rights of this Manual remain with ASUS. Any and all rights, including without limitation, in the Manual or website, are and shall remain the exclusive property of ASUS and/or its licensors. Nothing in this Manual intends to transfer any such rights, or to vest any such rights to you. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. Copyright 2020 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. Limitation of Liability Circumstances may arise where because of a default on ASUS part or other liability, you are entitled to recover damages from ASUS. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to claim damages from ASUS, ASUS is liable for no more than damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property; or any other actual and direct damages resulted from omission or failure of performing legal duties under this Warranty Statement, up to the listed contract price of each product. ASUS will only be responsible for or indemnify you for loss, damages or claims based in contract, tort or infringement under this Warranty Statement. This limit also applies to ASUS suppliers and its reseller. It is the maximum for which ASUS, its suppliers, and your reseller are collectively responsible. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ASUS LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA; OR (3) SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF ASUS, ITS SUPPLIERS OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR POSSIBILITY. Service and Support For complete E-Manual version, refer to our multi-language website at:

https://www.asus.com/support/

11 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 11 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 11 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. UL Safety Notices DO NOT use the Notebook PC near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool. DO NOT use the Notebook PC during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. DO NOT use the Notebook PC in the vicinity of a gas leak. DO NOT dispose the Notebook PC battery pack in a fire, as they may explode. Check with local codes for possible special disposal instructions to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. DO NOT use power adapters or batteries from other devices to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. Use only UL certified power adapters or batteries supplied by the manufacturer or authorized retailers. Coating Notice IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located. Power Safety Requirement Products with electrical current ratings up to 6A and weighing more than 3Kg must use approved power cords greater than or equal to: H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75mm2 or H05VV-F, 2G, 0.75mm2. 12 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 12 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 12 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide Declaration of Compliance for Product Environmental Regulation ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products, and makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line with global environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant information based on regulation requirements. Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/Compliance.htm for information disclosure based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with. EU REACH and Article 33 Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm. EU RoHS This product complies with the EU RoHS Directive. For more details, see http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=35. ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest standards for protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for you to be able to responsibly recycle our products, batteries, other components as well as the packaging materials. Please go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling information in different regions. Ecodesign Directive European Union announced a framework for the setting of ecodesign requirements for energy-

related products (2009/125/EC). Specific Implementing Measures are aimed at improving environmental performance of specific products or across multiple product types. ASUS provides product information on the CSR website. Further information could be found at https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=1555. EPEAT Registered Products The public disclosure of key environmental information for ASUS EPEAT (Electronic Product Environmental Assessment Tool) registered products is available at https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=41. More information about EPEAT program and purchase guidance can be found at www.epeat.net. Prevention of Hearing Loss To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. 13 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 13 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 13 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide Canada, Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) Notices This device contains licence-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canadas licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause interference.

(1)

(2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information The radiated output power of the Wireless Device is below the Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) radio frequency exposure limits. The Wireless Device should be used in such a manner such that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. This device has been evaluated for and shown compliant with the ISED Specific Absorption Rate

(SAR) limits when operated in portable exposure conditions. Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. Full text of EU declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/. The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for countries listed in the table below:

AT DE LV NO FI BE IS LI PL SE BG IE LT PT CH CZ IT LU RO UK DK EL HU SI HR EE ES MT SK FR CY NL TR 14 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 14 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 14 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide Prcautions relatives la scurit AVERTISSEMENT !

Votre ordinateur portable peut atteindre une temprature leve lors de son utilisation ou du chargement de la batterie. Ne laissez pas lordinateur portable allum sur vos genoux ou toute autre partie du corps afin dviter toute blessure provoque par la chaleur. Lors de lutilisation de lordinateur portable, veillez ne pas le placer sur une surface pouvant bloquer les fentes daration. ATTENTION !

Cet ordinateur portable doit tre utilis dans un environnement dont la temprature ambiante est comprise entre 5C (41F) et 35C (95F). Rfrez-vous l'tiquette situe au dessous de l'ordinateur portable pour vrifier que votre adaptateur secteur rpond aux exigences de voltage. L'adaptateur secteur peut atteindre une temprature leve lors de son utilisation. Ne couvrez pas l'adaptateur et tenez-le loign de vous lorsque celui-ci est branch une source d'alimentation. IMPORTANT !

Assurez-vous que l'ordinateur portable est connect son adaptateur secteur avant de l'allumer pour la premire fois. Si vous utilisez l'ordinateur portable en fonctionnement sur secteur, la prise lectrique doit se trouver proximit et tre aisment accessible. Reprez l'tiquette nergtique de votre ordinateur portable pour vrifier que les informations y figurant correspondent celles apparaissant sur l'adaptateur secteur. Certains modles d'ordinateurs portables peuvent disposer de multiples tensions de sortie en fonction de leur unit de gestion des stocks. Informations relatives l'adaptateur secteur :

- Tension d'entre : 100-240Vca

- Frquence d'entre : 50-60Hz

- Courant de sortie nominal : 3,42A (65W)

- Tension de sortie nominale : 19V AVERTISSEMENT !

Lisez attentivement les notices suivantes concernant la batterie de votre ordinateur portable :

Seul un technicien ASUS est autoris retirer et manipuler la batterie (uniquement pour la batterie non amovible). Ne tentez jamais de court-circuiter la batterie de l'ordinateur portable. La batterie de l'appareil peut prsenter un risque d'incendie ou de brlure si celle-ci est retire ou dsassemble. Lisez et suivez les indications de toutes fuit. Ne tentez jamais de dsassembler ou de r-assembler la batterie (uniquement pour la batterie non amovible). Cessez d'utiliser l'appareil si la batterie les tiquettes d'avertissement pour viter d'ventuelles blessures. Risque d'explosion si la batterie n'est pas correctement remplace. Ne jetez pas la batterie au feu. La batterie et ses composants doivent tre recycls ou jets de faon approprie. Gardez la batterie et ses composants hors de porte des enfants. 15 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 15 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 15 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide Avis concernant les batteries remplaables La batterie de lappareil peut prsenter un risque dincendie ou de brlure si celle-ci est retire ou dsassemble. La batterie et ses composants doivent tre recycls ou jets de faon approprie. ATTENTION! Danger dexplosion si la batterie nest pas correctement remplace. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie de type semblable ou quivalent, recommande par le fabricant. Jeter les batteries usages conformment aux instructions du fabricant. Informations sur les droits d'auteur Vous reconnaissez que les droits de proprit de ce manuel appartiennent ASUS. Tous les droits, incluant sans s'y limiter, ce manuel ou le site internet d'ASUS, sont la proprit exclusive d'ASUS et/ou ses concdants de licence. Aucun contenu de ce manuel n'a pour but de vous transfrer ou de vous attribuer des droits quelconques. ASUS FOURNIT CE MANUEL "EN L'TAT" SANS GARANTIE D'AUCUNE SORTE. LES SPCIFICATIONS ET LES INFORMATIONS CONTENUES DANS CE MANUEL SONT FOURNIES TITRE INDICATIF SEULEMENT ET SONT SUJETTES DES MODIFICATIONS SANS PRAVIS, ET NE DOIVENT PAS TRE INTERPRTES COMME UN ENGAGEMENT DE LA PART D'ASUS. Copyright 2020 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. Tous droits rservs. Clause de responsabilit limite Des dommages peuvent survenir suite un dfaut sur une pice fabrique par ASUS ou un tiers. Vous avez le droit des dommages et intrts auprs d'ASUS. Dans un tel cas, indpendamment de la base sur laquelle vous avez droit de revendiquer les dommages et intrts auprs d'ASUS, ASUS ne peut tre responsable de plus que des dommages et intrts pour les dommages corporels (y compris la mort) et les dgts aux biens immobiliers et aux biens personnels tangibles ; ou les autres dommages et intrts rels et directs rsultant de l'omission ou de la dfaillance d'excuter ses devoirs lgaux au titre de la prsente Dclaration de Garantie, jusqu'au prix forfaitaire officiel de chaque produit. ASUS n'est responsable et ne peut vous indemniser qu'au titre des pertes, des dgts ou revendications bass sur le contrat, des prjudices ou des infractions cette Dclaration de Garantie. Cette limite s'applique aussi aux fournisseurs d'ASUS et ses revendeurs. Il s'agit du maximum auquel ASUS, ses fournisseurs, et votre revendeur, sont collectivement responsables. EN AUCUNE CIRCONSTANCE ASUS N'EST RESPONSABLE POUR CE QUI SUIT : (1) LES REVENDICATIONS DE TIERS CONTRE VOUS POUR DES DOMMAGES ET INTRTS ; (2) LES PERTES, OU DGTS, VOS ENREGISTREMENTS DE DONNES ; OU (3) LES DOMMAGES ET INTRTS SPCIAUX, FORTUITS, OU INDIRECTS OU POUR N'IMPORTE QUELS DOMMAGES ET INTRTS CONOMIQUES CONSCUTIFS

(INCLUANT LES PERTES DE PROFITS OU D'CONOMIES), ET CE MME SI ASUS, SES FOURNISSEURS OU VOTRE REVENDEUR SONT INFORMS D'UNE TELLE POSSIBILIT. Service et assistance Pour tlcharger le manuel d'utilisation complet de cet ordinateur, consultez notre site multilingue d'assistance en ligne sur : https://www.asus.com/support/

16 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 16 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 16 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide Dclaration d'alerte FCC sur l'exposition aux frquences radio AVERTISSEMENT ! Tout changement ou modification non expressment approuv par le responsable de la conformit peut annuler le droit de l'utilisateur faire fonctionner cet appareil. Cet quipement a t test et s'est avr conforme aux limites tablies par la FCC en matire d'exposition aux radiations dans un environnement non contrl. Afin de rester en conformit avec ces exigences, vitez tout contact direct avec l'antenne pendant la transmission et suivez les instructions d'utilisation de ce manuel. Avertissements de scurit UL N'utilisez pas l'ordinateur portable proximit d'une source d'eau, par exemple prs d'une baignoire, d'un vier ou d'un bac linge, dans un sous-sol humide ou prs d'une piscine. N'utilisez pas l'ordinateur portable lors d'un orage. Il peut y avoir un risque de choc lectrique provoqu par la foudre. N'utilisez pas l'ordinateur portable proximit d'une fuite de gaz. Ne jetez pas la batterie de l'ordinateur portable au feu car elle pourrait exploser. Vrifiez vos rglementations locales en matire de recyclage de batteries afin de rduire les risques de blessures aux personnes provoques par un feu ou une explosion. N'utilisez pas d'adaptateurs lectriques ni de batteries provenant d'autres appareils afin de rduire les risques de blessures aux personnes provoques par un feu ou une explosion. Utilisez uniquement des adaptateurs de courant certifis UL ou des batteries fournis par le fabricant ou un revendeur agr. Notice relative au revtement de l'appareil IMPORTANT ! Pour maintenir le niveau de scurit lectrique et fournir une meilleure isolation, un revtement a t appliqu pour isoler le chssis de cet appareil. Veuillez toutefois noter que les zones de l'appareil o se trouvent les diffrentes interfaces de connexion ne disposent pas de ce revtement spcial. Exigence de scurit lectrique Les produits utilisant des courants lectriques nominaux pouvant atteindre 6 A et pesant plus de 3 Kg doivent utiliser des cordons d'alimentation suprieurs ou quivalents : H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75 mm2 ou H05VV-F, 2G, 0.75 mm2. 17 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 17 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 17 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide Dclaration de conformit vis vis de la rglementation environnementale sur les produits ASUS dveloppe une conception cologique pour tous ses produits et sassure que des standards levs en terme de protection de lenvironnement sont respects tout au long du processus de fabrication. De plus, ASUS met votre disposition des informations sur les diffrentes normes de respect de lenvironnement. Consultez le site http://csr.asus.com/

Compliance.htm pour plus dinformations sur les normes auxquelles les produits ASUS sont conformes. REACH de l'UE et article 33 Conformment au cadre rglementaire REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation, and Restriction of Chemicals - Enregistrement, valuation, autorisation et restriction des produits chimiques), nous publions les substances chimiques prsentes dans nos produits sur le site Web ASUS REACH: http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm. RoHS de l'UE Ce produit est conforme la directive RoHS de lUE. Pour plus de dtails, consultez http://csr. asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=35. Services de reprise et de recyclage Les programmes de recyclage et de reprise d'ASUS dcoulent de nos exigences en terme de standards levs de respect de l'environnement. Nous souhaitons apporter nos clients des solutions permettant de recycler de manire responsable nos produits, batteries et autres composants ainsi que nos emballages. Veuillez consulter le site http://csr.asus.com/english/

Takeback.htm pour plus de dtails sur les conditions de recyclage en vigueur dans votre pays. 18 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 18 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 18 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide Directive co-conception L'Union europenne a annonc un cadre pour la fixation d'exigences lies l'co-conception, applicables aux produits en rapport avec l'nergie (2009/125/CE). Des mesures de mise en uvre spcifiques visent amliorer les performances environnementales de produits spcifiques ou travers plusieurs types de produits. ASUS fournit des informations sur les produits sur le site Web RSE. Vous trouverez davantage dinformations sur https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=1555. Produits enregistrs EPEAT La divulgation publique dinformations environnementales cls pour les produits enregistrs ASUS EPEAT (outil dvaluation environnementale des produits lectroniques) est disponible sur

: https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=41. Vous trouverez davantage dinformations sur le programme EPEAT ainsi que des conseils dachat sur : www.epeat.net. Bruit et prvention de perte auditive Pour viter d'ventuels troubles auditifs, n'utilisez pas cet appareil plein volume pendant de longues priodes. 19 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 19 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 19 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide Prcautions demploi de lappareil Soyez particulirement vigilant quant votre scurit lors de lutilisation de cet appareil dans certains lieux (les avions, les aroports, les hpitaux, les stations-service et les garages professionnels). vitez dutiliser cet appareil proximit de dispositifs mdicaux implants. Si vous portez un implant lectronique (stimulateurs cardiaques, pompes insuline, neurostimulateurs), veuillez imprativement respecter une distance minimale de 15 centimtres entre cet appareil et votre corps pour rduire les risques dinterfrence. Utilisez cet appareil dans de bonnes conditions de rception pour minimiser le niveau de rayonnement. Ce nest pas toujours le cas dans certaines zones ou situations, notamment dans les parkings souterrains, dans les ascenseurs, en train ou en voiture ou tout simplement dans un secteur mal couvert par le rseau. Tenez cet appareil distance du ventre des femmes enceintes et du bas-ventre des adolescents. Avis du Canada, Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada (ISED) Lmetteur/rcepteur exempt de licence contenu dans le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dInnovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes :

Lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage;

Lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. Informations concernant lexposition aux frquences radio (RF) La puissance de sortie rayonne du dispositif sans fil est infrieure aux limites dexposition aux radiofrquences dInnovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada (ISED). Le dispositif sans fil doit tre utilis de manire minimiser le potentiel de contact humain pendant le fonctionnement normal. Cet appareil a t valu et montr conforme aux limites de DAS (Dbit dAbsorption Spcifique) de lISED lorsquil est utilis dans des conditions dexposition portables.

(1)

(2) 20 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 20 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 20 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide Dclaration simplifie de conformit de l'UE ASUSTek Computer Inc. dclare par la prsente que cet appareil est conforme aux critres essentiels et autres clauses pertinentes de la directive 2014/53/UE. La dclaration de conformit de l'UE peut tre tlcharge partir du site internet suivant : https://www.asus.com/support/. Dans la plage de frquence 5150-5350 MHz, le Wi-Fi est restreint une utilisation en intrieur dans les pays lists dans le tableau ci-dessous :

AT DE LV NO FI BE IS LI PL SE BG IE LT PT CH CZ IT LU RO UK DK EL HU SI HR EE ES MT SK FR CY NL TR 21 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 21 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 21 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide Avisos de seguridad relacionados con el equipo porttil ADVERTENCIA!

El equipo porttil puede calentarse durante el uso o durante la carga de la batera. No deje el equipo porttil sobre sus piernas o cualquier otra parte del cuerpo para evitar molestias o daos causados por el calor. Cuando trabaje con el equipo porttil, no lo coloque en superficies que puedan obturar las aberturas de ventilacin. PRECAUCIN!

El equipo porttil solamente debe usarse en entornos con una temperatura ambiental comprendida entre 5 C (4 1 F) y 35 C (95 F). Consulte la etiqueta de valores nominales del equipo porttil y asegrese de que el adaptador de alimentacin cumple dichos valores. El adaptador de alimentacin puede alcanzar una temperatura elevada durante el uso. No cubra el adaptador y mantngalo alejado de su cuerpo mientras est conectado a una toma de corriente elctrica. IMPORTANTE!

Asegrese de que su ordenador porttil est conectado al adaptador de corriente antes de encenderlo por primera vez. Cuando utilice su equipo porttil con un adaptador de alimentacin, el enchufe debe estar cerca de la unidad y resultar de fcil acceso. Localice la etiqueta de clasificacin de entrada/salida en su equipo porttil y asegrese de que la informacin sobre clasificacin de entrada/salida se corresponde con la de su adaptador de alimentacin. Algunos modelos de equipo porttil pueden tener mltiples clasificaciones de corriente de salida dependiendo del nmero de referencia (SKU) disponible. Informacin del adaptador de alimentacin:

- Voltaje de entrada: 100240 Vca

- Frecuencia de entrada: 50-60Hz

- Corriente de salida nominal: 3,42A (65W)

- Voltaje de salida nominal: 19Vcc ADVERTENCIA!

Lea las siguientes precauciones relacionadas con la batera de su equipo porttil. Solamente tcnicos autorizados de ASUS Nunca cortocircuite la batera del equipo deben quitar la batera interna del dispositivo

(solo para bateras no extrables). porttil. Nunca desarme o reensamble la batera

(solo para bateras no extrables). Deje de utilizar la batera si detecta fugas. La batera y sus componentes deben reciclarse o desecharse correctamente. Mantenga la batera y otros componentes pequeos alejados del alcance de los nios. La batera utilizada en este dispositivo puede presentar riesgo de incendio o quemaduras producidas por sustancias qumicas si extrae o desarma. Por su propia seguridad, siga las etiquetas de advertencia. Hay riesgo de explosin si la batera se reemplaza por otra de tipo incorrecto. No arroje las bateras al fuego. 22 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 22 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 22 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide Informacin de propiedad intelectual Usted acepta que todos los derechos de este manual pertenecen a ASUS. Cualquier y todo derecho, incluido, sin limitacin, en el Manual o en el sitio Web, pertenece exclusivamente a ASUS y/o a sus licenciatarios. Ningn contenido de este Manual est pensado para transferir tales derechos, o para conferirle tales derechos. ASUS PROPORCIONA ESTE MANUAL COMO EST SIN GARANTA DE NINGN TIPO. LAS ESPECIFICACIONES E INFORMACIN CONTENIDAS EN ESTE MANUAL SE PROPORCIONAN SLO A TTULO INFORMATIVO Y EN CUALQUIER MOMENTO PUEDEN CAMBIAR SIN PREVIO AVISO, Y NO SE DEBEN CONSIDERAR COMO UNA OBLIGACIN PARA ASUS. Copyright 2020 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. Todos los derechos reservados. Limitacin de responsabilidad Pueden darse casos en los que a causa de un fallo en una pieza de ASUS u otra responsabilidad, tenga derecho a obtener una compensacin por daos y perjuicios de ASUS. En cada uno de esos casos, independientemente de la base que le d derecho a reclamar daos y perjuicios de ASUS, la responsabilidad de ASUS no ser superior a los daos y perjuicios causados por daos personales (incluida la muerte) y daos ocasionados a bienes inmuebles y bienes personales tangibles; o a cualquier otro dao real y directo que resulte de la omisin o incumplimiento de obligaciones legales contempladas en esta Declaracin de garanta, hasta el precio contractual indicado de cada producto. ASUS solamente se responsabilizar de, o le indemnizar por, la prdida, los daos o las reclamaciones contractuales o extracontractuales, o incumplimientos contemplados en esta Declaracin de garanta. Esta limitacin tambin se aplica a los proveedores de ASUS y a su distribuidor. Es lo mximo por lo que ASUS, sus proveedores y su distribuidor sern conjuntamente responsables. BAJO NINGUNA CIRCUNSTANCIA ASUS SE RESPONSABILIZAR DE NADA DE LO SIGUIENTE: (1) RECLAMACIONES DE TERCEROS CONTRA USTED POR DAOS; () PRDIDA DE, O DAO A, SU INFORMACIN GUARDADA O SUS DATOS; O (3) DAOS ESPECIALES, INCIDENTALES O INDIRECTOS O CUALQUIER DAO CONSECUENTE ECONMICO (INCLUIDA LA PRDIDA DE BENEFICIOS O AHORROS), AUNQUE ASUS, SUS PROVEEDORES O SU DISTRIBUIDOR HUBIERA SIDO INFORMADO DE TAL POSIBILIDAD. Atencin al cliente y soporte tcnico Para obtener una versin completa del manual electrnico, consulte nuestro sitio Web en varios idiomas en: https://www.asus.com/support 23 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 23 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 23 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide Declaracin relacionada con las precauciones sobre la exposicin a la radiofrecuencia de FCC ADVERTENCIA! Cualquier cambio o modificacin no aprobada expresamente por la parte responsable de la conformidad podra anular la autoridad del usuario para operar el equipo. Este equipo cumple los lmites FCC de exposicin a la radicacin fijados para un entorno no controlado. Para cumplir los requisitos de exposicin de RF FCC, evite el contacto directo con la antena transmisora durante la transmisin. Los usuarios finales deben seguir las instrucciones de funcionamiento especficas para cumplir la normativa de exposicin de radiofrecuencia. Advertencias de Seguridad UL No use el PC Porttil cerca del agua, por ejemplo, cerca de la baera, la pileta del bao, la pileta de la cocina, o de lavar la ropa, en un subsuelo hmedo, o cerca de una pileta de natacin. No use el PC Porttil durante una tormenta elctrica. Hay cierto riesgo remoto de descarga elctrica debido a los relmpagos. No use el PC Porttil donde haya un escape o fuga de gas. No arroje la batera de su PC Porttil al fuego, ya que puede explotar. Siga las normas locales acerca de como deshacerse de esta clase especial de residuo en orden a reducir el riesgo de dao de personas debidos al fuego o explosin. No use adaptadores de corriente o bateras de otros mecanismos para reducir riesgos de daos a personas debidos al fuego o explosin. Use solamente los adaptadores de corriente certificados UL o bateras suministradas por el fabricante o punto de venta autorizado. Aviso relacionado con el revestimiento IMPORTANTE! Para proporcionar aislamiento elctrico y mantener la seguridad elctrica, se aplica un recubrimiento para aislar al dispositivo, excepto en las reas en las que se encuentran los puertos de E/S. Requisitos de Seguridad en la Corriente Los productos con corriente elctrica alcanzando hasta 6 A y pesando ms de 3Kg deben usar cables aprobados, ms grandes o iguales a: H05 VV-F, 3G, 0,75 mm2 o H05 VV-F, 2 G, 0,75 mm2. 24 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 24 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 24 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide Declaracin de Conformidad con Regulaciones Medioambientales del Producto ASUS disea y fabrica sus productos de un modo respetuoso con el medio ambiente y garantiza que cada etapa del ciclo de vida de los mismos cumpla la normativa global de medioambiente. Adems, ASUS divulga la informacin pertinente de acuerdo con los requisitos normativos. Consulte la pgina web http://csr.asus.com/Compliance.htm para consultar la revelacin de informacin basada en los requisitos normativos que ASUS cumple. EU REACH y Artculo 33 En cumplimiento con el marco regulador REACH (Registro, Evaluacin, Autorizacin y Restriccin de Productos Qumicos), publicamos la lista de sustancias qumicas en nuestros productos en el sitio web de ASUS REACH en http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm. EU RoHS Este producto cumple con la Directiva RoHS de la EU. Para obtener ms detalles, consulte http://

csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=35. Reciclado de ASUS/Servicios de recuperacin Los programas de reciclaje y recuperacin de productos de ASUS estn totalmente comprometidos con las normativas ms exigentes relacionadas con la proteccin de nuestro medio ambiente. Creemos en la oferta de soluciones para que usted sea capaz de reciclar responsablemente nuestros productos, pilas y otros componentes as como los materiales de embalaje. Visite la pgina Web http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm para obtener informacin de reciclaje detallada en las diferentes regiones. Directiva sobre el Diseo Ecolgico La Unin Europea anunci un marco para establecer los requisitos de diseo ecolgico para los productos relacionados con la energa (2009/125/CE). Las medidas de ejecucin especficas tienen el fin de mejorar el rendimiento medioambiental de productos especficos o mltiples tipos de productos. ASUS proporciona informacin del producto en el sitio web CSR. Para obtener ms informacin, consulte https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=1555. Productos Registrados como EPEAT La divulgacin pblica de informacin clave medioambiental para los productos registrados con ASUS EPEAT (Herramienta de evaluacin medioambiental para productos electrnicos) est disponible en https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=41. Para ms informacin sobre el programa EPEAT y consejos de compra, consulte www.epeat.net. 25 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 25 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 25 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide Prevencin de prdida de audicin Para prevenir posibles lesiones auditivas, no escuche el dispositivo a volmenes elevados durante periodos de tiempo prolongados. Declaracin de conformidad simplificada para la UE Por la presente, ASUSTek Computer Inc. declara que este dispositivo cumple los requisitos bsicos y otras disposiciones pertinentes de la directiva 2014/53/EU. En https://www.asus.com/

support/ est disponible el texto completo de la declaracin de conformidad para la UE. La conexin WiFi con una frecuencia de funcionamiento de 5150-5350 MHz se restringir al uso en interiores para los pases enumerados en la tabla:

AT DE LV NO FI BE IS LI PL SE BG IE LT PT CH CZ IT LU RO UK DK EL HU SI HR EE ES MT SK FR CY NL TR 26 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 26 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 26 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide 27 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 27 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 27 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide 28 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 28 CA16767_TP470E_UM_28pages.indd 28 2020/9/24 09:44:39 2020/9/24 09:44:39 Notebook PC User Guide

 

 

E13563 First Edition / January 2018 E-Manual COPYRIGHT INFORMATION No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (ASUS). ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

(INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the owners benefit, without intent to infringe. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT. Copyright 2018 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Circumstances may arise where because of a default on ASUS part or other liability, you are entitled to recover damages from ASUS. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to claim damages from ASUS, ASUS is liable for no more than damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property; or any other actual and direct damages resulted from omission or failure of performing legal duties under this Warranty Statement, up to the listed contract price of each product. ASUS will only be responsible for or indemnify you for loss, damages or claims based in contract, tort or infringement under this Warranty Statement. This limit also applies to ASUS suppliers and its reseller. It is the maximum for which ASUS, its suppliers, and your reseller are collectively responsible. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ASUS LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA; OR (3) SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF ASUS, ITS SUPPLIERS OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR POSSIBILITY. SERVICE AND SUPPORT Visit our multi-language website at https://www.asus.com/support/

2 Notebook PC E-Manual Table of Contents About this manual .....................................................................................................7 Conventions used in this manual .............................................................................8 Icons ....................................................................................................................................8 Typography .......................................................................................................................8 Safety precautions .....................................................................................................9 Using your Notebook PC ..............................................................................................9 Caring for your Notebook PC .....................................................................................10 Proper disposal ................................................................................................................11 Chapter 1: Hardware Setup Getting to know your Notebook PC ...................................................................14 Top View .............................................................................................................................14 Bottom ................................................................................................................................20 Right Side ..........................................................................................................................21 Left Side .............................................................................................................................22 Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC Getting started ...........................................................................................................26 Charge your Notebook PC ...........................................................................................26 Lift to open the display panel ....................................................................................28 Press the power button ................................................................................................28 Gestures for the touch screen panel and touchpad .....................................29 Using touch screen panel gestures ..........................................................................29 Using the touchpad .......................................................................................................32 Using the keyboard ...................................................................................................39 HotKeys ..............................................................................................................................39 Function keys ...................................................................................................................40 Windows 10 keys ..........................................................................................................40 3 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 Starting for the first time .........................................................................................42 Start menu ...................................................................................................................43 Windows apps ..........................................................................................................45 Working with Windows apps....................................................................................46 Customizing Windows apps .....................................................................................46 Task view .......................................................................................................................49 Snap feature ................................................................................................................50 Snap hotspots ..................................................................................................................50 Action Center ..............................................................................................................52 Other keyboard shortcuts ......................................................................................53 Connecting to wireless networks ........................................................................55 Wi-Fi .....................................................................................................................................55 Bluetooth ...........................................................................................................................56 Airplane mode .................................................................................................................57 Turning your Notebook PC off ..............................................................................58 Putting your Notebook PC to sleep ....................................................................59 Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) The Power-On Self-Test (POST) .............................................................................62 Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot......................................................62 BIOS ................................................................................................................................62 Accessing BIOS ................................................................................................................62 BIOS Settings ....................................................................................................................63 Recovering your system ..........................................................................................70 Performing a recovery option ....................................................................................71 4 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs Useful tips for your Notebook PC ........................................................................74 Hardware FAQs ...........................................................................................................75 Software FAQs .............................................................................................................78 Appendices DVD-ROM Drive Information ......................................................................................82 Blu-ray ROM Drive Information .................................................................................84 Internal Modem Compliancy .....................................................................................84 Overview ............................................................................................................................85 Network Compatibility Declaration .........................................................................85 Non-Voice Equipment ...................................................................................................85 Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement ...................88 FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement .................................89 RF Exposure Information (SAR) ..................................................................................89 RF Exposure information (SAR) - CE .........................................................................90 Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information ........................................................91 Informations concernant l'exposition aux frquences radio (RF) .................91 Wireless Operation Channel for Different Domains ...........................................91 UL Safety Notices ............................................................................................................92 Power Safety Requirement ..........................................................................................93 TV Notices .........................................................................................................................93 5 Notebook PC E-Manual REACH .................................................................................................................................93 Macrovision Corporation Product Notice ..............................................................93 Prevention of Hearing Loss .........................................................................................93 Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) ...........................................94 CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) ..............................95 ENERGY STAR complied product ..............................................................................97 Global Environmental Regulation Compliance and Declaration ..................97 ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ..........................................................................98 Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America.............................98 Coating Notice .................................................................................................................98 Regional notice for California .....................................................................................98 Regional notice for Singapore ...................................................................................99 Regional notice for India ..............................................................................................99 Notices for removable batteries ................................................................................99 Avis concernant les batteries remplaables..........................................................99 Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) .................................................................100 Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada (ISED) ......................................................100 Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ...............................................................101 6 Notebook PC E-Manual About this manual This manual provides information about the hardware and software features of your Notebook PC, organized through the following chapters:

Chapter 1: Hardware Setup This chapter details the hardware components of your Notebook PC. Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC This chapter shows you how to use the different parts of your Notebook PC. Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 This chapter provides an overview of using Windows 10 in your Notebook PC. Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) This chapter shows you how to use POST to change the settings of your Notebook PC. Tips and FAQs This section presents some recommended tips, hardware FAQs, and software FAQs you can refer to for maintaining and fixing common issues with your Notebook PC. Appendices This section includes notices and safety statements for your Notebook PC. 7 Notebook PC E-Manual Conventions used in this manual To highlight key information in this manual, some text are presented as follows:

IMPORTANT! This message contains vital information that must be followed to complete a task. NOTE: This message contains additional information and tips that can help complete tasks. WARNING! This message contains important information that must be followed to keep you safe while performing tasks and prevent damage to your Notebook PC's data and components. Icons The icons below indicate the devices you can use for completing a series of tasks or procedures on your Notebook PC.

= Use the touch screen panel (on selected models).

= Use the touchpad.

= Use the keyboard. Typography

= This indicates a menu or an item that must be selected.

= This indicates sections that you can refer to in this manual. Bold Italic 8 Notebook PC E-Manual Safety precautions Using your Notebook PC This Notebook PC should only be used in environments with ambient temperatures between 5C (41F) and 35C (95F). Refer to the rating label on the bottom of your Notebook PC and ensure that your power adapter complies with this rating. Do not leave your Notebook PC on your lap or near any part of your body to prevent discomfort or injury from heat exposure. Do not use damaged power cords, accessories, and other peripherals with your Notebook PC. While powered on, ensure that you do not carry or cover your Notebook PC with any materials that can reduce air circulation. Do not place your Notebook PC on uneven or unstable work surfaces. You can send your Notebook PC through x-ray machines (used on items placed on conveyor belts), but do not expose them to magnetic detectors and wands. Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. 9 Notebook PC E-Manual Caring for your Notebook PC Disconnect the AC power and remove the battery pack (if applicable) before cleaning your Notebook PC. Use a clean cellulose sponge or chamois cloth dampened with a solution of nonabrasive detergent and a few drops of warm water. Remove any extra moisture from your Notebook PC using a dry cloth. Do not use strong solvents such as thinners, benzene, or other chemicals on or near your Notebook PC. Do not place objects on top of your Notebook PC. Do not expose your Notebook PC to strong magnetic or electrical fields. Do not use or expose your Notebook PC near liquids, rain, or moisture. Do not expose your Notebook PC to dusty environments. Do not use your Notebook PC near gas leaks. 10 Notebook PC E-Manual Proper disposal Do not throw your Notebook PC in municipal waste. This product has been designed to enable proper reuse of parts and recycling. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product

(electrical, electronic equipment and mercury-

containing button cell battery) should not be placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations for disposal of electronic products. Do not throw the battery in municipal waste. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the battery should not be placed in municipal waste. 11 Notebook PC E-Manual 12 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 1:

Hardware Setup 13 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting to know your Notebook PC Top View NOTE: The keyboard's layout may vary per region or country. The Notebook view may also vary in appearance depending on the Notebook PC model. 14 Notebook PC E-Manual Array microphones The array microphones feature echo canceling, noise suppression, and beam forming functions for better voice recognition and audio recording. Camera indicator The camera indicator lights up when the built-in camera is in use. Camera The built-in camera allows you to take pictures or record videos using your Notebook PC. Display panel This high-definition display panel provides excellent viewing features for photos, videos, and other multimedia files on your Notebook PC. Touch screen panel (on selected models) This high-definition touch screen panel provides excellent viewing features for photos, videos, and other multimedia files on your Notebook PC. It also allows you to operate it using touch screen gestures. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using touch screen panel gestures section in this manual. 15 Notebook PC E-Manual Keyboard The keyboard provides full-sized QWERTY keys with a comfortable travel depth for typing. It also enables you to use the function keys, allows quick access to Windows, and controls other multimedia functions. NOTE: The keyboard layout differs by model or territory. Capital lock indicator This indicator lights up when the capital lock function is activated. Using capital lock allows you to type capitalized letters

(such as A, B, C) using your Notebook PCs keyboard. Function key lock indicator This indicator lights up when the function keys feature is activated. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the keyboard section in this manual. 16 Notebook PC E-Manual Touchpad The touchpad allows the use of multi-gestures to navigate onscreen, providing an intuitive user experience. It also simulates the functions of a regular mouse. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the touchpad section in this manual. Screenpad The screenpad allows you to toggle another screen for the touchpad, providing more adaptive controls. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the keyboard section in this manual. Status indicators The status indicators help identify the current hardware status of your Notebook PC. Power indicator The power indicator lights up when the Notebook PC is turned on and blinks slowly when the Notebook PC is in sleep mode. Two-color battery charge indicator The two-color LED provides a visual indication of the batterys charge status. Refer to the following table for details:

17 Notebook PC E-Manual Color Solid White Solid Orange Blinking Orange Lights off Status The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source and the battery power is between 95% and 100%. The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source, charging its battery, and the battery power is less than 95%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is less than 10%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is between 10% to 100%. Power button Press the power button to turn your Notebook PC on or off. You can also use the power button to put your Notebook PC to sleep or hibernate mode and wake it up from sleep or hibernate mode. In the event that your Notebook PC becomes unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least four (4) seconds until your Notebook PC shuts down. 18 Notebook PC E-Manual Power indicator The power indicator lights up when the Notebook PC is turned on and blinks slowly when the Notebook PC is in sleep mode. Fingerprint sensor This built-in fingerprint sensor captures your fingerprint and uses it as biometric authentication for logging on to your Notebook PCs system. 19 Notebook PC E-Manual Bottom NOTE: The bottom side may vary in appearance depending on model. WARNING! The bottom of the Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use or while charging the battery pack. When working on your Notebook PC, do not place it on surfaces that can block the vents. IMPORTANT! Battery time varies by usage and by the specifications for this Notebook PC. The battery pack cannot be disassembled. Audio speakers The built-in audio speakers allow you to hear audio straight from your Notebook PC. Audio features are software-controlled. 20 Notebook PC E-Manual Right Side Headphone/Headset/Microphone jack This port allows you to connect amplified speakers or headphones. You can also use this port to connect your headset or an external microphone. Memory card reader This built-in memory card reader supports SD card formats. USB 3.1 Gen 1 port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 1 port provides a transfer rate of up to 5 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. USB 3.1 Gen 1 port with USB Charger+

The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 1 port provides a transfer rate of up to 5 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. The icon indicates this ports USB Charger+ feature which allows you to quick-charge mobile devices. 21 Notebook PC E-Manual Left Side Power (DC) input port Insert the bundled power adapter into this port to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. WARNING! The adapter may become warm to hot while in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep it away from your body while it is connected to a power source. IMPORTANT! Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. 22 Notebook PC E-Manual HDMI port This port is for the HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) connector and is HDCP compliant for HD DVD, Blu-ray, and other protected content playback. USB 3.1 Gen 2 Type-C/Thunderbolt 3 combo port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 2 Type-C port provides a transfer rate of up to 10 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. Use a Thunderbolt 3 adapter to connect your Notebook PC to a DisplayPort, VGA, DVI, or HDMI external display and experience high-resolution display features via Intel Thunderbolt technology. NOTE: Transfer rate of this port may vary per model. 23 Notebook PC E-Manual 24 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 2:

Using your Notebook PC 25 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting started Charge your Notebook PC A. Connect the DC power connector into your Notebook PCs power

(DC) input port. B. Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source. Charge the Notebook PC for 3 hours before using it in battery mode for the first time. NOTE: The power adapter may vary in appearance, depending on models and your region. IMPORTANT!

Power adapter information:

Input voltage: 100-240Vac Input frequency: 50-60Hz Rating output current: 7.7A (150W) Rating output voltage: 19.5V 26 Notebook PC E-Manual IMPORTANT!

Locate the input/output rating label on your Notebook PC and ensure that it matches the input/output rating information on your power adapter. Some Notebook PC models may have multiple rating output currents based on the available SKU. Ensure that your Notebook PC is connected to the power adapter before turning it on for the first time. We strongly recommend that you use a grounded wall socket while using your Notebook PC on power adapter mode. The socket outlet must be easily accessible and near your Notebook PC. To disconnect your Notebook PC from its main power supply, unplug your Notebook PC from the power socket. WARNING!

Read the following precautions for your Notebook PCs battery:

Only ASUS-authorized technicians should remove the battery inside the device (for non-removable battery only). The battery used in this device may present a risk of fire or chemical burn if removed or disassembled. Follow the warning labels for your personal safety. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Do not dispose of in fire. Never attempt to short-circuit your Notebook PCs battery. Never attempt to disassemble and reassemble the battery

(for non-removable battery only). Discontinue usage if leakage is found. The battery and its components must be recycled or disposed of properly. Keep the battery and other small components away from children. 27 Notebook PC E-Manual Lift to open the display panel Press the power button 28 Notebook PC E-Manual Gestures for the touch screen panel and touchpad Gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your Notebook PC. Refer to the following illustrations when using hand gestures on your touch screen panel and touchpad. NOTE:

The following screenshots are for reference only. The touch screen panels appearance may vary depending on model. The touch screen panel is available on selected models. Using touch screen panel gestures The gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your Notebook PC. The functions can be activated by using the hand gestures on your Notebook PCs touch screen panel. Left edge swipe Right edge swipe Swipe from the left edge of the screen to launch Task view. Swipe from the right edge of the screen to launch Action Center. 29 Notebook PC E-Manual Tap/Double-tap Press and hold Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Press and hold to open the right-

click menu. Zoom in Zoom out Spread apart your two fingers on the touch screen panel. Bring together your two fingers on the touch screen panel. 30 Notebook PC E-Manual Finger slide Drag Slide your finger to scroll up and down and slide your finger to pan the screen left or right. Drag to create a selection box around multiple items. Drag and drop an item to move it to a new location. 31 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the touchpad Moving the pointer You can tap anywhere on the touchpad to activate its pointer, then slide your finger on the touchpad to move the pointer onscreen. Slide horizontally Slide vertically Slide diagonally 32 Notebook PC E-Manual One-finger gestures Tap/Double-tap Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Drag and drop Double-tap an item, then slide the same finger without lifting it off the touchpad. To drop the item to its new location, lift your finger from the touchpad. 33 Notebook PC E-Manual Left-click Right-click Click an app to select it. Double-click an app to launch it. Click this button to open the right-

click menu. NOTE: The areas inside the dotted line represent the locations of the left mouse button and the right mouse button on the touchpad. Two-finger gestures Tap Tap two fingers on the touchpad to simulate the right-click function. 34 Notebook PC E-Manual Two-finger scroll (up/down) Two-finger scroll (left/right) Slide two fingers to scroll up or down. Slide two fingers to scroll left or right. Zoom out Zoom in Bring together your two fingers on the touchpad. Spread apart your two fingers on the touchpad. 35 Notebook PC E-Manual Drag and drop Select an item then press and hold the left button. Using your other finger, slide on the touchpad to drag the item, lift your finger off the button to drop the item. Three-finger gestures Tap Tap three fingers on the touchpad to invoke Cortana. 36 Notebook PC E-Manual Swipe left/Swipe right If you opened multiple apps, swipe three fingers left or right to switch between these apps. Swipe up Swipe down Swipe up to see an overview of all the apps currently opened. Swipe down to show the desktop. 37 Notebook PC E-Manual Four-finger gestures Tap Tap four fingers on the touchpad to invoke Action Center. Customizing your touchpad Launch All settings from the Action Center. Select Devices, then select Mouse & touchpad. Adjust the settings to your preference. 1. 2. 3. 38 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the keyboard HotKeys The HotKeys on your Notebook PCs keyboard can trigger the following commands:

Turns the speaker on or off Turns the speaker volume down Turns the speaker volume up Decreases display brightness Increases display brightness Enables or disables the touchpad/screenpad Adjusts brightness for the backlit keyboard Toggles the display mode NOTE: Ensure that the second display is connected to your Notebook PC. 39 Notebook PC E-Manual Function keys Press to enable or disable the function keys feature. When the function keys feature is enabled, you can also access HotKeys by holding down in combination with the top row keys. Windows 10 keys There are two special Windows keys on your Notebook PCs keyboard used as below:

Launches the Start menu Displays the drop-down menu*

* On selected models 40 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3:

Working with Windows 10 41 Notebook PC E-Manual Starting for the first time When you start your Notebook PC for the first time, a series of screens appear to guide you in configuring your Windows 10 operating system. To start your Notebook PC for the first time:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press the power button on your Notebook PC. Wait for a few minutes until the setup screen appears. From the setup screen, pick your region and a language to use on your Notebook PC. Carefully read the License Terms. Select I accept. Follow the onscreen instructions to configure the following basic items:

Personalize Get online Settings Your account 5. After configuring the basic items, Windows 10 proceeds to install your apps and preferred settings. Ensure that your Notebook PC is kept powered on during the setup process. 6. Once the setup process is complete, the Desktop appears. NOTE: The screenshots in this chapter are for reference only. 42 Notebook PC E-Manual Start menu The Start menu is the main gateway to your Notebook PCs programs, Windows apps, folders, and settings. Change account settings, lock, or sign out from your account Launch an app from the Start screen Launch Taskview Launch an app from the taskbar Launch Search Launch the Start menu Launch All apps Shut down, restart, or put your Notebook PC to sleep Launch Settings Launch File Explorer You can use the Start menu to do these common activities:

Start programs or Windows apps Open commonly used programs or Windows apps Adjust Notebook PC settings Get help with the Windows operating system Turn off your Notebook PC Log off from Windows or switch to a different user account 43 Notebook PC E-Manual Launching the Start menu Tap the Start button your desktop. in the lower-left corner of Position your mouse pointer over the Start button in the lower-left corner of your desktop then click it. Press the Windows logo key on your keyboard. Opening programs from the Start menu One of the most common uses of the Start menu is opening programs installed on your Notebook PC. Tap the program to launch it. Position your mouse pointer over the program then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the programs. Press to launch it. NOTE: Select All apps at the bottom of the left pane to display a full list of programs and folders on your Notebook PC in alphabetical order. 44 Notebook PC E-Manual Windows apps These are apps pinned on the right pane of the Start menu and displayed in tiled-format for easy access. NOTE: Some Windows apps require signing in to your Microsoft account before they are fully launched. 45 Notebook PC E-Manual Working with Windows apps Use your Notebook PCs touch screen, touchpad, or keyboard to launch, customize, and close apps. Launching Windows apps from the Start menu Tap the app to launch it. Position your mouse pointer over the app then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the apps. Press to launch an app. Customizing Windows apps You can move, resize, unpin, or pin apps to the taskbar from the Start menu using the following steps:

Moving apps Press and hold the app, then drag and drop it to a new location. Position your mouse pointer over the app, then drag and drop the app to a new location. 46 Notebook PC E-Manual Resizing apps Press and hold the app, then tap tile size. and select an app Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Resize and select an app tile size. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. or Press select Resize and select an app tile size.

(on selected models), then Unpinning apps Press and hold the app, then tap the icon. Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Unpin from Start. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. or Press select Unpin from Start.

(on selected models), then 47 Notebook PC E-Manual Pinning apps to the taskbar Press and hold the app, then tap Pin to taskbar. Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Pin to taskbar. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. or Press select Pin to taskbar.

(on selected models), then Pinning more apps to the Start menu From All apps, press and hold the app you want to add to the Start menu, then tap Pin to Start. From All apps, position your mouse pointer over the app you want to add to the Start menu and right-click it, then click Pin to Start. From All apps, press or

(on selected models) on the app that you want to add to the Start menu, then select Pin to Start. 48 Notebook PC E-Manual Task view Quickly switch between opened apps and programs using the task view feature, you can also use task view to switch between desktops. Launching task view Tap the edge of the screen. icon on the taskbar or swipe form the left Position your mouse pointer over the taskbar and click it. icon on the Press on your keyboard. 49 Notebook PC E-Manual Snap feature The Snap feature displays apps side-by-side, allowing you to work or switch between apps. Snap hotspots You can drag and drop apps to these hotspots to snap them into place. 50 Notebook PC E-Manual Using Snap or 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Launch the app you wish to snap. Drag the title bar of your app and drop the app to the edge of the screen to snap. Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. Launch the app you wish to snap. Press and hold the keys to snap the app. key, then use the arrow Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. 51 Notebook PC E-Manual Action Center Action Center consolidates notifications from apps and presents a single place where you can interact with them. It also has a really useful Quick Actions section at the bottom. Launching Action Center Click the edge of the screen. icon on the taskbar or swipe from the right Position your mouse pointer over the taskbar and click it. icon on the Press on your keyboard. 52 Notebook PC E-Manual Other keyboard shortcuts Using the keyboard, you can also use the following shortcuts to help you launch applications and navigate Windows 10.

\

Launches Start menu Launches Action Center Launches the desktop Launches the File Explorer Opens the Share panel Launches Settings Launches Connect panel Activates the Lock screen Minimizes all currently active windows 53 Notebook PC E-Manual Launches Search Launches Project panel Opens the Run window Opens Ease of Access Center Opens the context menu of the Start button Launches the magnifier icon and zooms in your screen Zooms out your screen Opens Narrator Settings 54 Notebook PC E-Manual Connecting to wireless networks Wi-Fi Access emails, surf the Internet, and share applications via social networking sites using your Notebook PCs Wi-Fi connection. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Wi-Fi connection of your Notebook PC. Connecting Wi-Fi Connect your Notebook PC to a Wi-Fi network by using the following steps:

or 1. 2. 3. 4. Select the icon from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Wi-Fi. Select an access point from the list of available Wi-Fi connections. Select Connect to start the network connection. NOTE: You may be prompted to enter a security key to activate the Wi-Fi connection. 55 Notebook PC E-Manual Bluetooth Use Bluetooth to facilitate wireless data transfers with other Bluetooth-

enabled devices. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Bluetooth connection of your Notebook PC. Pairing with other Bluetooth-enabled devices You need to pair your Notebook PC with other Bluetooth-enabled devices to enable data transfers. Connect your devices by using the following steps:

1. 2. 3. or Launch Settings from the Start menu. Select Devices, then select Bluetooth to search for Bluetooth-enabled devices. Select a device from the list. Compare the passcode on your Notebook PC with the passcode sent to your chosen device. If they are the same, select Yes to successfully pair your Notebook PC with the device. NOTE: For some Bluetooth-enabled devices, you may be prompted to key in the passcode of your Notebook PC. 56 Notebook PC E-Manual Airplane mode Airplane mode disables wireless communication, allowing you to use your Notebook PC safely while in-flight. NOTE: Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. Turning Airplane mode on 1. 2. or Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Airplane mode. Turning Airplane mode off 1. 2. or Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to disable Airplane mode. 57 Notebook PC E-Manual Turning your Notebook PC off You can turn off your Notebook PC by doing either of the following procedures:

or Launch the Start menu, then select Shut down to do a normal shutdown.

>

From the log-in screen, select

> Shut down. Press Windows. Select Shut down from the drop-down list then select OK. to launch Shut down If your Notebook PC is unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least four (4) seconds until your Notebook PC turns off. 58 Notebook PC E-Manual Putting your Notebook PC to sleep To put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode:

or Launch the Start menu, then select Sleep to put your Notebook PC to sleep.

>

From the log-in screen, select

> Sleep. Press Windows. Select Sleep from the drop-down list then select OK. to launch Shut down NOTE: You can also put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode by pressing the power button once. 59 Notebook PC E-Manual 60 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 4:

Power-On Self-Test (POST) 61 Notebook PC E-Manual The Power-On Self-Test (POST) The POST (Power-On Self-Test) is a series of software-controlled diagnostic tests that run when you turn on or restart your Notebook PC. The software that controls the POST is installed as a permanent part of the Notebook PCs architecture. Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot During POST, you can access the BIOS settings or run troubleshooting options using the function keys of your Notebook PC. You may refer to the following information for more details. BIOS The BIOS (Basic Input and Output System) stores system hardware settings that are needed for system startup in the Notebook PC. The default BIOS settings apply to most conditions of your Notebook PC. Do not change the default BIOS settings except in the following circumstances:

An error message appears onscreen during system bootup and requests you to run the BIOS Setup. You have installed a new system component that requires further BIOS settings or updates. WARNING! Using inappropriate BIOS settings may result to system instability or boot failure. We strongly recommend that you change the BIOS settings only with the help of a trained service personnel. Accessing BIOS Enter the BIOS settings by using any of the following methods:

62 Notebook PC E-Manual Restart your Notebook PC then press during POST. Launch the Start menu, and choose Settings > Update &

security > Recovery, then select Restart now under Advanced startup. When you enter the Advanced startup screen, select Troubleshoot > Advanced options > UEFI Firmware Settings >

Restart. BIOS Settings NOTE: The BIOS screens in this section are for reference only. The actual screens may differ by model and territory. EZ Mode This menu appears when you enter the BIOS setup program and provides you an overview of the basic system information. To access the Advanced Mode for the advanced BIOS settings, select Advanced Mode (F7) or press

. 63 Notebook PC E-Manual Boot This menu allows you to set your boot option priorities. You may refer to the following procedures when setting your boot priority. On the Boot screen, select Boot Option #1. Press and select a device as the Boot Option #1. 1. 2. 64 Notebook PC E-Manual Security This menu allows you to set up the administrator and user password of your Notebook PC. It also allows you to control the access to your Notebook PCs hard disk drive, input/output (I/O) interface, and USB interface. NOTE:

If you install a User Password, you will be prompted to input this before entering the operating system. If you install an Administrator Password, you will be prompted to input this before entering BIOS. 65 Notebook PC E-Manual To set the password:

1. 2. 3. On the Security screen, select Setup Administrator Password or User Password. Type in a password then press

. Re-type to confirm the password then select OK. To clear the password:

On the Security screen, select Setup Administrator Password or User Password. Type in the current password then press

. Leave other fields blank then select OK to continue. Select OK to clear the old password. NOTE: A keyboard is required to type in the password. 1. 2. 3. 4. 66 Notebook PC E-Manual Save & Exit To keep your configuration settings, select Save Changes and Exit before exiting the BIOS. 67 Notebook PC E-Manual To update the BIOS:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Verify the Notebook PCs exact model then download the latest BIOS file for your model from the ASUS website. Save a copy of the downloaded BIOS file to a flash disk drive. Connect your flash disk drive to your Notebook PC. Restart your Notebook PC then access the BIOS settings. From the BIOS menu, select Advanced > ASUS EZ Flash 3 Utility, then press

. 68 Notebook PC E-Manual 6. Locate your downloaded BIOS file in the flash disk drive then press update. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the 7. After the BIOS update process, select Save & Exit > Restore Defaults to restore the system to its default settings. 69 Notebook PC E-Manual Recovering your system Using recovery options on your Notebook PC allows you to restore the system to its original state or simply refresh its settings to help improve performance. IMPORTANT!

Backup all your data files before doing any recovery option on your Notebook PC. Note down important customized settings such as network settings, user names, and passwords to avoid data loss. Ensure that your Notebook PC is plugged in to a power source before resetting your system. Windows 10 allows you to do any of the following recovery options:

Keep my files - This option allows you refresh your Notebook PC without affecting personal files (photos, music, videos, documents). Using this option, you can restore your Notebook PC to its default settings and delete other installed apps. Remove everything - This option resets your Notebook PC to its factory settings. You must backup your data before doing this option. 70 Notebook PC E-Manual Go back to an earlier build - This option allows you to go back to an earlier build. Use this option if this build is not working for you. Advanced startup - Using this option allows you to perform other advanced recovery options on your Notebook PC such as:

-

-

Using a USB drive, network connection or Windows recovery DVD to startup your Notebook PC. Using Troubleshoot to enable any of these advanced recovery options: System Restore, System Image Recovery, Startup Repair, Command Prompt, UEFI Firmware Settings, and Startup Settings. Performing a recovery option Refer to the following steps if you want to access and use any of the available recovery options for your Notebook PC. 1. Launch Settings and select Update and security. 71 Notebook PC E-Manual 2. Under the Update and security option, select Recovery then select the recovery option you would like to perform. 72 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs 73 Notebook PC E-Manual Useful tips for your Notebook PC To help you maximize the use of your Notebook PC, maintain its system performance, and ensure all your data are kept secured, here are some useful tips that you can follow:

Update Windows periodically to ensure that your applications have the latest security settings. Use an anti-virus software to protect your data and keep this updated too. Unless absolutely necessary, refrain from using force shutdown to turn off your Notebook PC. Always backup your data and make it a point to create a backup data in an external storage drive. Refrain from using the Notebook PC at extremely high temperatures. If you are not going to use your Notebook PC for a long period of time (at least a month), we recommend that you take out the battery if the battery is removable. Disconnect all external devices and ensure you have the following items prior to resetting your Notebook PC:

-

-

-

-

Product key for your operating systems and other installed applications Backup data Log in ID and password Internet connection information 74 Notebook PC E-Manual Hardware FAQs 1. A black dot, or sometimes a colored dot, appears onscreen when I turn on the Notebook PC. What should I do?

Although these dots normally appear onscreen, they will not affect your system. If the incident continues and subsequently affects system performance, consult an authorized ASUS service center. 2. My display panel has an uneven color and brightness. How can I fix this?

The color and brightness of your display panel may be affected by the angle and current position of your Notebook PC. The brightness and color tone of your Notebook PC may also vary per model. You may use the function keys or the display settings in your operating system to adjust the appearance of your display panel. 3. How can I maximize my Notebook PCs battery life?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Use the function keys to adjust the display brightness. If you are not using any Wi-Fi connection, switch your system into Airplane mode. Disconnect unused USB devices. Close unused applications, especially those that take up too much system memory. 75 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My battery charge indicator does not light up. Whats wrong?

Check whether the power adapter or battery pack is attached correctly. You may also disconnect the power adapter or battery pack, wait for a minute, then reconnect them again to the power outlet and Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why is my touchpad not working?

Press to enable your touchpad. 6. When I play audio and video files, why cant I hear any sound from my Notebook PCs audio speakers?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Press to turn up the speaker volume. Check if your speakers were set to mute. Check if a headphone jack is connected to your Notebook PC and remove it. 7. What should I do if my Notebook PCs power adapter gets lost or my battery stops working?

Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 76 Notebook PC E-Manual 8. My Notebook PC cannot do keystrokes correctly because my cursor keeps on moving. What should I do?

Make sure that nothing accidentally touches or presses on your touchpad while you type on the keyboard. You can also disable your touchpad by pressing

. 77 Notebook PC E-Manual Software FAQs 1. When I turn on my Notebook PC, the power indicator lights up but nothing appears on my screen. What can I do to fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Force shutdown your Notebook PC by pressing the power button for at least four (4) seconds. Check if the power adapter and battery pack are inserted correctly then turn on your Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 2. What should I do when my screen displays this message:

Remove disks or other media. Press any key to restart.?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected USB devices then restart your Notebook PC. Remove any optical discs that are left inside the optical drive then restart. If the problem still exists, your Notebook PC might have a memory storage problem. Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 3. My Notebook PC boots slower than usual and my operating system lags. How can I fix this?

Delete the applications you recently installed or were not included with your operating system package then restart your system. 78 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My Notebook PC does not boot up. How can I fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected devices to your Notebook PC then restart your system. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why cant my Notebook PC wake up from sleep mode?

You need to press the power button to resume your last working state. Your system might have completely used up its battery power. Connect the power adapter to your Notebook PC and connect to a power outlet then press the power button. 79 Notebook PC E-Manual 80 Notebook PC E-Manual Appendices 81 Notebook PC E-Manual DVD-ROM Drive Information The DVD-ROM drive allows you to view and create your own CDs and DVDs. You can purchase an optional DVD viewer software to view DVD titles. NOTE: The DVD-ROM Drive is available on selected models. Regional Playback Information Playback of DVD movie titles involves decoding MPEG2 video, digital AC3 audio and decryption of CSS protected content. CSS (sometimes called copy guard) is the name given to the content protection scheme adopted by the motion picture industry to satisfy a need to protect against unlawful content duplication. Although the design rules imposed on CSS licensors are many, one rule that is most relevant is playback restrictions on regionalized content. In order to facilitate geographically staggered movie releases, DVD video titles are released for specific geographic regions as defined in Region Definitions below. Copyright laws require that all DVD movies be limited to a particular region (usually coded to the region at which it is sold). While DVD movie content may be released for multiple regions, CSS design rules require that any system capable of playing CSS encrypted content must only be capable of playing one region. IMPORTANT! The region setting may be changed up to five times using the viewer software, then it can only play DVD movies for the last region setting. Changing the region code after that will require factory resetting which is not covered by warranty. If resetting is desired, shipping and resetting costs will be at the expense of the user. 82 Notebook PC E-Manual Region Definitions Region 1 Canada, US, US Territories Region 2 Czech, Egypt, Finland, France, Germany, Gulf States, Hungary, Iceland, Iran, Iraq, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Saudi Arabia, Scotland, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Syria, Turkey, UK, Greece, Former Yugoslav Republics, Slovakia Region 3 Burma, Indonesia, South Korea, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam Region 4 Australia, Caribbean (Except US Territories), Central America, New Zealand, Pacific Islands, South America Region 5 CIS, India, Pakistan, Rest of Africa, Russia, North Korea Region 6 China 83 Notebook PC E-Manual Blu-ray ROM Drive Information The Blu-ray ROM Drive allows you to view HD (High-Definition) videos and other disc file formats such as DVDs and CDs. NOTE: The Blu-ray ROM Drive is available on selected models. Region Definitions Region A North, Central and South American countries, and their territories; Taiwan, Hong Kong, Macao, Japan, Korea (South and North), South East Asian countries and their territories. Region B European, African, and South West Asian countries and their territories; Australia and New Zealand. Region C Central, South Asian, Eastern European countries and their territories; China and Mongolia. NOTE: Refer to Blu-ray Disc website at www.blu-raydisc.com/en/Technical/FAQs/Blu-rayDiscforVideo.aspx for more details. Internal Modem Compliancy The Notebook PC with internal modem model complies with JATE (Japan), FCC

(US, Canada, Korea, Taiwan), and CTR21. The internal modem has been approved in accordance with Council Decision 98/482/EC for pan-European single terminal connection to the public switched telephone network (PSTN). However due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. 84 Notebook PC E-Manual Overview On 4th August 1998 the European Council Decision regarding the CTR 21 has been published in the Official Journal of the EC. The CTR 21 applies to all non voice terminal equipment with DTMF-dialling which is intended to be connected to the analogue PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network). CTR 21 (Common Technical Regulation) for the attachment requirements for connection to the analogue public switched telephone networks of terminal equipment (excluding terminal equipment supporting the voice telephony justified case service) in which network addressing, if provided, is by means of dual tone multi-frequency signalling. Network Compatibility Declaration Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the Notified Body and the vendor:

This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-

working difficulties. Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the user: This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-working difficulties. The manufacturer shall also associate a statement to make it clear where network compatibility is dependent on physical and software switch settings. It will also advise the user to contact the vendor if it is desired to use the equipment on another network. Up to now the Notified Body of CETECOM issued several pan-European approvals using CTR 21. The results are Europes first modems which do not require regulatory approvals in each individual European country. Non-Voice Equipment Answering machines and loud-speaking telephones can be eligible as well as modems, fax machines, auto-dialers and alarm systems. Equipment in which the end-to-end quality of speech is controlled by regulations (e.g. handset telephones and in some countries also cordless telephones) is excluded. 85 Notebook PC E-Manual This table shows the countries currently under the CTR21 standard. Applied Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Still Pending No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes More Testing No No Not Applicable Yes No No No No Not Applicable No No Still Pending No No No Yes No Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable No No No Country Austria1 Belgium Czech Republic Denmark1 Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Iceland Ireland Italy Israel Lichtenstein Luxemburg The Netherlands1 Norway Poland Portugal Spain Sweden Switzerland United Kingdom 86 Notebook PC E-Manual This information was copied from CETECOM and is supplied without liability. For updates to this table, you may visit http://www.cetecom.de/technologies/ctr_21.html. 1 National requirements will apply only if the equipment may use pulse dialling

(manufacturers may state in the user guide that the equipment is only intended to support DTMF signalling, which would make any additional testing superfluous). In The Netherlands additional testing is required for series connection and caller ID facilities. 87 Notebook PC E-Manual Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement This device complies with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission

(FCC) rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. WARNING! The use of a shielded-type power cord is required in order to meet FCC emission limits and to prevent interference to the nearby radio and television reception. It is essential that only the supplied power cord be used. Use only shielded cables to connect I/O devices to this equipment. You are cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void your authority to operate the equipment.

(Reprinted from the Code of Federal Regulations #47, part 15.193, 1993. Washington DC: Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, U.S. Government Printing Office.) 88 Notebook PC E-Manual FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. The manufacture declares that this device is limited to Channels 1 through 11 in the 2.4GHz frequency by specified firmware controlled in the USA. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. RF Exposure Information (SAR) This device meets the governments requirements for exposure to radio waves. This device is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. The exposure standard employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg. Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the EUT transmitting at the specified power level in different channels. 89 Notebook PC E-Manual RF Exposure information (SAR) - CE This device meets the EU requirements (1999/519/EC) on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields by way of health protection. The limits are part of extensive recommendations for the protection of the general public. These recommendations have been developed and checked by independent scientific organizations through regular and thorough evaluations of scientific studies. The unit of measurement for the European Councils recommended limit for mobile devices is the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR), and the SAR limit is 2.0 W/Kg averaged over 10 gram of body tissue. It meets the requirements of the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP). For next-to-body operation, this device has been tested and meets the ICNRP exposure guidelines and the European Standard EN 50566 and EN 62209-2. SAR is measured with the device directly contacted to the body while transmitting at the highest certified output power level in all frequency bands of the mobile device. 90 Notebook PC E-Manual Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information The radiated output power of the Wireless Device is below the Industry Canada

(IC) radio frequency exposure limits. The Wireless Device should be used in such a manner such that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. This device has been evaluated for and shown compliant with the IC Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) limits when operated in portable exposure conditions. Users should also be advised that high-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and that these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. Informations concernant l'exposition aux frquences radio (RF) La puissance de sortie mise par cet appareil sans fil est infrieure la limite dexposition aux frquences radio dIndustrie Canada (IC). Utilisez lappareil sans fil de faon minimiser les contacts humains lors dun fonctionnement normal. Cet appareil a t valu et dmontr conforme aux limites de DAS (Dbit dabsorption spcifique) dIC lorsquil est utilis dans des conditions dexposition des appareils portables. De plus, les utilisateurs devraient aussi tre aviss que les utilisateurs de radars de haute puissance sont dsigns utilisateurs principaux (c.--d., quils ont la priorit) pour les bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5650-5850 MHz et que ces radars pourraient crer des interfrences et/ou des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL. Wireless Operation Channel for Different Domains N. America 2.412-2.472 GHz Japan 2.412-2.484 GHz Europe ETSI 2.412-2.472 GHz Ch01 through Ch13 Ch01 through Ch14 Ch01 through Ch13 91 Notebook PC E-Manual UL Safety Notices Required for UL 1459 covering telecommunications (telephone) equipment intended to be electrically connected to a telecommunication network that has an operating voltage to ground that does not exceed 200V peak, 300V peak-to-peak, and 105V rms, and installed or used in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70). When using the Notebook PC modem, basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons, including the following:

DO NOT use the Notebook PC near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool. DO NOT use the Notebook PC during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. DO NOT use the Notebook PC in the vicinity of a gas leak. Required for UL 1642 covering primary (non-rechargeable) and secondary

(rechargeable) lithium batteries for use as power sources in products. These batteries contain metallic lithium, or a lithium alloy, or a lithium ion, and may consist of a single electrochemical cell or two or more cells connected in series, parallel, or both, that convert chemical energy into electrical energy by an irreversible or reversible chemical reaction. DO NOT dispose the Notebook PC battery pack in a fire, as they may explode. Check with local codes for possible special disposal instructions to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. DO NOT use power adapters or batteries from other devices to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. Use only UL certified power adapters or batteries supplied by the manufacturer or authorized retailers. 92 Notebook PC E-Manual Power Safety Requirement Products with electrical current ratings up to 6A and weighing more than 3Kg must use approved power cords greater than or equal to: H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75mm2 or H05VV-F, 2G, 0.75mm2. TV Notices Note to CATV System InstallerCable distribution system should be grounded

(earthed) in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code (NEC), in particular Section 820.93, Grounding of Outer Conductive Shield of a Coaxial Cable installation should include bonding the screen of the coaxial cable to the earth at the building entrance. REACH Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm. Macrovision Corporation Product Notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S.A. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Prevention of Hearing Loss To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. 93 Notebook PC E-Manual Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) CAUTION! Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturers instructions. (English) ATTENZIONE! Rischio di esplosione della batteria se sostituita in modo errato. Sostituire la batteria con un una di tipo uguale o equivalente consigliata dalla fabbrica. Non disperdere le batterie nellambiente. (Italian) VORSICHT! Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemen Austausch der Batterie. Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einem vom Hersteller empfohlenem hnlichen Typ. Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers. (German) ADVARSELI! Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig hndtering. Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type. Levr det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandren. (Danish) VARNING! Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Anvnd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion. (Swedish) VAROITUS! Paristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan sousittelemaan tyyppiin. Hvit kytetty paristo valmistagan ohjeiden mukaisesti. (Finnish) ATTENTION! Danger dexplosion si la batterie nest pas correctement remplace. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie de type semblable ou quivalent, recommande par le fabricant. Jeter les batteries usages conformment aux instructions du fabricant. (French) ADVARSEL! Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri. Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten. Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner. (Norwegian)

(Japanese)

!

. (Russian) 94 Notebook PC E-Manual CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) Danish Dutch English Finnish French 95 Notebook PC E-Manual German Greek Italian Portuguese Spanish Swedish 96 Notebook PC E-Manual ENERGY STAR complied product ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy helping us all save money and protect the environment through energy efficient products and practices. All ASUS products with the ENERGY STAR logo comply with the ENERGY STAR standard, and the power management feature is enabled by default. The monitor and computer are automatically set to sleep after 10 and 30 minutes of user inactivity. To wake your computer, click the mouse or press any key on the keyboard. Please visit http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement for detail information on power management and its benefits to the environment. In addition, please visit http://www.energystar.gov for detail information on the ENERGY STAR joint program. NOTE: Energy Star is NOT supported on FreeDOS and Linux-based operating systems. Global Environmental Regulation Compliance and Declaration ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products, and makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line with global environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant information based on regulation requirements. Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/english/Compliance.htm for information disclosure based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with:

Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations EU REACH SVHC Korea RoHS 97 Notebook PC E-Manual ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest standards for protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for you to be able to responsibly recycle our products, batteries, other components as well as the packaging materials. Please go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling information in different regions. Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America For US and Canada customers, you can call 1-800-822-8837

(toll-free) for recycling information of your ASUS products rechargeable batteries. Coating Notice IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located. Regional notice for California WARNING Cancer and Reproductive Harm -

www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 98 Notebook PC E-Manual Regional notice for Singapore Complies with IMDA Standards DB103778 This ASUS product complies with IMDA Standards. Regional notice for India This product complies with the India E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls

(PBBs) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight in homogenous materials and 0.01% by weight in homogenous materials for cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Schedule II of the Rule. Notices for removable batteries Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. The battery and its component must be recycled or disposed of properly. Avis concernant les batteries remplaables La batterie de lappareil peut prsenter un risque dincendie ou de brlure si celle-ci est retire ou dsassemble. La batterie et ses composants doivent tre recycls de faon approprie. 99 Notebook PC E-Manual Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) This device complies with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada license exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada

(ISED) Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dInnovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) lutilisateur de lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. La bande 5150-5250 MHz est rserve uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) 100 Notebook PC E-Manual Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. Full text of EU declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/. The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for countries listed in the table below:

AT DE LV NO FI BE IS LI PL SE BG IE LT PT CH CZ IT LU RO UK DK EL HU SI HR EE ES MT SK FR CY NL TR 101 Notebook PC E-Manual 102 Notebook PC E-Manual

 

 

E13910 First Edition / May 2018 E-Manual COPYRIGHT INFORMATION No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (ASUS). ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

(INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the owners benefit, without intent to infringe. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT. Copyright 2018 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Circumstances may arise where because of a default on ASUS part or other liability, you are entitled to recover damages from ASUS. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to claim damages from ASUS, ASUS is liable for no more than damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property; or any other actual and direct damages resulted from omission or failure of performing legal duties under this Warranty Statement, up to the listed contract price of each product. ASUS will only be responsible for or indemnify you for loss, damages or claims based in contract, tort or infringement under this Warranty Statement. This limit also applies to ASUS suppliers and its reseller. It is the maximum for which ASUS, its suppliers, and your reseller are collectively responsible. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ASUS LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA; OR (3) SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF ASUS, ITS SUPPLIERS OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR POSSIBILITY. SERVICE AND SUPPORT Visit our multi-language website at https://www.asus.com/support/

2 Notebook PC E-Manual Table of Contents About this manual .....................................................................................................7 Conventions used in this manual .............................................................................8 Icons ....................................................................................................................................8 Typography .......................................................................................................................8 Safety precautions .....................................................................................................9 Using your Notebook PC ..............................................................................................9 Caring for your Notebook PC .....................................................................................10 Proper disposal ................................................................................................................11 Chapter 1: Hardware Setup Getting to know your Notebook PC ...................................................................14 Top View .............................................................................................................................14 Bottom ................................................................................................................................18 Right Side ..........................................................................................................................20 Left Side .............................................................................................................................22 ASUS Pen (on selected models) ............................................................................25 Inserting the battery .....................................................................................................25 Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC Getting started ...........................................................................................................28 Charge your Notebook PC ...........................................................................................28 Lift to open the display panel ....................................................................................30 Press the power button ................................................................................................30 Gestures for the touch screen panel and touchpad .....................................31 Using touch screen panel gestures ..........................................................................31 Using the touchpad .......................................................................................................34 Using the keyboard ...................................................................................................41 HotKeys ..............................................................................................................................41 Function keys ...................................................................................................................42 Rotating the display panel .....................................................................................43 3 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 Starting for the first time .........................................................................................46 Start menu ...................................................................................................................47 Windows apps ..........................................................................................................49 Working with Windows apps....................................................................................50 Customizing Windows apps .....................................................................................50 Task view .......................................................................................................................53 Snap feature ................................................................................................................54 Snap hotspots ..................................................................................................................54 Action Center ..............................................................................................................56 Other keyboard shortcuts ......................................................................................57 Connecting to wireless networks ........................................................................59 Wi-Fi .....................................................................................................................................59 Bluetooth ...........................................................................................................................60 Airplane mode .................................................................................................................61 Turning your Notebook PC off ..............................................................................62 Putting your Notebook PC to sleep ....................................................................63 Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) The Power-On Self-Test (POST) .............................................................................66 Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot......................................................66 BIOS ................................................................................................................................66 Accessing BIOS ................................................................................................................66 BIOS Settings ....................................................................................................................67 Recovering your system ..........................................................................................74 Performing a recovery option ....................................................................................75 4 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs Useful tips for your Notebook PC ........................................................................78 Hardware FAQs ...........................................................................................................79 Software FAQs .............................................................................................................82 Appendices DVD-ROM Drive Information ......................................................................................86 Blu-ray ROM Drive Information .................................................................................88 Internal Modem Compliancy .....................................................................................88 Overview ............................................................................................................................89 Network Compatibility Declaration .........................................................................89 Non-Voice Equipment ...................................................................................................89 Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement ...................91 FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement .................................93 RF Exposure Information (SAR) ..................................................................................93 Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) .................................................................94 Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada (ISED) ......................................................94 Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information ........................................................95 Informations concernant l'exposition aux frquences radio (RF) .................95 Wireless Operation Channel for Different Domains ...........................................95 UL Safety Notices ............................................................................................................96 Power Safety Requirement ..........................................................................................97 TV Notices .........................................................................................................................97 5 Notebook PC E-Manual REACH .................................................................................................................................97 Macrovision Corporation Product Notice ..............................................................97 Prevention of Hearing Loss .........................................................................................97 Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) ...........................................98 CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) ..............................99 ENERGY STAR complied product ..............................................................................101 Global Environmental Regulation Compliance and Declaration ..................101 ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ..........................................................................102 Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America.............................102 Coating Notice .................................................................................................................102 Regional notice for California .....................................................................................102 Regional notice for Singapore ...................................................................................103 Regional notice for India ..............................................................................................103 Notices for removable batteries ................................................................................103 Avis concernant les batteries remplaables..........................................................103 National Telecommunications Commission of the Philippines .....................103 Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ...............................................................104 6 Notebook PC E-Manual About this manual This manual provides information about the hardware and software features of your Notebook PC, organized through the following chapters:

Chapter 1: Hardware Setup This chapter details the hardware components of your Notebook PC. Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC This chapter shows you how to use the different parts of your Notebook PC. Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 This chapter provides an overview of using Windows 10 in your Notebook PC. Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) This chapter shows you how to use POST to change the settings of your Notebook PC. Tips and FAQs This section presents some recommended tips, hardware FAQs, and software FAQs you can refer to for maintaining and fixing common issues with your Notebook PC. Appendices This section includes notices and safety statements for your Notebook PC. 7 Notebook PC E-Manual Conventions used in this manual To highlight key information in this manual, some text are presented as follows:

IMPORTANT! This message contains vital information that must be followed to complete a task. NOTE: This message contains additional information and tips that can help complete tasks. WARNING! This message contains important information that must be followed to keep you safe while performing tasks and prevent damage to your Notebook PC's data and components. Icons The icons below indicate the devices you can use for completing a series of tasks or procedures on your Notebook PC.

= Use the touch screen panel.

= Use the touchpad.

= Use the keyboard. Typography

= This indicates a menu or an item that must be selected.

= This indicates sections that you can refer to in this manual. Bold Italic 8 Notebook PC E-Manual Safety precautions Using your Notebook PC This Notebook PC should only be used in environments with ambient temperatures between 5C (41F) and 35C (95F). Refer to the rating label on the bottom of your Notebook PC and ensure that your power adapter complies with this rating. Do not leave your Notebook PC on your lap or near any part of your body to prevent discomfort or injury from heat exposure. Do not use damaged power cords, accessories, and other peripherals with your Notebook PC. While powered on, ensure that you do not carry or cover your Notebook PC with any materials that can reduce air circulation. Do not place your Notebook PC on uneven or unstable work surfaces. You can send your Notebook PC through x-ray machines (used on items placed on conveyor belts), but do not expose them to magnetic detectors and wands. Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. 9 Notebook PC E-Manual Caring for your Notebook PC Disconnect the AC power and remove the battery pack (if applicable) before cleaning your Notebook PC. Use a clean cellulose sponge or chamois cloth dampened with a solution of nonabrasive detergent and a few drops of warm water. Remove any extra moisture from your Notebook PC using a dry cloth. Do not use strong solvents such as thinners, benzene, or other chemicals on or near your Notebook PC. Do not place objects on top of your Notebook PC. Do not expose your Notebook PC to strong magnetic or electrical fields. Do not use or expose your Notebook PC near liquids, rain, or moisture. Do not expose your Notebook PC to dusty environments. Do not use your Notebook PC near gas leaks. 10 Notebook PC E-Manual Proper disposal Do not throw your Notebook PC in municipal waste. This product has been designed to enable proper reuse of parts and recycling. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product

(electrical, electronic equipment and mercury-

containing button cell battery) should not be placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations for disposal of electronic products. Do not throw the battery in municipal waste. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the battery should not be placed in municipal waste. 11 Notebook PC E-Manual 12 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 1:

Hardware Setup 13 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting to know your Notebook PC Top View NOTE: The keyboard's layout may vary per region or country. The Notebook view may also vary in appearance depending on the Notebook PC model. 14 Notebook PC E-Manual 360-adjustable touch screen panel Your Notebook PCs touch screen panel can be adjusted all the way into a 360 angle. This feature allows you to quickly turn your device from a Notebook PC into a touch-enabled tablet PC. This high-definition touch screen panel provides excellent viewing features for photos, videos, and other multimedia files on your Notebook PC. It also allows you to operate it using touch screen gestures. NOTE:

For more details on how to turn your Notebook PC into a tablet device, refer to the Rotating the display panel section in this manual. Pressing your display panel with extensive force may result ripples which is normal on an LCD panel. Camera indicator The camera indicator lights up when the built-in camera is in use. Camera The built-in camera allows you to take pictures or record videos using your Notebook PC. 15 Notebook PC E-Manual Capital lock indicator This indicator lights up when the capital lock function is activated. Using capital lock allows you to type capitalized letters

(such as A, B, C) using your Notebook PCs keyboard. Keyboard The keyboard provides full-sized QWERTY keys with a comfortable travel depth for typing. It also enables you to use the function keys, allows quick access to Windows, and controls other multimedia functions. NOTE: The keyboard layout differs by model or territory. Function key lock indicator This indicator lights up when the function keys feature is activated. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the keyboard section in this manual. 16 Notebook PC E-Manual Touchpad The touchpad allows the use of multi-gestures to navigate onscreen, providing an intuitive user experience. It also simulates the functions of a regular mouse. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the touchpad section in this manual. Array microphones The array microphones feature echo canceling, noise suppression, and beam forming functions for better voice recognition and audio recording. Fingerprint sensor (on selected models) This built-in fingerprint sensor captures your fingerprint and uses it as biometric authentication for logging on to your Notebook PCs system. 17 Notebook PC E-Manual Bottom NOTE: The bottom side may vary in appearance depending on model. WARNING! The bottom of the Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use or while charging the battery pack. When working on your Notebook PC, do not place it on surfaces that can block the vents. IMPORTANT!

Battery time varies by usage and by the specifications for this Notebook PC. The battery pack cannot be disassembled. Purchase components from authorized retailers to ensure maximum compatibility and reliability. Consult an ASUS service center or authorized retailers for product service or assistance on proper disassembly or assembly of the product. 18 Notebook PC E-Manual Air vents The air vents allow cool air to enter and warm air to exit the Notebook PC. WARNING! Ensure that paper, books, clothing, cables, or other objects do not block any of the air vents or else overheating may occur. Audio speakers The built-in audio speakers allow you to hear audio straight from your Notebook PC. Audio features are software-controlled. 19 Notebook PC E-Manual Right Side Headphone/Headset/Microphone jack This port allows you to connect amplified speakers or headphones. You can also use this port to connect your headset or an external microphone. USB 3.1 Gen 1 Type-C port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 1 Type-C port provides a transfer rate of up to 5 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. NOTE: Transfer rate of this port may vary per model. USB 3.1 Gen 1 port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 1 port provides a transfer rate of up to 5 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. 20 Notebook PC E-Manual HDMI port This port is for the HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) connector and is HDCP compliant for HD DVD, Blu-ray, and other protected content playback. Power (DC) input port Insert the bundled power adapter into this port to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. WARNING! The adapter may become warm to hot while in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep it away from your body while it is connected to a power source. IMPORTANT! Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. Security slot This security slot allows you to secure your Notebook PC using compatible Notebook PC security products. 21 Notebook PC E-Manual Left Side USB 2.0 port The USB (Universal Serial Bus) port is compatible with USB 2.0 or USB 1.1 devices such as keyboards, pointing devices, flash disk drives, external HDDs, speakers, cameras and printers. Memory card reader This built-in memory card reader supports SD and SDXC card formats. Status indicators The status indicators help identify the current hardware status of your Notebook PC. Two-color battery charge indicator The two-color LED provides a visual indication of the batterys charge status. Refer to the following table for details:

22 Notebook PC E-Manual Color Solid White Solid Orange Blinking Orange Lights off Status The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source and the battery power is between 95% and 100%. The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source, charging its battery, and the battery power is less than 95%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is less than 10%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is between 10% to 100%. Power indicator The power indicator lights up when the Notebook PC is turned on and blinks slowly when the Notebook PC is in sleep mode. 23 Notebook PC E-Manual Volume button This button turns the volume up or down on your Notebook PC. Power button Press the power button to turn your Notebook PC on or off. You can also use the power button to put your Notebook PC to sleep or hibernate mode and wake it up from sleep or hibernate mode. In the event that your Notebook PC becomes unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least ten (10) seconds until your Notebook PC shuts down. 24 Notebook PC E-Manual ASUS Pen (on selected models) Right-click button You can use this button to enable the right-click function. Eraser button You can use this button to enable the eraser function. Inserting the battery 1. Remove the top half of the stylus. 2. Remove the sticker and insert the battery, noting the correct polarity. 3. Return the top half of the stylus into place. 25 Notebook PC E-Manual 26 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 2:

Using your Notebook PC 27 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting started Charge your Notebook PC A. Connect the DC power connector into your Notebook PCs power

(DC) input port. B. Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source. Charge the Notebook PC for 3 hours before using it in battery mode for the first time. NOTE: The power adapter may vary in appearance, depending on models and your region. IMPORTANT!

Power adapter information:

Input voltage: 100-240Vac Input frequency: 50-60Hz Rating output current: 2.37A (45W) Rating output voltage: 19V 28 Notebook PC E-Manual IMPORTANT!

Locate the input/output rating label on your Notebook PC and ensure that it matches the input/output rating information on your power adapter. Some Notebook PC models may have multiple rating output currents based on the available SKU. Ensure that your Notebook PC is connected to the power adapter before turning it on for the first time. We strongly recommend that you use a grounded wall socket while using your Notebook PC on power adapter mode. The socket outlet must be easily accessible and near your Notebook PC. To disconnect your Notebook PC from its main power supply, unplug your Notebook PC from the power socket. WARNING!

Read the following precautions for your Notebook PCs battery:

Only ASUS-authorized technicians should remove the battery inside the device (for non-removable battery only). The battery used in this device may present a risk of fire or chemical burn if removed or disassembled. Follow the warning labels for your personal safety. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Do not dispose of in fire. Never attempt to short-circuit your Notebook PCs battery. Never attempt to disassemble and reassemble the battery

(for non-removable battery only). Discontinue usage if leakage is found. The battery and its components must be recycled or disposed of properly. Keep the battery and other small components away from children. 29 Notebook PC E-Manual Lift to open the display panel Press the power button 30 Notebook PC E-Manual Gestures for the touch screen panel and touchpad Gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your Notebook PC. Refer to the following illustrations when using hand gestures on your touch screen panel and touchpad. NOTE: The following screenshots are for reference only. The touch screen panels appearance may vary depending on model. Using touch screen panel gestures The gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your Notebook PC. The functions can be activated by using the hand gestures on your Notebook PCs touch screen panel. Left edge swipe Right edge swipe Swipe from the left edge of the screen to launch Task view. Swipe from the right edge of the screen to launch Action Center. 31 Notebook PC E-Manual Tap/Double-tap Press and hold Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Press and hold to open the right-

click menu. Zoom in Zoom out Spread apart your two fingers on the touch screen panel. Bring together your two fingers on the touch screen panel. 32 Notebook PC E-Manual Finger slide Drag Slide your finger to scroll up and down and slide your finger to pan the screen left or right. Drag to create a selection box around multiple items. Drag and drop an item to move it to a new location. 33 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the touchpad Moving the pointer You can tap anywhere on the touchpad to activate its pointer, then slide your finger on the touchpad to move the pointer onscreen. Slide horizontally Slide vertically Slide diagonally 34 Notebook PC E-Manual One-finger gestures Tap/Double-tap Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Drag and drop Double-tap an item, then slide the same finger without lifting it off the touchpad. To drop the item to its new location, lift your finger from the touchpad. 35 Notebook PC E-Manual Left-click Right-click Click an app to select it. Double-click an app to launch it. Click this button to open the right-

click menu. NOTE: The areas inside the dotted line represent the locations of the left mouse button and the right mouse button on the touchpad. Two-finger gestures Tap Tap two fingers on the touchpad to simulate the right-click function. 36 Notebook PC E-Manual Two-finger scroll (up/down) Two-finger scroll (left/right) Slide two fingers to scroll up or down. Slide two fingers to scroll left or right. Zoom out Zoom in Bring together your two fingers on the touchpad. Spread apart your two fingers on the touchpad. 37 Notebook PC E-Manual Drag and drop Select an item then press and hold the left button. Using your other finger, slide on the touchpad to drag the item, lift your finger off the button to drop the item. Three-finger gestures Tap Tap three fingers on the touchpad to invoke Cortana. 38 Notebook PC E-Manual Swipe left/Swipe right If you opened multiple apps, swipe three fingers left or right to switch between these apps. Swipe up Swipe down Swipe up to see an overview of all the apps currently opened. Swipe down to show the desktop. 39 Notebook PC E-Manual Four-finger gestures Tap Tap four fingers on the touchpad to invoke Action Center. Customizing your touchpad Launch All settings from the Action Center. Select Devices, then select Mouse & touchpad. Adjust the settings to your preference. 1. 2. 3. 40 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the keyboard HotKeys The HotKeys on your Notebook PCs keyboard can trigger the following commands:

Turns the speaker on or off Turns the speaker volume down Turns the speaker volume up Decreases display brightness Increases display brightness Enables or disables the touchpad Adjusts brightness for the backlit keyboard*

Toggles the display mode NOTE: Ensure that the second display is connected to your Notebook PC.

* On selected models 41 Notebook PC E-Manual Home key End key Page up key Page down key Function keys Press to enable or disable the function keys feature. When the function keys feature is enabled, you can also access HotKeys by holding down in combination with the top row keys. Other key combination Toggles the scroll lock key Simulates the system request key Simulates the pause key Simulates the break key Displays the drop-down menu 42 Notebook PC E-Manual Rotating the display panel Your Notebook PCs display panel is adjustable up to 360 degrees. You may adjust the display panel as shown below. 360 degrees adjustable Notebook PC mode 43 Notebook PC E-Manual Stand mode Tent mode Tablet mode NOTE: Rotating the screen to Stand, Tent and Tablet mode will disable the keyboard and touchpad. 44 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3:

Working with Windows 10 45 Notebook PC E-Manual Starting for the first time When you start your Notebook PC for the first time, a series of screens appear to guide you in configuring your Windows 10 operating system. To start your Notebook PC for the first time:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press the power button on your Notebook PC. Wait for a few minutes until the setup screen appears. From the setup screen, pick your region and a language to use on your Notebook PC. Carefully read the License Terms. Select I accept. Follow the onscreen instructions to configure the following basic items:

Personalize Get online Settings Your account 5. After configuring the basic items, Windows 10 proceeds to install your apps and preferred settings. Ensure that your Notebook PC is kept powered on during the setup process. 6. Once the setup process is complete, the Desktop appears. NOTE: The screenshots in this chapter are for reference only. 46 Notebook PC E-Manual Start menu The Start menu is the main gateway to your Notebook PCs programs, Windows apps, folders, and settings. Change account settings, lock, or sign out from your account Launch an app from the Start screen Launch Taskview Launch an app from the taskbar Launch Search Launch the Start menu Launch All apps Shut down, restart, or put your Notebook PC to sleep Launch Settings Launch File Explorer You can use the Start menu to do these common activities:

Start programs or Windows apps Open commonly used programs or Windows apps Adjust Notebook PC settings Get help with the Windows operating system Turn off your Notebook PC Log off from Windows or switch to a different user account 47 Notebook PC E-Manual Launching the Start menu Tap the Start button your desktop. in the lower-left corner of Position your mouse pointer over the Start button in the lower-left corner of your desktop then click it. Press the Windows logo key on your keyboard. Opening programs from the Start menu One of the most common uses of the Start menu is opening programs installed on your Notebook PC. Tap the program to launch it. Position your mouse pointer over the program then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the programs. Press to launch it. NOTE: Select All apps at the bottom of the left pane to display a full list of programs and folders on your Notebook PC in alphabetical order. 48 Notebook PC E-Manual Windows apps These are apps pinned on the right pane of the Start menu and displayed in tiled-format for easy access. NOTE: Some Windows apps require signing in to your Microsoft account before they are fully launched. 49 Notebook PC E-Manual Working with Windows apps Use your Notebook PCs touch screen, touchpad, or keyboard to launch, customize, and close apps. Launching Windows apps from the Start menu Tap the app to launch it. Position your mouse pointer over the app then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the apps. Press to launch an app. Customizing Windows apps You can move, resize, unpin, or pin apps to the taskbar from the Start menu using the following steps:

Moving apps Press and hold the app, then drag and drop it to a new location. Position your mouse pointer over the app, then drag and drop the app to a new location. 50 Notebook PC E-Manual Resizing apps Press and hold the app, then tap tile size. and select an app Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Resize and select an app tile size. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app.

, then select Resize and select an app Press tile size. Unpinning apps Press and hold the app, then tap the icon. Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Unpin from Start. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. Press

, then select Unpin from Start. 51 Notebook PC E-Manual

 

 

Pinning apps to the taskbar Press and hold the app, then tap Pin to taskbar. Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Pin to taskbar. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. Press

, then select Pin to taskbar. Pinning more apps to the Start menu From All apps, press and hold the app you want to add to the Start menu, then tap Pin to Start. From All apps, position your mouse pointer over the app you want to add to the Start menu and right-click it, then click Pin to Start. From All apps, press on the app that you want to add to the Start menu, then select Pin to Start. 52 Notebook PC E-Manual Task view Quickly switch between opened apps and programs using the task view feature, you can also use task view to switch between desktops. Launching task view Tap the edge of the screen. icon on the taskbar or swipe form the left Position your mouse pointer over the taskbar and click it. icon on the Press on your keyboard. 53 Notebook PC E-Manual Snap feature The Snap feature displays apps side-by-side, allowing you to work or switch between apps. Snap hotspots You can drag and drop apps to these hotspots to snap them into place. 54 Notebook PC E-Manual Using Snap or 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Launch the app you wish to snap. Drag the title bar of your app and drop the app to the edge of the screen to snap. Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. Launch the app you wish to snap. Press and hold the keys to snap the app. key, then use the arrow Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. 55 Notebook PC E-Manual Action Center Action Center consolidates notifications from apps and presents a single place where you can interact with them. It also has a really useful Quick Actions section at the bottom. Launching Action Center Click the edge of the screen. icon on the taskbar or swipe from the right Position your mouse pointer over the taskbar and click it. icon on the Press on your keyboard. 56 Notebook PC E-Manual Other keyboard shortcuts Using the keyboard, you can also use the following shortcuts to help you launch applications and navigate Windows 10.

\

Launches Start menu Launches Action Center Launches the desktop Launches the File Explorer Opens the Share panel Launches Settings Launches Connect panel Activates the Lock screen Minimizes all currently active windows 57 Notebook PC E-Manual Launches Search Launches Project panel Opens the Run window Opens Ease of Access Center Opens the context menu of the Start button Launches the magnifier icon and zooms in your screen Zooms out your screen Opens Narrator Settings 58 Notebook PC E-Manual Connecting to wireless networks Wi-Fi Access emails, surf the Internet, and share applications via social networking sites using your Notebook PCs Wi-Fi connection. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Wi-Fi connection of your Notebook PC. Connecting Wi-Fi Connect your Notebook PC to a Wi-Fi network by using the following steps:

or 1. 2. 3. 4. Select the icon from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Wi-Fi. Select an access point from the list of available Wi-Fi connections. Select Connect to start the network connection. NOTE: You may be prompted to enter a security key to activate the Wi-Fi connection. 59 Notebook PC E-Manual Bluetooth Use Bluetooth to facilitate wireless data transfers with other Bluetooth-

enabled devices. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Bluetooth connection of your Notebook PC. Pairing with other Bluetooth-enabled devices You need to pair your Notebook PC with other Bluetooth-enabled devices to enable data transfers. Connect your devices by using the following steps:

1. 2. 3. or Launch Settings from the Start menu. Select Devices, then select Bluetooth to search for Bluetooth-enabled devices. Select a device from the list. Compare the passcode on your Notebook PC with the passcode sent to your chosen device. If they are the same, select Yes to successfully pair your Notebook PC with the device. NOTE: For some Bluetooth-enabled devices, you may be prompted to key in the passcode of your Notebook PC. 60 Notebook PC E-Manual Airplane mode Airplane mode disables wireless communication, allowing you to use your Notebook PC safely while in-flight. NOTE: Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. Turning Airplane mode on 1. 2. or Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Airplane mode. Turning Airplane mode off 1. 2. or Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to disable Airplane mode. 61 Notebook PC E-Manual Turning your Notebook PC off You can turn off your Notebook PC by doing either of the following procedures:

or Launch the Start menu, then select Shut down to do a normal shutdown.

>

From the log-in screen, select

> Shut down. Press Windows. Select Shut down from the drop-down list then select OK. to launch Shut down If your Notebook PC is unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least ten (10) seconds until your Notebook PC turns off. 62 Notebook PC E-Manual Putting your Notebook PC to sleep To put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode:

or Launch the Start menu, then select Sleep to put your Notebook PC to sleep.

>

From the log-in screen, select

> Sleep. Press Windows. Select Sleep from the drop-down list then select OK. to launch Shut down NOTE: You can also put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode by pressing the power button once. 63 Notebook PC E-Manual 64 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 4:

Power-On Self-Test (POST) 65 Notebook PC E-Manual The Power-On Self-Test (POST) The POST (Power-On Self-Test) is a series of software-controlled diagnostic tests that run when you turn on or restart your Notebook PC. The software that controls the POST is installed as a permanent part of the Notebook PCs architecture. Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot During POST, you can access the BIOS settings or run troubleshooting options using the function keys of your Notebook PC. You may refer to the following information for more details. BIOS The BIOS (Basic Input and Output System) stores system hardware settings that are needed for system startup in the Notebook PC. The default BIOS settings apply to most conditions of your Notebook PC. Do not change the default BIOS settings except in the following circumstances:

An error message appears onscreen during system bootup and requests you to run the BIOS Setup. You have installed a new system component that requires further BIOS settings or updates. WARNING! Using inappropriate BIOS settings may result to system instability or boot failure. We strongly recommend that you change the BIOS settings only with the help of a trained service personnel. Accessing BIOS Enter the BIOS settings by using any of the following methods:

66 Notebook PC E-Manual Restart your Notebook PC then press during POST. Launch the Start menu, and choose Settings > Update &

security > Recovery, then select Restart now under Advanced startup. When you enter the Advanced startup screen, select Troubleshoot > Advanced options > UEFI Firmware Settings >

Restart. BIOS Settings NOTE: The BIOS screens in this section are for reference only. The actual screens may differ by model and territory. EZ Mode This menu appears when you enter the BIOS setup program and provides you an overview of the basic system information. To access the Advanced Mode for the advanced BIOS settings, select Advanced Mode (F7) or press

. 67 Notebook PC E-Manual Boot This menu allows you to set your boot option priorities. You may refer to the following procedures when setting your boot priority. On the Boot screen, select Boot Option #1. Press and select a device as the Boot Option #1. 1. 2. 68 Notebook PC E-Manual Security This menu allows you to set up the administrator and user password of your Notebook PC. It also allows you to control the access to your Notebook PCs hard disk drive, input/output (I/O) interface, and USB interface. NOTE:

If you install a User Password, you will be prompted to input this before entering the operating system. If you install an Administrator Password, you will be prompted to input this before entering BIOS. 69 Notebook PC E-Manual To set the password:

1. 2. 3. On the Security screen, select Setup Administrator Password or User Password. Type in a password then press

. Re-type to confirm the password then select OK. To clear the password:

On the Security screen, select Setup Administrator Password or User Password. Type in the current password then press

. Leave other fields blank then select OK to continue. Select OK to clear the old password. NOTE: A keyboard is required to type in the password. 1. 2. 3. 4. 70 Notebook PC E-Manual Save & Exit To keep your configuration settings, select Save Changes and Exit before exiting the BIOS. 71 Notebook PC E-Manual To update the BIOS:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Verify the Notebook PCs exact model then download the latest BIOS file for your model from the ASUS website. Save a copy of the downloaded BIOS file to a flash disk drive. Connect your flash disk drive to your Notebook PC. Restart your Notebook PC then access the BIOS settings. From the BIOS menu, select Advanced > ASUS EZ Flash 3 Utility, then press

. 72 Notebook PC E-Manual 6. Locate your downloaded BIOS file in the flash disk drive then press update. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the 7. After the BIOS update process, select Save & Exit > Restore Defaults to restore the system to its default settings. 73 Notebook PC E-Manual Recovering your system Using recovery options on your Notebook PC allows you to restore the system to its original state or simply refresh its settings to help improve performance. IMPORTANT!

Backup all your data files before doing any recovery option on your Notebook PC. Note down important customized settings such as network settings, user names, and passwords to avoid data loss. Ensure that your Notebook PC is plugged in to a power source before resetting your system. Windows 10 allows you to do any of the following recovery options:

Keep my files - This option allows you refresh your Notebook PC without affecting personal files (photos, music, videos, documents). Using this option, you can restore your Notebook PC to its default settings and delete other installed apps. Remove everything - This option resets your Notebook PC to its factory settings. You must backup your data before doing this option. 74 Notebook PC E-Manual Go back to an earlier build - This option allows you to go back to an earlier build. Use this option if this build is not working for you. Advanced startup - Using this option allows you to perform other advanced recovery options on your Notebook PC such as:

-

-

Using a USB drive, network connection or Windows recovery DVD to startup your Notebook PC. Using Troubleshoot to enable any of these advanced recovery options: System Restore, System Image Recovery, Startup Repair, Command Prompt, UEFI Firmware Settings, and Startup Settings. Performing a recovery option Refer to the following steps if you want to access and use any of the available recovery options for your Notebook PC. 1. Launch Settings and select Update and security. 75 Notebook PC E-Manual 2. Under the Update and security option, select Recovery then select the recovery option you would like to perform. 76 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs 77 Notebook PC E-Manual Useful tips for your Notebook PC To help you maximize the use of your Notebook PC, maintain its system performance, and ensure all your data are kept secured, here are some useful tips that you can follow:

Update Windows periodically to ensure that your applications have the latest security settings. Use an anti-virus software to protect your data and keep this updated too. Unless absolutely necessary, refrain from using force shutdown to turn off your Notebook PC. Always backup your data and make it a point to create a backup data in an external storage drive. Refrain from using the Notebook PC at extremely high temperatures. If you are not going to use your Notebook PC for a long period of time (at least a month), we recommend that you take out the battery if the battery is removable. Disconnect all external devices and ensure you have the following items prior to resetting your Notebook PC:

-

-

-

-

Product key for your operating systems and other installed applications Backup data Log in ID and password Internet connection information 78 Notebook PC E-Manual Hardware FAQs 1. A black dot, or sometimes a colored dot, appears onscreen when I turn on the Notebook PC. What should I do?

Although these dots normally appear onscreen, they will not affect your system. If the incident continues and subsequently affects system performance, consult an authorized ASUS service center. 2. My display panel has an uneven color and brightness. How can I fix this?

The color and brightness of your display panel may be affected by the angle and current position of your Notebook PC. The brightness and color tone of your Notebook PC may also vary per model. You may use the function keys or the display settings in your operating system to adjust the appearance of your display panel. 3. How can I maximize my Notebook PCs battery life?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Use the function keys to adjust the display brightness. If you are not using any Wi-Fi connection, switch your system into Airplane mode. Disconnect unused USB devices. Close unused applications, especially those that take up too much system memory. 79 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My battery charge indicator does not light up. Whats wrong?

Check whether the power adapter or battery pack is attached correctly. You may also disconnect the power adapter or battery pack, wait for a minute, then reconnect them again to the power outlet and Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why is my touchpad not working?

Press to enable your touchpad. 6. When I play audio and video files, why cant I hear any sound from my Notebook PCs audio speakers?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Press to turn up the speaker volume. Check if your speakers were set to mute. Check if a headphone jack is connected to your Notebook PC and remove it. 7. What should I do if my Notebook PCs power adapter gets lost or my battery stops working?

Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 80 Notebook PC E-Manual 8. My Notebook PC cannot do keystrokes correctly because my cursor keeps on moving. What should I do?

Make sure that nothing accidentally touches or presses on your touchpad while you type on the keyboard. You can also disable your touchpad by pressing

. 81 Notebook PC E-Manual Software FAQs 1. When I turn on my Notebook PC, the power indicator lights up but nothing appears on my screen. What can I do to fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Force shutdown your Notebook PC by pressing the power button for at least ten (10) seconds. Check if the power adapter and battery pack are inserted correctly then turn on your Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 2. What should I do when my screen displays this message:

Remove disks or other media. Press any key to restart.?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected USB devices then restart your Notebook PC. Remove any optical discs that are left inside the optical drive then restart. If the problem still exists, your Notebook PC might have a memory storage problem. Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 3. My Notebook PC boots slower than usual and my operating system lags. How can I fix this?

Delete the applications you recently installed or were not included with your operating system package then restart your system. 82 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My Notebook PC does not boot up. How can I fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected devices to your Notebook PC then restart your system. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why cant my Notebook PC wake up from sleep mode?

You need to press the power button to resume your last working state. Your system might have completely used up its battery power. Connect the power adapter to your Notebook PC and connect to a power outlet then press the power button. 83 Notebook PC E-Manual 84 Notebook PC E-Manual Appendices 85 Notebook PC E-Manual DVD-ROM Drive Information The DVD-ROM drive allows you to view and create your own CDs and DVDs. You can purchase an optional DVD viewer software to view DVD titles. NOTE: The DVD-ROM Drive is available on selected models. Regional Playback Information Playback of DVD movie titles involves decoding MPEG2 video, digital AC3 audio and decryption of CSS protected content. CSS (sometimes called copy guard) is the name given to the content protection scheme adopted by the motion picture industry to satisfy a need to protect against unlawful content duplication. Although the design rules imposed on CSS licensors are many, one rule that is most relevant is playback restrictions on regionalized content. In order to facilitate geographically staggered movie releases, DVD video titles are released for specific geographic regions as defined in Region Definitions below. Copyright laws require that all DVD movies be limited to a particular region (usually coded to the region at which it is sold). While DVD movie content may be released for multiple regions, CSS design rules require that any system capable of playing CSS encrypted content must only be capable of playing one region. IMPORTANT! The region setting may be changed up to five times using the viewer software, then it can only play DVD movies for the last region setting. Changing the region code after that will require factory resetting which is not covered by warranty. If resetting is desired, shipping and resetting costs will be at the expense of the user. 86 Notebook PC E-Manual Region Definitions Region 1 Canada, US, US Territories Region 2 Czech, Egypt, Finland, France, Germany, Gulf States, Hungary, Iceland, Iran, Iraq, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Saudi Arabia, Scotland, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Syria, Turkey, UK, Greece, Former Yugoslav Republics, Slovakia Region 3 Burma, Indonesia, South Korea, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam Region 4 Australia, Caribbean (Except US Territories), Central America, New Zealand, Pacific Islands, South America Region 5 CIS, India, Pakistan, Rest of Africa, Russia, North Korea Region 6 China 87 Notebook PC E-Manual Blu-ray ROM Drive Information The Blu-ray ROM Drive allows you to view HD (High-Definition) videos and other disc file formats such as DVDs and CDs. NOTE: The Blu-ray ROM Drive is available on selected models. Region Definitions Region A North, Central and South American countries, and their territories; Taiwan, Hong Kong, Macao, Japan, Korea (South and North), South East Asian countries and their territories. Region B European, African, and South West Asian countries and their territories; Australia and New Zealand. Region C Central, South Asian, Eastern European countries and their territories; China and Mongolia. NOTE: Refer to Blu-ray Disc website at www.blu-raydisc.com/en/Technical/FAQs/Blu-rayDiscforVideo.aspx for more details. Internal Modem Compliancy The Notebook PC with internal modem model complies with JATE (Japan), FCC

(US, Canada, Korea, Taiwan), and CTR21. The internal modem has been approved in accordance with Council Decision 98/482/EC for pan-European single terminal connection to the public switched telephone network (PSTN). However due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. 88 Notebook PC E-Manual Overview On 4th August 1998 the European Council Decision regarding the CTR 21 has been published in the Official Journal of the EC. The CTR 21 applies to all non voice terminal equipment with DTMF-dialling which is intended to be connected to the analogue PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network). CTR 21 (Common Technical Regulation) for the attachment requirements for connection to the analogue public switched telephone networks of terminal equipment (excluding terminal equipment supporting the voice telephony justified case service) in which network addressing, if provided, is by means of dual tone multi-frequency signalling. Network Compatibility Declaration Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the Notified Body and the vendor:

This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-

working difficulties. Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the user: This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-working difficulties. The manufacturer shall also associate a statement to make it clear where network compatibility is dependent on physical and software switch settings. It will also advise the user to contact the vendor if it is desired to use the equipment on another network. Up to now the Notified Body of CETECOM issued several pan-European approvals using CTR 21. The results are Europes first modems which do not require regulatory approvals in each individual European country. Non-Voice Equipment Answering machines and loud-speaking telephones can be eligible as well as modems, fax machines, auto-dialers and alarm systems. Equipment in which the end-to-end quality of speech is controlled by regulations (e.g. handset telephones and in some countries also cordless telephones) is excluded. 89 Notebook PC E-Manual This table shows the countries currently under the CTR21 standard. Applied Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Still Pending No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes More Testing No No Not Applicable Yes No No No No Not Applicable No No Still Pending No No No Yes No Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable No No No Country Austria1 Belgium Czech Republic Denmark1 Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Iceland Ireland Italy Israel Lichtenstein Luxemburg The Netherlands1 Norway Poland Portugal Spain Sweden Switzerland United Kingdom 90 Notebook PC E-Manual This information was copied from CETECOM and is supplied without liability. For updates to this table, you may visit http://www.cetecom.de/technologies/ctr_21.html. 1 National requirements will apply only if the equipment may use pulse dialling

(manufacturers may state in the user guide that the equipment is only intended to support DTMF signalling, which would make any additional testing superfluous). In The Netherlands additional testing is required for series connection and caller ID facilities. Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement This device complies with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission

(FCC) rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. 91 Notebook PC E-Manual Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. WARNING! The use of a shielded-type power cord is required in order to meet FCC emission limits and to prevent interference to the nearby radio and television reception. It is essential that only the supplied power cord be used. Use only shielded cables to connect I/O devices to this equipment. You are cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void your authority to operate the equipment.

(Reprinted from the Code of Federal Regulations #47, part 15.193, 1993. Washington DC: Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, U.S. Government Printing Office.) This device operates within a 5.15-5.25 GHz frequency range and is restricted for indoor use only. Outdoor operation within 5150-5250 MHz is prohibited. 92 Notebook PC E-Manual FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. The manufacture declares that this device is limited to Channels 1 through 11 in the 2.4GHz frequency by specified firmware controlled in the USA. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. RF Exposure Information (SAR) This device meets the governments requirements for exposure to radio waves. This device is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. The exposure standard employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg. Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the EUT transmitting at the specified power level in different channels. 93 Notebook PC E-Manual Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) This device complies with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada license exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada

(ISED) Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dInnovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) lutilisateur de lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. La bande 5150-5250 MHz est rserve uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) 94 Notebook PC E-Manual Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information The radiated output power of the Wireless Device is below the Industry Canada

(IC) radio frequency exposure limits. The Wireless Device should be used in such a manner such that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. This device has been evaluated for and shown compliant with the IC Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) limits when operated in portable exposure conditions. Informations concernant l'exposition aux frquences radio (RF) La puissance de sortie mise par cet appareil sans fil est infrieure la limite d'exposition aux frquences radio d'Industrie Canada (IC). Utilisez l'appareil sans fil de faon minimiser les contacts humains lors d'un fonctionnement normal. Cet appareil a t valu et dmontr conforme aux limites de DAS (Dbit d'absorption spcifique) d'IC lorsqu'il est utilis dans des conditions d'exposition des appareils portables. Wireless Operation Channel for Different Domains N. America 2.412-2.472 GHz Japan 2.412-2.484 GHz Europe ETSI 2.412-2.472 GHz Ch01 through Ch13 Ch01 through Ch14 Ch01 through Ch13 95 Notebook PC E-Manual UL Safety Notices Required for UL 1459 covering telecommunications (telephone) equipment intended to be electrically connected to a telecommunication network that has an operating voltage to ground that does not exceed 200V peak, 300V peak-to-peak, and 105V rms, and installed or used in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70). When using the Notebook PC modem, basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons, including the following:

DO NOT use the Notebook PC near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool. DO NOT use the Notebook PC during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. DO NOT use the Notebook PC in the vicinity of a gas leak. Required for UL 1642 covering primary (non-rechargeable) and secondary

(rechargeable) lithium batteries for use as power sources in products. These batteries contain metallic lithium, or a lithium alloy, or a lithium ion, and may consist of a single electrochemical cell or two or more cells connected in series, parallel, or both, that convert chemical energy into electrical energy by an irreversible or reversible chemical reaction. DO NOT dispose the Notebook PC battery pack in a fire, as they may explode. Check with local codes for possible special disposal instructions to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. DO NOT use power adapters or batteries from other devices to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. Use only UL certified power adapters or batteries supplied by the manufacturer or authorized retailers. 96 Notebook PC E-Manual Power Safety Requirement Products with electrical current ratings up to 6A and weighing more than 3Kg must use approved power cords greater than or equal to: H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75mm2 or H05VV-F, 2G, 0.75mm2. TV Notices Note to CATV System InstallerCable distribution system should be grounded

(earthed) in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code (NEC), in particular Section 820.93, Grounding of Outer Conductive Shield of a Coaxial Cable installation should include bonding the screen of the coaxial cable to the earth at the building entrance. REACH Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm. Macrovision Corporation Product Notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S.A. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Prevention of Hearing Loss To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. 97 Notebook PC E-Manual Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) CAUTION! Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturers instructions. (English) ATTENZIONE! Rischio di esplosione della batteria se sostituita in modo errato. Sostituire la batteria con un una di tipo uguale o equivalente consigliata dalla fabbrica. Non disperdere le batterie nellambiente. (Italian) VORSICHT! Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemen Austausch der Batterie. Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einem vom Hersteller empfohlenem hnlichen Typ. Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers. (German) ADVARSELI! Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig hndtering. Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type. Levr det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandren. (Danish) VARNING! Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Anvnd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion. (Swedish) VAROITUS! Paristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan sousittelemaan tyyppiin. Hvit kytetty paristo valmistagan ohjeiden mukaisesti. (Finnish) ATTENTION! Danger dexplosion si la batterie nest pas correctement remplace. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie de type semblable ou quivalent, recommande par le fabricant. Jeter les batteries usages conformment aux instructions du fabricant. (French) ADVARSEL! Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri. Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten. Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner. (Norwegian)

(Japanese)

!

. (Russian) 98 Notebook PC E-Manual CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) Danish Dutch English Finnish French 99 Notebook PC E-Manual German Greek Italian Portuguese Spanish Swedish 100 Notebook PC E-Manual ENERGY STAR complied product ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy helping us all save money and protect the environment through energy efficient products and practices. All ASUS products with the ENERGY STAR logo comply with the ENERGY STAR standard, and the power management feature is enabled by default. The monitor and computer are automatically set to sleep within 10 and 30 minutes of user inactivity. To wake your computer, click the mouse or press any key on the keyboard. Please visit http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement for detail information on power management and its benefits to the environment. In addition, please visit http://www.energystar.gov for detail information on the ENERGY STAR joint program. NOTE: Energy Star is NOT supported on FreeDOS and Linux-based operating systems. Global Environmental Regulation Compliance and Declaration ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products, and makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line with global environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant information based on regulation requirements. Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/english/Compliance.htm for information disclosure based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with:

Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations EU REACH SVHC Korea RoHS 101 Notebook PC E-Manual ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest standards for protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for you to be able to responsibly recycle our products, batteries, other components as well as the packaging materials. Please go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling information in different regions. Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America For US and Canada customers, you can call 1-800-822-8837

(toll-free) for recycling information of your ASUS products rechargeable batteries. Coating Notice IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located. Regional notice for California WARNING Cancer and Reproductive Harm -

www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 102 Notebook PC E-Manual Regional notice for Singapore Complies with IMDA Standards DB103778 This ASUS product complies with IMDA Standards. Regional notice for India This product complies with the India E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls

(PBBs) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight in homogenous materials and 0.01% by weight in homogenous materials for cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Schedule II of the Rule. Notices for removable batteries Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. The battery and its component must be recycled or disposed of properly. Avis concernant les batteries remplaables La batterie de lappareil peut prsenter un risque dincendie ou de brlure si celle-ci est retire ou dsassemble. La batterie et ses composants doivent tre recycls de faon approprie. National Telecommunications Commission of the Philippines This ASUS product complies with NTC Standards. No. ESD-xxx 103 Notebook PC E-Manual Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. Full text of EU declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/. The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for countries listed in the table below:

AT DE LV NO FI BE IS LI PL SE BG IE LT PT CH CZ IT LU RO UK DK EL HU SI HR EE ES MT SK FR CY NL TR 104 Notebook PC E-Manual

 

 

User Guide E1600WK/E1600WKA E18882 First Edition March 2022 COPYRIGHT INFORMATION No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (ASUS). ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

(INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the owners benefit, without intent to infringe. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT. Copyright 2022 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Circumstances may arise where because of a default on ASUS part or other liability, you are entitled to recover damages from ASUS. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to claim damages from ASUS, ASUS is liable for no more than damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property; or any other actual and direct damages resulted from omission or failure of performing legal duties under this Warranty Statement, up to the listed contract price of each product. ASUS will only be responsible for or indemnify you for loss, damages or claims based in contract, tort or infringement under this Warranty Statement. This limit also applies to ASUS suppliers and its reseller. It is the maximum for which ASUS, its suppliers, and your reseller are collectively responsible. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ASUS LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA; OR (3) SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF ASUS, ITS SUPPLIERS OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR POSSIBILITY. SERVICE AND SUPPORT Visit our multi-language web site at https://www.asus.com/support 2 ASUS All-in-One PC Contents About this manual .....................................................................................................6 Conventions used in this manual ........................................................................7 Typography ....................................................................................................................... 7 Icons .................................................................................................................................... 8 Safety information .....................................................................................................9 Setting up your system ................................................................................................. 9 Care during use ............................................................................................................... 10 Sound Pressure Warning .............................................................................................. 11 Adapter............................................................................................................................... 11 Package contents ......................................................................................................12 Chapter 1: Hardware Setup ASUS All-in-One PC ...................................................................................................15 Front view .......................................................................................................................... 15 Right view .......................................................................................................................... 17 Rear view ........................................................................................................................... 19 Chapter 2: Using your ASUS All-in-One PC Setting up your ASUS All-in-One PC ...................................................................23 Positioning your ASUS All-in-One PC ...................................................................... 23 Connecting the wireless keyboard and mouse ................................................... 24 Connecting a wired keyboard and mouse ............................................................ 26 Mounting your ASUS All-in-One PC to a wall ....................................................... 27 Powering on the system............................................................................................... 30 Using the touch screen (on selected models only) .......................................32 Gestures for the touch screen panel ...................................................................33 Using touch screen panel gestures .......................................................................... 33 Using the keyboard ...................................................................................................35 Function keys ................................................................................................................... 35 3 ASUS All-in-One PC Chapter 3: Working with Windows Starting for the first time .........................................................................................39 Start menu ...................................................................................................................40 Launching the Start menu .......................................................................................... 41 Opening programs from the Start menu ............................................................... 41 Windows apps ............................................................................................................42 Launching Windows apps from the Start menu.................................................. 42 Connecting to wireless networks ........................................................................43 Wi-Fi ..................................................................................................................................... 43 Bluetooth ........................................................................................................................... 44 Connecting to wired networks .............................................................................45 Turning your ASUS All-in-One PC off ..................................................................46 Putting your ASUS All-in-One PC to sleep ........................................................47 Chapter 4: Recovering your system Entering the BIOS Setup ..........................................................................................49 Quickly enter the BIOS .................................................................................................. 49 Recovering your system ..........................................................................................50 Performing a recovery option .................................................................................... 51 4 ASUS All-in-One PC Appendices Notices ...........................................................................................................................53 Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement ..................... 53 FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement ................................. 54 RF Exposure information (SAR) .................................................................................. 55 Radiation Exposure Statement .................................................................................. 56 Dclaration relative lexposition aux radiations ............................................... 56 Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information ........................................................ 57 Informations concernant lexposition aux frquences radio (RF) ................. 57 Caution ............................................................................................................................... 58 Avertissement .................................................................................................................. 59 Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) ................................................................. 60 Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada (ISED) ...................................................... 60 Coating Notice ................................................................................................................. 61 Prevention of Hearing Loss ......................................................................................... 61 Declaration of Compliance for Product Environmental Regulation............. 63 EU REACH and Article 33 .............................................................................................. 63 EU RoHS.............................................................................................................................. 64 Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations ................................................................. 64 India RoHS ......................................................................................................................... 64 ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services .......................................................................... 64 Ecodesign Directive ....................................................................................................... 64 ENERGY STAR Qualified Product ............................................................................... 65 EPEAT Registered Products ......................................................................................... 65 IEC 60825-1:2014 ............................................................................................................ 66 Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ............................................................... 67 Simplified UKCA Declaration of Conformity ......................................................... 68 5 ASUS All-in-One PC About this manual This manual provides information about the hardware and software features of your ASUS All-in-One PC, organized through the following chapters:

Chapter 1: Hardware Setup This chapter details the hardware components of your ASUS All-

in-One PC. Chapter 2: Using your ASUS All-in-One PC This chapter provides you with information on using your ASUS All-in-One PC. Chapter 3: Working with Windows This chapter provides an overview of using Windows in your ASUS All-in-One PC. Chapter 4: Recovering your system This chapter provides recovery options for your ASUS All-in-One PC. Appendices This section includes notices and safety statements for your ASUS All-in-One PC. 6 ASUS All-in-One PC Conventions used in this manual To highlight key information in this manual, some texts are presented as follows:

IMPORTANT! This message contains vital information that must be followed to complete a task. NOTE: This message contains additional information and tips that can help complete tasks. WARNING! This message contains important information that must be followed to keep you safe while performing tasks and prevent damage to your devices data and components. Typography Bold = This indicates a menu or an item that must be selected. Italic = This indicates sections that you can refer to in this manual. 7 ASUS All-in-One PC Icons The icons below indicate the devices you can use for completing a series of tasks or procedures on your ASUS All-in-One PC.

= Use the touch screen panel (on selected models).

= (optional) Use the wired/wireless mouse.

= (optional) Use the wired/wireless keyboard. All illustrations and screenshots in this manual are for reference only. Actual product specifications and software screen images may vary with territories. Visit the ASUS website at www.asus.com for the latest information. 8 ASUS All-in-One PC Safety information Your All-in-One ASUS All-in-One PC is designed and tested to meet the latest standards of safety for information technology equipment. However, to ensure your safety, it is important that you read the following safety instructions. Setting up your system Read and follow all instructions in the documentation before you operate your system. Do not use this product near water or a heated source such as a radiator. Be cautious while moving the system to prevent injuries. Set up the system on a stable surface. Openings on the chassis are for ventilation. Do not block or cover these openings. Ensure that you leave plenty of space around the system for ventilation. Never insert objects of any kind into the ventilation openings. Use this product in environments with ambient temperatures between 0C and 40C. If you use an extension cord, ensure that the total ampere rating of the devices plugged into the extension cord does not exceed its ampere rating. 9 ASUS All-in-One PC Care during use Do not walk on the power cord or allow anything to rest on it. Do not spill water or any other liquids on your system. When the system is turned off, a small amount of electrical current still remains in the product. Always unplug all power, modem, and network cables from the power outlets before cleaning the system. Do not use an abrasive cleaner or a coarse cloth when cleaning the screen. If you encounter the following technical problems with the product, unplug the power cord and contact a qualified service technician or your retailer.

The power cord or plug is damaged. Liquid has been spilled into the system. The system does not function properly even if you follow the operating instructions. The system was dropped or the cabinet is damaged. The system performance changes. 10 ASUS All-in-One PC Sound Pressure Warning Excessive sound pressure from earphones or headphones can cause hearing loss or permanent damage to hearing. Increasing the volume and equalizer beyond default levels increases the output voltage and sound pressure produced by the earphones or headphones. Adapter 1. Adapter specifications:

Input voltage: 100240Vac Rating output: 19Vdc, 3.42A (65W) 2. It is recommended that the power socket is in close proximity to the ASUS All-in-One PC. 11 ASUS All-in-One PC Package contents ASUS All-in-One PC AC adapter Power cord W arra nty C ard Warranty card Keyboard (optional) Mouse (optional) Q uick Start G uid e Quick Start Guide KBM USB receiver dongle (optional) Wall mount screws

(optional) 12 ASUS All-in-One PC NOTE:

If any of the items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer. The ASUS All-in-One PC illustration is for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary with models. The keyboard, mouse, and power supply illustrations are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary with territories. 13 ASUS All-in-One PC 14 ASUS All-in-One PC Chapter 1: Hardware Setup ASUS All-in-One PC Front view NOTE: The illustrations in this section are for reference only. The appearance of your ASUS All-in-One PC may vary depending on model. 15 ASUS All-in-One PC Array microphones (on selected models) The array microphones feature echo canceling, noise suppression, and beam forming functions for better voice recognition and audio recording. Camera (on selected models) The built-in camera allows you to take pictures or record videos using your ASUS All-in-One PC. Camera indicator (on selected models) The camera indicator lights up when the built-in camera is in use. LCD display panel The LCD display panel provides excellent viewing features for photos, videos, and other multimedia files. On selected models, multi-touch is supported. You can operate your ASUS All-in-One PC using touch gestures. 16 ASUS All-in-One PC Right view 17 ASUS All-in-One PC Memory card reader This built-in memory card reader supports SD card formats. USB 3.2 Gen 1 port This USB 3.2 Gen 1 (Universal Serial Bus) port provides a transfer rate of up to 5 Gbit/s. Headphone/Headset/Microphone jack This port allows you to connect amplified speakers or headphones. You can also use this port to connect your headset or an external microphone. 18 ASUS All-in-One PC Rear view 19 ASUS All-in-One PC Power indicator This LED power indicator lights up when the ASUS All-in-One PC is turned on. Power button Press this button to turn on your ASUS All-in-One PC. Volume increase button Press to increase the volume. Volume decrease button Press to decrease the volume. Turn off display Press this button to turn off the display. Kensington security slot The Kensington security slot allows you to secure your ASUS All-in-One PC using Kensington compatible security products. Audio speakers The built-in audio speaker allows you to hear audio straight from the ASUS All-in-One PC. Audio features are software-

controlled. 20 ASUS All-in-One PC Serial port (COM port) The 9-pin serial (COM) connector allows you to connect devices that have serial ports such as mouse, modem, or printers. HDMI output port This port allows you to connect your ASUS All-in-One PC to another HDMI-compatible device for file sharing or extending your display monitor. USB 3.2 Gen 1 Type-C port The USB 3.2 (Universal Serial Bus 3.2) Gen 1 Type-C port provides a transfer rate of up to 5 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. USB 3.2 Gen 1 port This USB 3.2 Gen 1 (Universal Serial Bus) port provides a transfer rate of up to 5 Gbit/s. LAN port This 8-pin RJ-45 LAN port supports a standard Ethernet cable for connection to a local network. 21 ASUS All-in-One PC Power input The bundled power adapter converts AC power to DC power for use with this jack. Power supplied through this jack supplies power to the ASUS All-in-One PC. To prevent damage to the ASUS All-in-One PC, always use the bundled power adapter. WARNING! The power adapter may become warm or hot when in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep it away from your body. 22 ASUS All-in-One PC Chapter 2:

Using your ASUS All-in-One PC Setting up your ASUS All-in-One PC Positioning your ASUS All-in-One PC Place your ASUS All-in-One PC on a flat surface such as a table or desk then pull the stand open until it locks into place. Gently push the display panel until the hinge makes a click sound to adjust your All-in-One PC from a 15 angle to a 38 angle. IMPORTANT!

Use both hands when setting up your All-in-One PC. Orient your All-in-One PC within the given range to avoid damaging it. 23 ASUS All-in-One PC Connecting the wireless keyboard and mouse NOTE: The illustrations in this section are for reference only. The appearance of your ASUS All-in-One PC may vary depending on model. 1. Install batteries into the wireless keyboard and mouse. 24 ASUS All-in-One PC 2. Connect the wireless dongle for keyboard and mouse to a USB port to automatically pair both devices to your ASUS All-in-One PC. 3. You can begin using the wireless keyboard and mouse. NOTE: Reconnect the wireless keyboard and mouse with the wireless dongle if they lose connection. Avoid using either devices alongside other wireless devices. Position the mouse and keyboard at least 20 cm away from other wireless hardware to avoid interference. 25 ASUS All-in-One PC Connecting a wired keyboard and mouse Connect the keyboard and the mouse to the USB ports on the rear panel. NOTE: The illustrations above are for reference only. Actual hardware and specifications of the optional wired or wireless keyboard and mouse may vary. 26 ASUS All-in-One PC Mounting your ASUS All-in-One PC to a wall The ASUS All-in-One PC comes with four wall mount screws that you can use with an optional wall mount kit to mount your PC onto a wall. Specification VESA Mounting 75 x 75 mm Screws M4 x 10L (4pcs) To install your ASUS All-in-One PC to the wall:

NOTE: The optional wall mount should comply with VESA 75 standards. 1. Pull the stand of your ASUS All-in-One PC until it locks into place. 27 ASUS All-in-One PC 2. Remove the four plastic caps from the rear panel holes. 3. Attach the four wall mount screws to the rear panel holes. 28 ASUS All-in-One PC 4. Install the wall mount kit. Follow the instructions described in the installation manual that came with your wall mount kit. NOTE: Ensure that the wall mount kit is stable and fixed firmly on the wall. 5. Attach the wall mount screws and ASUS All-in-One PC assembly to the wall mount kit. 29 ASUS All-in-One PC Powering on the system A. Connect the DC power connector into your ASUS All-in-One PCs power (DC) input. B. Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source. 30 ASUS All-in-One PC C. Press the power button. NOTE: For details on turning off your ASUS All-in-One PC, refer to the section Turning your ASUS All-in-One PC off in Working with Windows. 31 ASUS All-in-One PC Using the touch screen

(on selected models only) The touch screen panel of your ASUS All-in-One PC provides excellent viewing features for photos, videos, and other multimedia files on your ASUS All-in-One PC. It also supports the 10-point multi-touch feature that facilitates smoother and more accurate touch gestures allowing you to operate your ASUS All-in-One PC faster and easier. IMPORTANT! Do not use sharp objects such as scissors or ballpoint pens on the touch screen to prevent dents and scratches which may cause the touchscreen to become unresponsive. 32 ASUS All-in-One PC Gestures for the touch screen panel Gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your ASUS All-in-One PC. Refer to the following illustrations when using hand gestures on your touch screen panel. NOTE: The following screenshots are for reference only. The touch screen panels appearance may vary depending on model. Using touch screen panel gestures The gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your ASUS All-in-One PC. The functions can be activated by using the hand gestures on your ASUS All-in-One PCs touch screen panel. Tap/Double-tap Press and hold Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Press and hold to open the right-click menu. 33 ASUS All-in-One PC Zoom in Zoom out Spread apart your two fingers on the touch screen panel. Bring together your two fingers on the touch screen panel. Finger slide Drag Slide your finger to scroll up and down and slide your finger to pan the screen left or right. Drag to create a selection box around multiple items. Drag and drop an item to move it to a new location. 34 ASUS All-in-One PC Using the keyboard Function keys The function keys on the keyboard can trigger the following commands:

Turns the speaker on or off Turns the speaker volume down Turns the speaker volume up Decreases display brightness Increases display brightness Toggles the display mode NOTE: Ensure that the second display is connected to your ASUS All-in-One PC. 35 ASUS All-in-One PC Activates the Lock screen Skips to previous track or rewind Play or pause Skips to next track or fast forward Activates screen capture tool 36 ASUS All-in-One PC Other key combination Turns the microphone on or off Toggles ASUS AI Noise-Canceling for built-in or external audio speakers Microphone Toggles between single presenter conference call mode or multi presenter conference call mode. Mode Description Single presenter conference call Reduces background noise Multi presenter conference call Reduces background noise for larger area 37 ASUS All-in-One PC 38 ASUS All-in-One PC Chapter 3:

Working with Windows Starting for the first time When you start your ASUS All-in-One PC for the first time, a series of screens appear to guide you in configuring your Windows operating system. Follow the onscreen instructions to configure the following basic items:

Personalize Get online Settings Your account After configuring the basic items, Windows proceeds to install your apps and preferred settings. Ensure that your ASUS All-in-One PC is kept powered on during the setup process. Once the setup process is complete, the Desktop appears. NOTE: The screenshots in this chapter are for reference only. 39 ASUS All-in-One PC Start menu The Start menu is the main gateway to your ASUS All-in-One PCs programs, Windows apps, folders, and settings. You can use the Start menu to do these common activities:

Start programs or Windows apps Open commonly used programs or Windows apps Adjust ASUS All-in-One PC settings Get help with the Windows operating system Turn off your ASUS All-in-One PC Log off from Windows or switch to a different user account 40 ASUS All-in-One PC Launching the Start menu Tap the Start icon on your desktop. Position your mouse pointer over the Start icon on your desktop then click it. Press the Windows logo key on your keyboard. Opening programs from the Start menu One of the most common uses of the Start menu is opening programs installed on your ASUS All-in-One PC. Tap the program to launch it. Position your mouse pointer over the program then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the programs. Press to launch it. 41 ASUS All-in-One PC Windows apps NOTE: Some Windows apps require signing in to your Microsoft account before they are fully launched. Launching Windows apps from the Start menu Tap the app to launch it. Position your mouse pointer over the app then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the apps. Press to launch an app. 42 ASUS All-in-One PC Connecting to wireless networks Wi-Fi Access emails, surf the Internet, and share applications via social networking sites using your ASUS All-in-One PCs Wi-Fi connection. Connecting Wi-Fi Connect your ASUS All-in-One PC to a Wi-Fi network by using the following steps:

1. 2. or Click/Tap the Wi-Fi icon from the taskbar to enable Wi-Fi. Select an access point from the list of available Wi-

Fi connections. 3. Select Connect to start the network connection. NOTE: You may be prompted to enter a security key to activate the Wi-Fi connection. 43 ASUS All-in-One PC Bluetooth Use Bluetooth to facilitate wireless data transfers with other Bluetooth-

enabled devices. Pairing with other Bluetooth-enabled devices You need to pair your ASUS All-in-One PC with other Bluetooth-enabled devices to enable data transfers. Connect your devices by using the following steps:

1. 2. Launch Settings from the Start menu. Select Devices > Bluetooth to search for Bluetooth-enabled devices. (for Windows 10) Select Bluetooth & devices > Add device to search for Bluetooth-enabled devices.

(for Windows 11) or 3. Select a device from the list to pair your ASUS All-

in-One PC with the device. NOTE: For some Bluetooth-enabled devices, you may be prompted to key in the passcode of your ASUS All-in-

One PC. 44 ASUS All-in-One PC Connecting to wired networks You can also connect to wired networks, such as local area networks and broadband Internet connection, using your ASUS All-in-One PCs LAN port. NOTE: Contact your Internet Service Provider (ISP) for details or your network administrator for assistance in setting up your Internet connection. 45 ASUS All-in-One PC Turning your ASUS All-in-One PC off You can turn off your ASUS All-in-One PC by doing either of the following procedures:

or Launch the Start menu, select the power icon then select Shut down to do a normal shutdown. From the log-in screen, select the power icon then select Shut down. Press to launch Shut Down Windows. Select Shut down from the drop-

down list then select OK. If your ASUS All-in-One PC is unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least four (4) seconds until your ASUS All-in-One PC turns off. 46 ASUS All-in-One PC Putting your ASUS All-in-One PC to sleep To put your ASUS All-in-One PC to Sleep mode:

Launch the Start menu, select the power icon then select Sleep to put your ASUS All-in-One PC to sleep. From the log-in screen, select the power icon then select Sleep. or Press to launch Shut Down Windows. Select Sleep from the drop-down list then select OK. NOTE: You can also put your ASUS All-in-One PC to Sleep mode by pressing the power button once. 47 ASUS All-in-One PC 48 ASUS All-in-One PC Chapter 4:

Recovering your system Entering the BIOS Setup BIOS (Basic Input and Output System) stores system hardware settings that are needed for system startup in the ASUS All-in-One PC. In normal circumstances, the default BIOS settings apply to most conditions to ensure optimal performance. Do not change the default BIOS settings except in the following circumstances:

An error message appears on the screen during the system bootup and requests you to run the BIOS Setup. You have installed a new system component that requires further BIOS settings or update. WARNING! Inappropriate BIOS settings may result to instability or boot failure. We strongly recommend that you change the BIOS settings only with the help of a trained service personnel. Quickly enter the BIOS To access the BIOS:

When your ASUS All-in-One PC is off, press the power button for at least four (4) seconds to access the BIOS directly. Press the power button to turn on your ASUS All-in-One PC then press <F2> or <Del> during POST. NOTE: POST (Power-On Self-Test) is a series of software controlled diagnostic tests that run when you turn on your ASUS All-in-One PC. 49 ASUS All-in-One PC Recovering your system Using recovery options on your ASUS All-in-One PC allows you to restore the system to its original state or simply refresh its settings to help improve performance. IMPORTANT!

Backup all your data files before doing any recovery option on your ASUS All-in-One PC. Note down important customized settings such as network settings, user names, and passwords to avoid data loss. Ensure that your ASUS All-in-One PC is plugged in to a power source before resetting your system. Windows allows you to do any of the following recovery options:

Keep my files - This option allows you to refresh your ASUS All-

in-One PC without affecting personal files (photos, music, videos, documents). Using this option, you can restore your ASUS All-in-One PC to its default settings and delete other installed apps. Remove everything - This option resets your ASUS All-in-One PC to its factory settings. You must backup your data before doing this option. 50 ASUS All-in-One PC Advanced startup - Using this option allows you to perform other advanced recovery options on your ASUS All-in-One PC such as:

Using a USB drive, network connection or Windows recovery DVD to startup your ASUS All-in-One PC. Using Troubleshoot to enable any of these advanced recovery options: Startup Repair, Uninstall Updates, Startup Settings, UEFI Firmware Settings, Command Prompt, System Restore, and System Image Recovery. Performing a recovery option Refer to the following steps if you want to access and use any of the available recovery options for your ASUS All-in-One PC. 1. Launch Settings > Update and security. (for Windows 10) Launch Settings > System > Recovery. (for Windows 11) 2. Select the recovery option you would like to perform. 51 ASUS All-in-One PC 52 ASUS All-in-One PC Appendices Notices Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. 53 ASUS All-in-One PC FCC Caution: Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This device is restricted to indoor use when operated in the 5.15 to 5.25 GHz frequency range. FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. 54 ASUS All-in-One PC RF Exposure information (SAR) This device meets the EU requirements (2014/53/EU) on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields by way of health protection. The limits are part of extensive recommendations for the protection of the general public. These recommendations have been developed and checked by independent scientific organizations through regular and thorough evaluations of scientific studies. The unit of measurement for the European Councils recommended limit for mobile devices is the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR), and the SAR limit is 2.0 W/Kg averaged over 10 gram of body tissue. It meets the requirements of the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection

(ICNIRP). For next-to-body operation, this device has been tested and meets the ICNIRP exposure guidelines and the European Standard EN 50566 and EN 62209-2. SAR is measured with the device directly contacted to the body while transmitting at the highest certified output power level in all frequency bands of the mobile device. A minimum separation distance of 1 cm must be maintained between the users body and the device, including the antenna during body-

worn operation to comply with the RF exposure requirements in Europe. This device meets the governments requirements for exposure to radio waves. This device is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. The exposure standard employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/

kg. Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the EUT transmitting at the specified power level in different channels. 55 ASUS All-in-One PC Radiation Exposure Statement The product comply with the Canada portable RF exposure limit set forth for an uncontrolled environment and are safe for intended operation as described in this manual. The further RF exposure reduction can be achieved if the product can be kept as far as possible from the user body or set the device to lower output power if such function is available. Dclaration relative lexposition aux radiations Le produit est conforme aux limites dexposition pour les appareils portables RF pour les tats-Unis et le Canada tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Le produit est sr pour une utilisation telle que dcrite dans ce manuel. Le niveau dexposition aux ondes radio peut tre rduit en plaant lappareil aussi loin que possible du corps de lutilisateur ou que le dispositif est rgl sur la puissance de sortie la plus faible si une telle fonction est disponible. 56 ASUS All-in-One PC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information The radiated output power of the Wireless Device is below the Industry Canada (IC) radio frequency exposure limits. The Wireless Device should be used in such a manner such that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. This device has been evaluated for and shown compliant with the IC Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) limits when operated in portable exposure conditions. Informations concernant lexposition aux frquences radio (RF) La puissance de sortie mise par cet appareil sans fil est infrieure la limite dexposition aux frquences radio dIndustrie Canada (IC). Utilisez lappareil sans fil de faon minimiser les contacts humains lors dun fonctionnement normal. Cet appareil a t valu et dmontr conforme aux limites de DAS

(Dbit dabsorption spcifique) dIC lorsquil est utilis dans des conditions dexposition des appareils portables. 57 ASUS All-in-One PC Caution

(i) the device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems;

(ii) the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the bands 5250-

5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz shall comply with the e.i.r.p. limit; and

(iii) the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the band 5725-

5825 MHz shall comply with the e.i.r.p. limits specified for point-to-point and non point-to-point operation as appropriate.

(iv) Users should also be advised that high-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and that these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. 58 ASUS All-in-One PC Avertissement Le guide dutilisation des dispositifs pour rseaux locaux doit inclure des instructions prcises sur les restrictions susmentionnes, notamment:

(i) Les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz sont rservs uniquement une utilisation en intrieur afin de rduire les risques dinterfrence prjudiciables aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux;

(ii) Le gain maximal dantenne permis pour les dispositifs utilisant les bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5470-5725 MHz doit tre conforme la limite de P.I.R.E; et

(iii) Le gain maximal dantenne permis (pour les dispositifs utilisant la bande 5725-5825 MHz) doit tre conforme la limite de P.I.R.E spcifie pour lexploitation point point et non point point, selon le cas.

(iv) De plus, les utilisateurs devraient aussi tre aviss que les utilisateurs de radars de haute puissance sont dsigns utilisateurs principaux (c.-

-d., quils ont la priorit) pour les bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5650-5850 MHz et que ces radars pourraient crer des interfrences et/ou des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL. 59 ASUS All-in-One PC Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) This device complies with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada licence exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Operation in the band 51505250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. CAN ICES-003(B)/NMB-003(B) Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada

(ISED) Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dInnovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) lutilisateur de lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. La bande 51505250 MHz est rserve uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. CAN ICES-003(B)/NMB-003(B) 60 ASUS All-in-One PC Coating Notice IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located. Prevention of Hearing Loss To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. 61 ASUS All-in-One PC By means of a power cord connected to a socket-outlet with earthing connection. Disposal of a battery into fire or a hot oven, or mechanically crushing or cutting of a battery, that can result in an explosion;

Leaving a battery in an extremely high temperature surrounding environment that can result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas;

A battery subjected to extremely low air pressure that may result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. NO DISASSEMBLY The warranty does not apply to the products that have been disassembled by users Lithium-Ion Battery Warning CAUTION: Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturers instructions. No Exposure to Liquids DO NOT expose to or use near liquids, rain, or moisture. This product is not waterproof or oil-proof. 62 ASUS All-in-One PC This symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product

(electrical, electronic equipment, and mercury-containing button cell battery) should not be placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations for disposal of electronic products. DO NOT throw the battery in municipal waste. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the battery should not be placed in municipal waste. Declaration of Compliance for Product Environmental Regulation ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products, and makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line with global environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant information based on regulation requirements. Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/Compliance.htm for information disclosure based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with. EU REACH and Article 33 Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm. 63 ASUS All-in-One PC EU RoHS This product complies with the EU RoHS Directive. For more details, see http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=35. Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations Information on Japan RoHS (JIS-C-0950) chemical disclosures is available on http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=19. India RoHS This product complies with the India E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls (PBBs) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDEs) in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight in homogenous materials and 0.01% by weight in homogenous materials for cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Schedule II of the Rule. ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest standards for protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for you to be able to responsibly recycle our products, batteries, other components as well as the packaging materials. Please go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling information in different regions. Ecodesign Directive European Union announced a framework for the setting of ecodesign requirements for energy-related products (2009/125/EC). Specific Implementing Measures are aimed at improving environmental performance of specific products or across multiple product types. ASUS provides product information on the CSR website. Further information could be found at https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=1555. 64 ASUS All-in-One PC ENERGY STAR Qualified Product ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy helping us all save money and protect the environment through energy efficient products and practices. All ASUS products with the ENERGY STAR logo comply with the ENERGY STAR standard, and the power management feature is enabled by default. The monitor is automatically set to sleep within 10 minutes of user inactivity; the computer is automatically set to sleep within 30 minutes of user inactivity. To wake your computer, click the mouse, press any key on the keyboard, or press the power button. Please visit http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement for detail information on power management and its benefits to the environment. In addition, please visit http://www.energystar.gov for detail information on the ENERGY STAR joint program. NOTE: Energy Star is NOT supported on FreeDOS and Linux-based operating systems. EPEAT Registered Products The public disclosure of key environmental information for ASUS EPEAT

(Electronic Product Environmental Assessment Tool) registered products is available at https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=41. More information about EPEAT program and purchase guidance can be found at www.epeat.net. 65 ASUS All-in-One PC IEC 60825-1:2014 CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT CAUTION: Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified may result in hazardous radiation exposure. Attention: Lutilisation des commandes ou rglages ou lexcution des procdures autres que celles spcifies dans les presntes exigences peuvent tre la cause dune exposition un rayonnement dangereux. Complies with FDA performance standards for laser products except for conformance with IEC 60825-1 Ed. 3., as described in Laser Notice No. 56, dated May 8, 2019. 66 ASUS All-in-One PC Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. Full text of EU declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/. The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for countries listed in the table below:

AT DE LV NO FI BE IS LI PL SE BG IE LT PT CH CZ IT LU RO HR DK EL HU SI UK(NI) EE ES MT SK FR CY NL TR 67 ASUS All-in-One PC Simplified UKCA Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of The Radio Equipment Regulations 2017 (S.I. 2017/1206). Full text of UKCA declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/. The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for the country listed below:

68 ASUS All-in-One PC FCC COMPLIANCE INFORMATION Per FCC Part 2 Section 2.1077 Responsible Party: Asus Computer International Address:

48720 Kato Rd., Fremont, CA 94538 Phone/Fax No:

(510)739-3777/(510)608-4555 hereby declares that the product Product Name : ASUS All-in-One PC/ASUS ExpertCenter Model Number : E1600WK, E1600WKA compliance statement:

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Ver. 180620 69 ASUS All-in-One PC Manufacturer ASUSTek COMPUTER INC. Address 1F., No. 15, Lide Rd., Beitou Dist., Taipei City 112, Taiwan Authorized Representative in Europe ASUS COMPUTER GmbH Address Harkortstrasse 21-23, 40880 Ratingen, Germany

 

 

E20075 Revised Edition V2 / March 2022 Quick Start Guide E1600WK/E1600WKA Front view NOTE: The illustrations in this section are for reference only. The appearance of your ASUS All-in-One PC may vary depending on model. Camera indicator*

Camera*

Array microphones*

LCD display panel

* On selected models 2 Right view Power indicator Power button Volume increase button Volume decrease button Turn off display Memory card reader USB 3.2 Gen 1 port Headphone/Headset/

Microphone jack 3 Rear view Audio speakers Kensington security slot Serial port

(COM port) HDMI output port 4 Audio speakers Power input LAN port USB 3.2 Gen 1 port USB 3.2 Gen 1 Type-C port Connecting a wired keyboard and mouse NOTE: Illustrations of keyboard, mouse, and power supply are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary by territory. 5 6 Connecting the wireless keyboard and mouse 7 Powering on the system 8 Notices Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. Full text of EU declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/

The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for countries listed in the table below:

Dclaration simplifie de conformit de lUE ASUSTek Computer Inc. dclare par la prsente que cet appareil est conforme aux critres essentiels et autres clauses pertinentes de la directive 2014/53/EU. La dclaration de conformit de lUE peut tre tlcharge partir du site internet suivant: https://www.asus.com/support/

Dans la plage de frquence 5150-5350 MHz, le Wi-Fi est restreint une utilisation en intrieur dans les pays lists dans le tableau ci-dessous:

Vereinfachte EU-Konformittserklrung ASUSTek COMPUTER INC erklrt hiermit, dass dieses Gert mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und anderen relevanten Bestimmungen der Richtlinie 2014/53/EU bereinstimmt. Der gesamte Text der EU-

Konformittserklrung ist verfgbar unter: https://www.asus.com/support/

Der WLAN-Betrieb im Band von 5150-5350 MHz ist fr die in der unteren Tabelle aufgefhrten Lnder auf den Innenbereich beschrnkt:

Dichiarazione di conformit UE semplificata ASUSTek Computer Inc. con la presente dichiara che questo dispositivo conforme ai requisiti essenziali e alle altre disposizioni pertinenti con la direttiva 2014/53/EU. Il testo completo della dichiarazione di conformit UE disponibile allindirizzo: https://www.asus.com/support/

Lutilizzo della rete Wi-Fi con frequenza compresa nellintervallo 5150-5350 MHz deve essere limitato allinterno degli edifici per i paesi presenti nella seguente tabella:

ASUSTek Computer Inc. , 2014/53/EC. https://www.asus.com/support/

WiFi, 5150-5350 MHz, ,

Pojednostavljena EU Izjava o sukladnosti ASUSTeK Computer Inc. ovim izjavljuje da je ovaj ureaj sukladan s bitnim zahtjevima i ostalim odgovarajuim odredbama direktive 2014/53/EU. Cijeli tekst EU izjave o sukladnosti dostupan je na https://www.asus.com/support/

WiFi koji radi na opsegu frekvencija 5150-5350 MHz bit e ogranien na upotrebu u zatvorenom prostoru u zemljama na donjem popisu:

9 Zjednoduen prohlen o shod EU Spolenost ASUSTek Computer Inc. tmto prohlauje, e toto zazen spluje zkladn poadavky a dal pslun ustanoven smrnice 2014/53/ EU. Pln znn prohlen o shod EU je k dispozici na adrese https://www.asus.com/support/

V zemch uvedench v tabulce je provoz st Wi-Fi ve frekvennm rozsahu 5150-5350 MHz povolen pouze ve vnitnch prostorech:

Forenklet EU-overensstemmelseserklring ASUSTeK Computer Inc. erklrer hermed at denne enhed er i overensstemmelse med hovedkravene og vrige relevante bestemmelser i direktivet 2014/53/EU. Hele EU-overensstemmelseserklringen kan findes p https://www.asus.com/support/

Wi-Fi, der bruger 5150-5350 MHz skal begrnses til indendrs brug i lande, der er anfrt i tabellen:

Vereenvoudigd EU-conformiteitsverklaring ASUSTeK Computer Inc. verklaart hierbij dat dit apparaat voldoet aan de essentile vereisten en andere relevante bepalingen van Richtlijn 2014/53/EU. De volledige tekst van de EU-conformiteitsverklaring is beschikbaar op https://www.asus.com/support/

De WiFi op 5150-5350 MHz zal beperkt zijn tot binnengebruik voor in de tabel vermelde landen:

Lihtsustatud E vastavusdeklaratsioon Kesolevaga kinnitab ASUSTek Computer Inc, et seade vastab direktiivi 2014/53/E olulistele nuetele ja teistele asjakohastele stetele. EL vastavusdeklaratsiooni tistekst on saadaval veebisaidil https://www.asus.com/support/

Sagedusvahemikus 5150-5350 MHz ttava WiFi kasutamine on jrgmistes riikides lubatud ainult siseruumides:

Eurooppa - EY:n vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutus ASUSTek Computer Inc. ilmoittaa tten, ett tm laite on direktiivin 2014/53/EU olennaisten vaatimusten ja muiden asiaankuuluvien lisysten mukainen. Koko EY:n vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutuksen teksti on luettavissa osoitteessa https://www.asus.com/support/

5150-5350 MHz:in taajuudella toimiva WiFi on rajoitettu siskyttn taulukossa luetelluissa maissa:

ASUSTek Computer Inc. 2014/53/E. https://www.asus.com/support/

WiFi 5150-5350 MHz

Egyszerstett EU megfelelsgi nyilatkozat Az ASUSTek Computer Inc. ezennel kijelenti, hogy ez az eszkz megfelel az 2014/53/EU sz. irnyelv alapvet kvetelmnyeinek s egyb vonatkoz rendelkezseinek. Az EU megfelelsgi nyilatkozat teljes szvegt a kvetkez weboldalon tekintheti meg: https://www.asus.com/support/

Az 5150-5350 MHz-es svban mkd Wi-Fi-t beltri hasznlatra kell korltozni az albbi tblzatban felsorolt orszgokban:

Vienkrota ES atbilstbas paziojums ASUSTeK Computer Inc. ar o pazio, ka ierce atbilst Direktvas 2014/53/ES btiskajm prasbm un citiem citiem saistoajiem nosacjumiem. Pilns ES atbilstbas paziojuma teksts pieejams eit: https://www.asus.com/support/

Wi-Fi darbba 51505350MHz ir jierobeo lietoanai telps valsts, kuras nordtas tlk. 10 Supaprastinta ES atitikties deklaracija iame dokumente bendrov ASUSTek Computer Inc. pareikia, kad is prietaisas atitinka pagrindinius reikalavimus ir kitas susijusias Direktyvos 2014/53/ES nuostatas. Visas ES atitikties deklaracijos tekstas pateikiamas ia:

https://www.asus.com/support/

Toliau nurodytose alyse WiFi ryiu, veikianiu 51505350 MHz danio juostoje, galima naudotis tik patalpose:

Forenklet EU-samsvarserklring ASUSTek Computer Inc. erklrer herved at denne enheten er i samsvar med hovedsaklige krav og andre relevante forskrifter i direktivet 2014/53/EU. Fullstendig tekst for EU-samsvarserklringen finnes p:

https://www.asus.com/support/

Wi-Fi-omrdet 51505350 MHz skal begrenses til innendrs bruk for landene som er oppfrt i tabellen:

Uproszczona deklaracja zgodnoci UE Firma ASUSTek Computer Inc. niniejszym owiadcza, e urzdzenie to jest zgodne z zasadniczymi wymogami i innymi waciwymi postanowieniami dyrektywy 2014/53/EU. Peny tekst deklaracji zgodnoci UE jest dostpny pod adresem https://www.asus.com/support/

W krajach wymienionych w tabeli dziaanie sieci Wi-Fi w pamie 51505350MHz powinno by ograniczone wycznie do pomieszcze:

Declarao de Conformidade Simplificada da UE A ASUSTek Computer Inc. declara que este dispositivo est em conformidade com os requisitos essenciais e outras disposies relevantes da Diretiva 2014/53/UE. O texto integral da declarao de conformidade da UE est disponvel em https://www.asus.com/support/

A utilizao das frequncias WiFi de 5150 a 5350 MHz est restrita a ambientes interiores nos pases apresentados na tabela:

Declaraie de conformitate UE, versiune simplificat Prin prezenta, ASUSTek Computer Inc. declar c acest dispozitiv este n conformitate cu reglementrile eseniale i cu celelalte prevederi relevante ale Directivei 2014/53/UE. Textul complet al declaraiei de conformitate UE este disponibil la adresa https://www.asus.com/support/

Pentru rile listate n tabelul de mai jos, reelele WiFi care funcioneaz n banda de frecven de 5150-5350 MHz trebuie utilizate doar n interior:

Zjednoduen vyhlsenie o zhode platn pre E Spolonos ASUSTek Computer Inc. tmto vyhlasuje, e toto zariadenie je v slade so zkladnmi poiadavkami a almi prslunmi ustanoveniami smernice . 2014/53/E. Pln znenie vyhlsenia o zhode pre E je k dispozcii na lokalite https://www.asus.com/support/

innos WiFi v psme 5150-5350 MHz bude obmedzen na pouitie vo vntornom prostred pre krajiny uveden v tabuke niie:

Poenostavljena izjava EU o skladnosti ASUSTek Computer Inc. tukaj izjavlja, da je ta naprava skladna s temeljnimi zahtevami in drugimi relevantnimii doloili Direktive 2014/53/EU. Polno besedilo izjave EU o skladnosti je na voljo na https://www.asus.com/support/

WiFi, ki deluje v pasovnem obmoju 51505350MHz, mora biti v dravah, navedenih v spodnjem seznamu, omejen na notranjo uporabo:

11 Declaracin de conformidad simplificada para la UE Por la presente, ASUSTek Computer Inc. declara que este dispositivo cumple los requisitos bsicos y otras disposiciones pertinentes de la directiva 2014/53/EU. En https://www.asus.com/support/ est disponible el texto completo de la declaracin de conformidad para la UE. La conexin WiFi con una frecuencia de funcionamiento de 5150-5350 MHz se restringir al uso en interiores para los pases enumerados en la tabla:

Frenklad EU-frskran om verensstmmelse ASUSTek Computer Inc. deklarerar hrmed att denna enhet verensstmmer med de grundlggande kraven och andra relevanta bestmmelser i direktiv 2014/53/EU. Fullstndig text av EU-frskran om verensstmmelse finns p https://www.asus.com/support/

WiFi som anvnder 5150-5350 MHz kommer att begrnsas fr anvndning inomhus i de lnder som anges i tabellen:

Basitletirilmi AB Uyumluluk Bildirimi ASUSTek Computer Inc., bu aygtn 2014/53/EU Ynergesinin temel gereksinimlerine ve dier ilgili hkmlerine uygun olduunu bildirir. AB uygunluk bildiriminin tam metni u adreste bulunabilir:

https://www.asus.com/support/

5150-5350 MHz arasndaki WiFi almas, tabloda listelenen lkeler iin i mekn kullanmyla kstlanacaktr. AT DE LV NO FI BE IS LI PL SE BG IE LT PT CH CZ IT LU RO HR DK EL HU SI UK(NI) EE ES MT SK FR CY NL TR Simplified UKCA Declaration of Conformity Simplified UKCA Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of The Radio Equipment Regulations 2017 (S.I. 2017/1206). Full text of UKCA declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/

The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for the country listed below:

12 Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. 13 FCC Caution: Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This device is restricted to indoor use when operated in the 5.15 to 5.25 GHz frequency range. FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. 14 RF Exposure information (SAR) This device meets the EU requirements (2014/53/EU) on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields by way of health protection. The limits are part of extensive recommendations for the protection of the general public. These recommendations have been developed and checked by independent scientific organizations through regular and thorough evaluations of scientific studies. The unit of measurement for the European Councils recommended limit for mobile devices is the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR), and the SAR limit is 2.0 W/Kg averaged over 10 gram of body tissue. It meets the requirements of the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP). For next-to-body operation, this device has been tested and meets the ICNIRP exposure guidelines and the European Standard EN 50566 and EN 62209-2. SAR is measured with the device directly contacted to the body while transmitting at the highest certified output power level in all frequency bands of the mobile device. A minimum separation distance of 1 cm must be maintained between the users body and the device, including the antenna during body-worn operation to comply with the RF exposure requirements in Europe. This device meets the governments requirements for exposure to radio waves. This device is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. The exposure standard employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg. Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the EUT transmitting at the specified power level in different channels. 15 Radiation Exposure Statement The product comply with the Canada portable RF exposure limit set forth for an uncontrolled environment and are safe for intended operation as described in this manual. The further RF exposure reduction can be achieved if the product can be kept as far as possible from the user body or set the device to lower output power if such function is available. Dclaration relative lexposition aux radiations Le produit est conforme aux limites dexposition pour les appareils portables RF pour les tats-Unis et le Canada tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Le produit est sr pour une utilisation telle que dcrite dans ce manuel. Le niveau dexposition aux ondes radio peut tre rduit en plaant lappareil aussi loin que possible du corps de lutilisateur ou que le dispositif est rgl sur la puissance de sortie la plus faible si une telle fonction est disponible. Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information The radiated output power of the Wireless Device is below the Industry Canada

(IC) radio frequency exposure limits. The Wireless Device should be used in such a manner such that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. This device has been evaluated for and shown compliant with the IC Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) limits when operated in portable exposure conditions. Informations concernant lexposition aux frquences radio

(RF) La puissance de sortie mise par cet appareil sans fil est infrieure la limite dexposition aux frquences radio dIndustrie Canada (IC). Utilisez lappareil sans fil de faon minimiser les contacts humains lors dun fonctionnement normal. Cet appareil a t valu et dmontr conforme aux limites de DAS (Dbit dabsorption spcifique) dIC lorsquil est utilis dans des conditions dexposition des appareils portables. 16 Caution

(i) the device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems;

(ii) the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz shall comply with the e.i.r.p. limit; and

(iii) the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the band 5725-5825 MHz shall comply with the e.i.r.p. limits specified for point-to-point and non point-to-

point operation as appropriate.

(iv) Users should also be advised that high-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and that these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. Avertissement Le guide dutilisation des dispositifs pour rseaux locaux doit inclure des instructions prcises sur les restrictions susmentionnes, notamment:

(i) Les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz sont rservs uniquement une utilisation en intrieur afin de rduire les risques dinterfrence prjudiciables aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux;

(ii) Le gain maximal dantenne permis pour les dispositifs utilisant les bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5470-5725 MHz doit tre conforme la limite de P.I.R.E; et

(iii) Le gain maximal dantenne permis (pour les dispositifs utilisant la bande 5725-

5825 MHz) doit tre conforme la limite de P.I.R.E spcifie pour lexploitation point point et non point point, selon le cas.

(iv) De plus, les utilisateurs devraient aussi tre aviss que les utilisateurs de radars de haute puissance sont dsigns utilisateurs principaux (c.--d., quils ont la priorit) pour les bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5650-5850 MHz et que ces radars pourraient crer des interfrences et/ou des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL. 17 Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) This device complies with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada licence exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Operation in the band 51505250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. CAN ICES-003(B)/NMB-003(B) Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada (ISED) Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dInnovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) lutilisateur de lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. La bande 51505250 MHz est rserve uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. CAN ICES-003(B)/NMB-003(B) 18 Coating Notice IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located. Prevention of Hearing Loss To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. 19 By means of a power cord connected to a socket-outlet with earthing connection. Disposal of a battery into fire or a hot oven, or mechanically crushing or cutting of a battery, that can result in an explosion;

Leaving a battery in an extremely high temperature surrounding environment that can result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas;

A battery subjected to extremely low air pressure that may result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Do not disable the power cord grounding plug. The grounding plug is an important safety feature. Plug the power cord into grounded (earthed) electrical outlet that is easily accessible at all times. NO DISASSEMBLY The warranty does not apply to the products that have been disassembled by users Lithium-Ion Battery Warning CAUTION: Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturers instructions. No Exposure to Liquids DO NOT expose to or use near liquids, rain, or moisture. This product is not waterproof or oil-proof. 20 This symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product

(electrical, electronic equipment, and mercury-containing button cell battery) should not be placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations for disposal of electronic products. DO NOT throw the battery in municipal waste. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the battery should not be placed in municipal waste. Declaration of Compliance for Product Environmental Regulation ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products, and makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line with global environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant information based on regulation requirements. Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/Compliance.htm for information disclosure based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with. EU REACH and Article 33 Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm. EU RoHS This product complies with the EU RoHS Directive. For more details, see http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=35. 21 Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations Information on Japan RoHS (JIS-C-0950) chemical disclosures is available on http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=19. India RoHS This product complies with the India E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls

(PBBs) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight in homogenous materials and 0.01% by weight in homogenous materials for cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Schedule II of the Rule. Vietnam RoHS ASUS products sold in Vietnam, on or after September 23, 2011, meet the requirements of the Vietnam Circular 30/2011/TT-BCT. Cc sn phm ASUS bn ti Vit Nam, vo ngy 23 thng 9 nm2011 tr v sau, u phi p ng cc yu cu ca Thng t 30/2011/TT-BCT ca Vit Nam. ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest standards for protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for you to be able to responsibly recycle our products, batteries, other components as well as the packaging materials. Please go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling information in different regions. Ecodesign Directive European Union announced a framework for the setting of ecodesign requirements for energy-related products (2009/125/EC). Specific Implementing Measures are aimed at improving environmental performance of specific products or across multiple product types. ASUS provides product information on the CSR website. Further information could be found at https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=1555. 22 ENERGY STAR Qualified Product ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy helping us all save money and protect the environment through energy efficient products and practices. All ASUS products with the ENERGY STAR logo comply with the ENERGY STAR standard, and the power management feature is enabled by default. The monitor is automatically set to sleep within 10 minutes of user inactivity; the computer is automatically set to sleep within 30 minutes of user inactivity. To wake your computer, click the mouse, press any key on the keyboard, or press the power button. Please visit http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement for detail information on power management and its benefits to the environment. In addition, please visit http://www.energystar.gov for detail information on the ENERGY STAR joint program. NOTE: Energy Star is NOT supported on FreeDOS and Linux-based operating systems. EPEAT Registered Products The public disclosure of key environmental information for ASUS EPEAT (Electronic Product Environmental Assessment Tool) registered products is available at https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=41. More information about EPEAT program and purchase guidance can be found at www.epeat.net. SERVICE AND SUPPORT Visit our multi-language web site at https://www.asus.com/support 23 FCC COMPLIANCE INFORMATION Per FCC Part 2 Section 2.1077 Responsible Party: Asus Computer International Address:

48720 Kato Rd., Fremont, CA 94538 Phone/Fax No:

(510)739-3777/(510)608-4555 hereby declares that the product Product Name : ASUS All-in-One PC/ASUS ExpertCenter Model Number : E1600WK, E1600WKA compliance statement:

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Ver. 180620 24 CE RED RF Output table (Directive 2014/53/EU) E1600WK Model: RTL8821CE Function Frequency Maximum Output Power (EIRP) WiFi Bluetooth 2412-2472 MHz 5150-5350 MHz 5470-5725 MHz 2402-2480 MHz 18 dBm 21 dBm 21 dBm 7 dBm Model: RTL8822CE Function Frequency Maximum Output Power (EIRP) WiFi Bluetooth 2412-2472 MHz 5150-5350 MHz 5470-5725 MHz 2402-2480 MHz 19 dBm 21 dBm 21 dBm 8 dBm Model: Intel 9462NGW Function Frequency Maximum Output Power (EIRP) WiFi Bluetooth 2412-2472 MHz 5150-5350 MHz 5470-5725 MHz 5725-5850 MHz 2402-2480 MHz Model: Intel 9560NGW 19 dBm 21 dBm 21 dBm 12 dBm 13 dBm Function Frequency Maximum Output Power (EIRP) WiFi Bluetooth 2412-2472 MHz 5150-5350 MHz 5470-5725 MHz 5725-5850 MHz 2402-2480 MHz 19 dBm 21 dBm 21 dBm 12 dBm 13 dBm For the standard EN 300 440, the device operates in 5725-5875 MHz, it will be considered as a receiver category 2. 25 UKCA RF Output table

(The Radio Equipment Regulations 2017) E1600WK Model: RTL8821CE Function Frequency Maximum Output Power (EIRP) WiFi Bluetooth 2412-2472 MHz 5150-5350 MHz 5470-5725 MHz 2402-2480 MHz 18 dBm 21 dBm 21 dBm 7 dBm Model: RTL8822CE Function Frequency Maximum Output Power (EIRP) WiFi Bluetooth 2412-2472 MHz 5150-5350 MHz 5470-5725 MHz 2402-2480 MHz 19 dBm 21 dBm 21 dBm 8 dBm Model: Intel 9462NGW Function Frequency Maximum Output Power (EIRP) WiFi Bluetooth 2412-2472 MHz 5150-5350 MHz 5470-5725 MHz 5725-5850 MHz 2402-2480 MHz Model: Intel 9560NGW 19 dBm 21 dBm 21 dBm 12 dBm 13 dBm Function Frequency Maximum Output Power (EIRP) WiFi Bluetooth 2412-2472 MHz 5150-5350 MHz 5470-5725 MHz 5725-5850 MHz 2402-2480 MHz 19 dBm 21 dBm 21 dBm 12 dBm 13 dBm For the standard EN 300 440, the device operates in 5725-5875 MHz, it will be considered as a receiver category 2. 26 27 28

 

 

E17208 First Edition / September 2020 E-Manual COPYRIGHT INFORMATION No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (ASUS). ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

(INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the owners benefit, without intent to infringe. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT. Copyright 2020 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Circumstances may arise where because of a default on ASUS part or other liability, you are entitled to recover damages from ASUS. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to claim damages from ASUS, ASUS is liable for no more than damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property; or any other actual and direct damages resulted from omission or failure of performing legal duties under this Warranty Statement, up to the listed contract price of each product. ASUS will only be responsible for or indemnify you for loss, damages or claims based in contract, tort or infringement under this Warranty Statement. This limit also applies to ASUS suppliers and its reseller. It is the maximum for which ASUS, its suppliers, and your reseller are collectively responsible. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ASUS LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA; OR (3) SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF ASUS, ITS SUPPLIERS OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR POSSIBILITY. SERVICE AND SUPPORT Visit our multi-language website at https://www.asus.com/support/

2 Notebook PC E-Manual Table of Contents About this manual .....................................................................................................7 Conventions used in this manual ............................................................................. 8 Icons .................................................................................................................................... 8 Typography ....................................................................................................................... 8 Safety precautions .....................................................................................................9 Using your Notebook PC .............................................................................................. 9 Caring for your Notebook PC ..................................................................................... 10 Proper disposal ................................................................................................................ 11 Chapter 1: Hardware Setup Getting to know your Notebook PC ...................................................................14 Top View ............................................................................................................................. 14 Bottom View ..................................................................................................................... 19 Right View.......................................................................................................................... 21 Left View............................................................................................................................. 24 Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC Getting started ...........................................................................................................28 Charge your Notebook PC ........................................................................................... 28 Lift to open the display panel .................................................................................... 30 Press the power button ................................................................................................ 30 Using the touchpad ..................................................................................................31 Using the keyboard ...................................................................................................38 HotKeys .............................................................................................................................. 38 Function keys ................................................................................................................... 39 Windows 10 keys .......................................................................................................... 39 Using the numeric keypad .......................................................................................... 40 3 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 Starting for the first time .........................................................................................42 Start menu ...................................................................................................................43 Windows apps ..........................................................................................................45 Working with Windows apps.................................................................................... 46 Customizing Windows apps ..................................................................................... 46 Task view .......................................................................................................................49 Snap feature ................................................................................................................50 Snap hotspots .................................................................................................................. 50 Action Center ..............................................................................................................52 My ASUS Splendid .....................................................................................................53 Other keyboard shortcuts ......................................................................................56 Connecting to wireless networks ........................................................................58 Wi-Fi ..................................................................................................................................... 58 Bluetooth ........................................................................................................................... 59 Airplane mode ................................................................................................................. 60 Turning your Notebook PC off ..............................................................................61 Putting your Notebook PC to sleep ....................................................................62 Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) The Power-On Self-Test (POST) .............................................................................64 Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot...................................................... 64 BIOS ................................................................................................................................64 Accessing BIOS ................................................................................................................ 65 Recovering your system ..........................................................................................66 Performing a recovery option .................................................................................... 67 4 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs Useful tips for your Notebook PC ........................................................................70 Hardware FAQs ...........................................................................................................71 Software FAQs .............................................................................................................74 Appendices DVD-ROM Drive Information ...................................................................................... 78 Blu-ray ROM Drive Information ................................................................................. 80 Internal Modem Compliancy ..................................................................................... 80 Overview ............................................................................................................................ 81 Network Compatibility Declaration ......................................................................... 81 Non-Voice Equipment ................................................................................................... 81 Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement ................... 84 FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement ................................. 85 Coating Notice ................................................................................................................. 85 Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) ................................................................. 86 Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada (ISED) ...................................................... 86 Caution ............................................................................................................................... 87 Mise en garde................................................................................................................... 87 Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information ........................................................ 88 Informations concernant l'exposition aux frquences radio (RF) ................. 88 UL Safety Notices ............................................................................................................ 89 Power Safety Requirement .......................................................................................... 90 TV Notices ......................................................................................................................... 90 5 Notebook PC E-Manual Macrovision Corporation Product Notice .............................................................. 90 Prevention of Hearing Loss ......................................................................................... 90 Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) ........................................... 91 CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) .............................. 92 Declaration of Compliance for Product Environmental Regulation............. 94 EU REACH and Article 33 .............................................................................................. 94 EU RoHS.............................................................................................................................. 94 Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations ................................................................. 94 India RoHS ......................................................................................................................... 94 Vietnam RoHS .................................................................................................................. 95 ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services .......................................................................... 95 Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America............................. 95 Ecodesign Directive ....................................................................................................... 95 ENERGY STAR Qualified Product ............................................................................... 96 EPEAT Registered Products ......................................................................................... 96 Regional notice for Singapore ................................................................................... 97 Notices for removable batteries ................................................................................ 97 Avis concernant les batteries remplaables.......................................................... 97 Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ............................................................... 98 6 Notebook PC E-Manual About this manual This manual provides information about the hardware and software features of your Notebook PC, organized through the following chapters:

Chapter 1: Hardware Setup This chapter details the hardware components of your Notebook PC. Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC This chapter shows you how to use the different parts of your Notebook PC. Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 This chapter provides an overview of using Windows 10 in your Notebook PC. Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) This chapter shows you how to use POST to change the settings of your Notebook PC. Tips and FAQs Appendices This section presents some recommended tips, hardware FAQs, and software FAQs you can refer to for maintaining and fixing common issues with your Notebook PC. This section includes notices and safety statements for your Notebook PC. 7 Notebook PC E-Manual Conventions used in this manual To highlight key information in this manual, some text are presented as follows:

IMPORTANT! This message contains vital information that must be followed to complete a task. NOTE: This message contains additional information and tips that can help complete tasks. WARNING! This message contains important information that must be followed to keep you safe while performing tasks and prevent damage to your Notebook PC's data and components. Icons The icons below indicate the devices you can use for completing a series of tasks or procedures on your Notebook PC.

= Use the touchpad.

= Use the keyboard. Typography 8 Bold

= This indicates a menu or an item that must be selected. Italic

= This indicates sections that you can refer to in this manual. Notebook PC E-Manual Safety precautions Using your Notebook PC This Notebook PC should only be used in environments with ambient temperatures between 5C (41F) and 35C (95F). Refer to the rating label on the bottom of your Notebook PC and ensure that your power adapter complies with this rating. Your Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use or while charging the battery pack. Do not leave your Notebook PC on your lap or near any part of your body to prevent injury from heat. When working on your Notebook PC, do not place it on surfaces that can block the vents. Do not use damaged power cords, accessories, and other peripherals with your Notebook PC. While powered on, ensure that you do not carry or cover your Notebook PC with any materials that can reduce air circulation. Do not place your Notebook PC on uneven or unstable work surfaces. You can send your Notebook PC through x-ray machines (used on items placed on conveyor belts), but do not expose them to magnetic detectors and wands. Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. 9 Notebook PC E-Manual Caring for your Notebook PC Disconnect the AC power and remove the battery pack (if applicable) before cleaning your Notebook PC. Use a clean cellulose sponge or chamois cloth dampened with a solution of nonabrasive detergent and a few drops of warm water. Remove any extra moisture from your Notebook PC using a dry cloth. Do not use strong solvents such as thinners, benzene, or other chemicals on or near your Notebook PC. Do not place objects on top of your Notebook PC. Do not expose your Notebook PC to strong magnetic or electrical fields. Do not use or expose your Notebook PC near liquids, rain, or moisture. Do not expose your Notebook PC to dusty environments. Do not use your Notebook PC near gas leaks. 10 Notebook PC E-Manual Proper disposal Do not throw your Notebook PC in municipal waste. This product has been designed to enable proper reuse of parts and recycling. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product

(electrical, electronic equipment and mercury-

containing button cell battery) should not be placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations for disposal of electronic products. Do not throw the battery in municipal waste. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the battery should not be placed in municipal waste. 11 Notebook PC E-Manual 12 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 1:

Hardware Setup 13 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting to know your Notebook PC Top View NOTE: The keyboard's layout may vary per region or country. The Notebook view may also vary in appearance depending on the Notebook PC model. 14 Notebook PC E-Manual Array microphones The array microphones feature echo canceling, noise suppression, and beam forming functions for better voice recognition and audio recording. IR Camera The built-in camera allows you to take pictures or record videos using your Notebook PC. The IR Camera also supports Windows Hello. NOTE: The red IR LED blinks in the process while data is being read before you sign in with Windows Hello facial recognition. Camera indicator The camera indicator lights up when the built-in camera is in use. Display panel This high-definition display panel provides excellent viewing features for photos, videos, and other multimedia files on your Notebook PC. 15 Notebook PC E-Manual Air vents The air vents allow cool air to enter and warm air to exit the Notebook PC. WARNING! Ensure that paper, books, clothing, cables, or other objects do not block any of the air vents or else overheating may occur. Capital lock indicator This indicator lights up when the capital lock function is activated. Using capital lock allows you to type capitalized letters

(such as A, B, C) using your Notebook PCs keyboard. Keyboard The keyboard provides full-sized QWERTY keys with a comfortable travel depth for typing. It also enables you to use the function keys, allows quick access to Windows, and controls other multimedia functions. NOTE: The keyboard layout differs by model or territory. 16 Notebook PC E-Manual Function key lock indicator This indicator lights up when the function keys feature is activated. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the keyboard section in this manual. Touchpad The touchpad allows the use of multi-gestures to navigate onscreen, providing an intuitive user experience. It also simulates the functions of a regular mouse. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the touchpad section in this manual. Screenpad The screenpad allows you to toggle another screen for the touchpad, providing more adaptive controls. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the keyboard section in this manual. 17 Notebook PC E-Manual Power button Press the power button to turn your Notebook PC on or off. You can also use the power button to put your Notebook PC to sleep or hibernate mode and wake it up from sleep or hibernate mode. In the event that your Notebook PC becomes unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least four (4) seconds until your Notebook PC shuts down. The power indicator lights up when the Notebook PC is turned on and blinks slowly when the Notebook PC is in sleep mode. Power indicator Numeric keypad The numeric keypad toggles between these two functions: for numeric input and as pointer direction keys. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the numeric keypad section in this manual. 18 Notebook PC E-Manual Bottom View NOTE: The bottom view may vary in appearance depending on model. WARNING! Your Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use or while charging the battery pack. Do not leave your Notebook PC on your lap or near any part of your body to prevent injury from heat. When working on your Notebook PC, do not place it on surfaces that can block the vents. IMPORTANT!

Battery time varies by usage and by the specifications for this Notebook PC. The battery pack cannot be disassembled. Purchase components from authorized retailers to ensure maximum compatibility and reliability. Consult an ASUS service center or authorized retailers for product service or assistance on proper disassembly or assembly of the product. 19 Notebook PC E-Manual Air vents The air vents allow cool air to enter and warm air to exit the Notebook PC. WARNING! Ensure that paper, books, clothing, cables, or other objects do not block any of the air vents or else overheating may occur. Audio speakers The built-in audio speakers allow you to hear audio straight from your Notebook PC. Audio features are software-controlled. 20 Notebook PC E-Manual Right View MicroSD card slot This built-in memory card reader slot supports microSD card formats. Headphone/Headset/Microphone jack This port allows you to connect amplified speakers or headphones. You can also use this port to connect your headset or an external microphone. 21 Notebook PC E-Manual Thunderbolt 4 port with Power Delivery The Thunderbolt 4 port is compatible with USB Type-C standards, and provides a transfer rate of up to 40 Gbit/s for Thunderbolt 4 devices. Connect your Notebook PC to a DisplayPort, VGA, DVI, or HDMI external display and experience high-resolution display features via Intel Thunderbolt technology. Insert the bundled power adapter into this port to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. NOTE: Transfer rate of this port may vary per model. IMPORTANT! It may take longer to fully charge your Notebook PC through a low-voltage power source. USB 3.2 Gen 1 port The USB 3.2 (Universal Serial Bus 3.2) Gen 1 port provides a transfer rate of up to 5 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. 22 Notebook PC E-Manual HDMI port This port is for the HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) connector and is HDCP compliant for HD DVD, Blu-ray, and other protected content playback. Power (DC) input port Insert the bundled power adapter into this port to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. WARNING! The adapter may become warm to hot while in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep it away from your body while it is connected to a power source. IMPORTANT! Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. 23 Notebook PC E-Manual USB 2.0 port The USB (Universal Serial Bus) port is compatible with USB 2.0 or USB 1.1 devices such as keyboards, pointing devices, flash disk drives, external HDDs, speakers, cameras and printers. Two-color battery charge indicator The two-color LED provides a visual indication of the batterys charge status. Refer to the following table for details:

Left View 24 Notebook PC E-Manual Color Solid White Status The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source and the battery power is between 95% and 100%. The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source, charging its battery, and the battery power is less than 95%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is less than 10%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is between 10% to 100%. Solid Orange Blinking Orange Lights off 25 Notebook PC E-Manual 26 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 2:

Using your Notebook PC 27 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting started Charge your Notebook PC A. Connect the DC power connector into your Notebook PCs power

(DC) input port. B. Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source. Charge the Notebook PC for 3 hours before using it in battery mode for the first time. NOTE: The power adapter may vary in appearance, depending on models and your region. IMPORTANT!

Power adapter information:

Input voltage: 100-240Vac Input frequency: 50-60Hz Rating output current: 3.42A (65W) / 4.74A (90W) Rating output voltage: 19V 28 Notebook PC E-Manual IMPORTANT!

Locate the input/output rating label on your Notebook PC and ensure that it matches the input/output rating information on your power adapter. Some Notebook PC models may have multiple rating output currents based on the available SKU. Ensure that your Notebook PC is connected to the power adapter before turning it on for the first time. We strongly recommend that you use a grounded wall socket while using your Notebook PC on power adapter mode. The socket outlet must be easily accessible and near your Notebook PC. To disconnect your Notebook PC from its main power supply, unplug your Notebook PC from the power socket. WARNING!

Read the following precautions for your Notebook PCs battery:

Only ASUS-authorized technicians should remove the battery inside the device (for non-removable battery only). The battery used in this device may present a risk of fire or chemical burn if removed or disassembled. Follow the warning labels for your personal safety. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Do not dispose of in fire. Never attempt to short-circuit your Notebook PCs battery. Never attempt to disassemble and reassemble the battery

(for non-removable battery only). Discontinue usage if leakage is found. The battery and its components must be recycled or disposed of properly. Keep the battery and other small components away from children. 29 Notebook PC E-Manual Lift to open the display panel Press the power button 30 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the touchpad Moving the pointer You can tap anywhere on the touchpad to activate its pointer, then slide your finger on the touchpad to move the pointer onscreen. Slide horizontally Slide vertically Slide diagonally 31 Notebook PC E-Manual One-finger gestures Tap/Double-tap Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Drag and drop Double-tap an item, then slide the same finger without lifting it off the touchpad. To drop the item to its new location, lift your finger from the touchpad. 32 Notebook PC E-Manual Left-click Right-click Click an app to select it. Double-click an app to launch it. Click this button to open the right-

click menu. NOTE: The areas inside the dotted line represent the locations of the left mouse button and the right mouse button on the touchpad. Two-finger gestures Tap Tap two fingers on the touchpad to simulate the right-click function. 33 Notebook PC E-Manual Two-finger scroll (up/down) Two-finger scroll (left/right) Slide two fingers to scroll up or down. Slide two fingers to scroll left or right. Zoom out Zoom in Bring together your two fingers on the touchpad. Spread apart your two fingers on the touchpad. 34 Notebook PC E-Manual Drag and drop Select an item then press and hold the left button. Using your other finger, slide on the touchpad to drag the item, lift your finger off the button to drop the item. Three-finger gestures Tap Tap three fingers on the touchpad to invoke Cortana. 35 Notebook PC E-Manual Swipe left/Swipe right If you opened multiple apps, swipe three fingers left or right to switch between these apps. Swipe up Swipe down Swipe up to see an overview of all the apps currently opened. Swipe down to show the desktop. 36 Notebook PC E-Manual Four-finger gestures Tap Tap four fingers on the touchpad to invoke Action Center. Customizing your touchpad 1. 2. 3. Launch All settings from the Action Center. Select Devices, then select Touchpad. Adjust the settings to your preference. 37 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the keyboard HotKeys The HotKeys on your Notebook PCs keyboard can trigger the following commands:

Turns the speaker on or off Turns the speaker volume down Turns the speaker volume up Decreases display brightness Increases display brightness Enables or disables the touchpad/screenpad Adjusts brightness for the backlit keyboard Toggles the display mode NOTE: Ensure that the second display is connected to your Notebook PC. 38 Notebook PC E-Manual Activates the Lock screen Turns the camera on or off Activates screen capture tool Launches My ASUS Function keys Press to enable or disable the function keys feature. When the function keys feature is enabled, you can also access HotKeys by holding down in combination with the top row keys. Windows 10 keys There are two special Windows keys on your Notebook PCs keyboard used as below:

Launches the Start menu Displays the drop-down menu*

* On selected models 39 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the numeric keypad NOTE: The numeric keypad layout may differ by model or territory but the usage procedures remain the same. A numeric keypad is available on selected Notebook PC models. You can use this keypad for numeric input or as pointer direction keys. Press to toggle between using the keypad as number keys or as pointer direction keys. 40 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3:

Working with Windows 10 41 Notebook PC E-Manual Starting for the first time When you start your Notebook PC for the first time, a series of screens appear to guide you in configuring your Windows 10 operating system. To start your Notebook PC for the first time:

Press the power button on your Notebook PC. Wait for a few minutes until the setup screen appears. From the setup screen, pick your region and a language to use on your Notebook PC. Carefully read the License Terms. Select I accept. Follow the onscreen instructions to configure the following basic items:

Personalize Get online Settings Your account 5. After configuring the basic items, Windows 10 proceeds to install your apps and preferred settings. Ensure that your Notebook PC is kept powered on during the setup process. 6. Once the setup process is complete, the Desktop appears. NOTE: The screenshots in this chapter are for reference only. 1. 2. 3. 4. 42 Notebook PC E-Manual Start menu The Start menu is the main gateway to your Notebook PCs programs, Windows apps, folders, and settings. Change account settings, lock, or sign out from your account Launch an app from the Start screen Launch Taskview Launch an app from the taskbar Launch Search Launch the Start menu Launch All apps Shut down, restart, or put your Notebook PC to sleep Launch Settings Launch File Explorer You can use the Start menu to do these common activities:

Start programs or Windows apps Open commonly used programs or Windows apps Adjust Notebook PC settings Get help with the Windows operating system Turn off your Notebook PC Log off from Windows or switch to a different user account 43 Notebook PC E-Manual Launching the Start menu Position your mouse pointer over the Start button in the lower-left corner of your desktop then click it. Press the Windows logo key on your keyboard. Opening programs from the Start menu One of the most common uses of the Start menu is opening programs installed on your Notebook PC. Position your mouse pointer over the program then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the programs. Press to launch it. NOTE: Select All apps at the bottom of the left pane to display a full list of programs and folders on your Notebook PC in alphabetical order. 44 Notebook PC E-Manual Windows apps These are apps pinned on the right pane of the Start menu and displayed in tiled-format for easy access. NOTE: Some Windows apps require signing in to your Microsoft account before they are fully launched. 45 Notebook PC E-Manual Working with Windows apps Use your Notebook PCs touchpad or keyboard to launch, customize, and close apps. Launching Windows apps from the Start menu Position your mouse pointer over the app then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the apps. Press to launch an app. Customizing Windows apps You can move, resize, unpin, or pin apps to the taskbar from the Start menu using the following steps:

Moving apps Position your mouse pointer over the app, then drag and drop the app to a new location. 46 Notebook PC E-Manual Resizing apps Unpinning apps Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Resize and select an app tile size. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app.

, then select Resize and select an app Press tile size. Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Unpin from Start. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. Press

, then select Unpin from Start. 47 Notebook PC E-Manual Pinning apps to the taskbar Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Pin to taskbar. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. Press

, then select Pin to taskbar. Pinning more apps to the Start menu From All apps, position your mouse pointer over the app you want to add to the Start menu and right-click it, then click Pin to Start. From All apps, press on the app that you want to add to the Start menu, then select Pin to Start. 48 Notebook PC E-Manual Task view Quickly switch between opened apps and programs using the task view feature, you can also use task view to switch between desktops. Launching task view Position your mouse pointer over the icon on the taskbar and click it. Press on your keyboard. 49 Notebook PC E-Manual Snap feature The Snap feature displays apps side-by-side, allowing you to work or switch between apps. Snap hotspots You can drag and drop apps to these hotspots to snap them into place. 50 Notebook PC E-Manual Using Snap 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Launch the app you wish to snap. Drag the title bar of your app and drop the app to the edge of the screen to snap. Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. Launch the app you wish to snap. Press and hold the key, then use the arrow keys to snap the app. Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. 51 Notebook PC E-Manual Action Center Action Center consolidates notifications from apps and presents a single place where you can interact with them. It also has a really useful Quick Actions section at the bottom. Launching Action Center Position your mouse pointer over the icon on the taskbar and click it. Press on your keyboard. 52 Notebook PC E-Manual My ASUS Splendid ASUS Splendid ensures that all ASUS display panels show identical and accurate colors. You may select Vivid, Eye Care, or Manual Mode beside Normal Mode to adjust the display settings. Normal Mode: Through Gamma and Color temperature correction, the image output from the panel is as close as possible as what your eye can naturally see. Vivid Mode: This mode allows you to adjust the saturation of the image, making it more vivid and vibrant. Manual Mode: This mode allows you to adjust the color temperature value to your personal needs, ranging from -50 to

+50. Eye Care Mode: This mode reduces blue light emission by up to 30%, helping to protect your eyes. 53 Notebook PC E-Manual Level 1-5: The higher the level, the more blue light emission is reduced. Level 5 is the optimized setting, and is compliant with TV Low Blue Light Certification. 54 Notebook PC E-Manual Please refer to the following tips to alleviate eye strains:

Take some time away from the display if working for long hours. It is advised to take short breaks (at least 5 minutes) after around 1 hour of continuous working at the computer. Taking short and frequent breaks is more effective than a long break. To minimize eye strain and eye dryness, rest your eyes periodically by focusing on objects that are far away. Repeat the following exercises to reduce eye strain:

(1) Look up and down repeatedly

(2) Slowly roll your eyes

(3) Move your eyes diagonally If eye strain persists, please consult a physician. High energy blue light may lead to eye strain and AMD (Age-

Related Macular Degeneration). Blue light Filter reduces 30% (max.) harmful blue light to avoid CVS (Computer Vision Syndrome). 55 Notebook PC E-Manual Other keyboard shortcuts Using the keyboard, you can also use the following shortcuts to help you launch applications and navigate Windows 10. Launches Start menu Launches Action Center Launches the desktop Launches the File Explorer Launches Settings Launches Connect panel Activates the Lock screen Minimizes all currently active windows 56 Notebook PC E-Manual Launches Search Launches Project panel Opens the Run window Opens Ease of Access Center Opens the context menu of the Start button Launches the magnifier icon and zooms in your screen Zooms out your screen 57 Notebook PC E-Manual Connecting to wireless networks Wi-Fi Access emails, surf the Internet, and share applications via social networking sites using your Notebook PCs Wi-Fi connection. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Wi-Fi connection of your Notebook PC. Connecting Wi-Fi Connect your Notebook PC to a Wi-Fi network by using the following steps:

Select the icon from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Wi-Fi. 1. 2. 3. Select an access point from the list of available Wi-Fi connections. 4. Select Connect to start the network connection. NOTE: You may be prompted to enter a security key to activate the Wi-Fi connection. 58 Notebook PC E-Manual Bluetooth Use Bluetooth to facilitate wireless data transfers with other Bluetooth-

enabled devices. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Bluetooth connection of your Notebook PC. Pairing with other Bluetooth-enabled devices You need to pair your Notebook PC with other Bluetooth-enabled devices to enable data transfers. Connect your devices by using the following steps:

1. 2. 3. Launch Settings from the Start menu. Select Devices, then select Bluetooth to search for Bluetooth-enabled devices. Select a device from the list. Compare the passcode on your Notebook PC with the passcode sent to your chosen device. If they are the same, select Yes to successfully pair your Notebook PC with the device. NOTE: For some Bluetooth-enabled devices, you may be prompted to key in the passcode of your Notebook PC. 59 Notebook PC E-Manual Airplane mode Airplane mode disables wireless communication, allowing you to use your Notebook PC safely while in-flight. NOTE: Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. Turning Airplane mode on Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Airplane mode. Turning Airplane mode off Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to disable Airplane mode. 1. 2. 1. 2. 60 Notebook PC E-Manual Turning your Notebook PC off You can turn off your Notebook PC by doing either of the following procedures:

Launch the Start menu, then select Shut down to do a normal shutdown.

From the log-in screen, select

> Shut down. Press to launch Shut down Windows. Select Shut down from the drop-down list then select OK. If your Notebook PC is unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least four (4) seconds until your Notebook PC turns off. 61 Notebook PC E-Manual Putting your Notebook PC to sleep To put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode:

Launch the Start menu, then select Sleep to put your Notebook PC to sleep.

From the log-in screen, select

> Sleep. Press to launch Shut down Windows. Select Sleep from the drop-down list then select OK. NOTE: You can also put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode by pressing the power button once. 62 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 4:

Power-On Self-Test (POST) 63 Notebook PC E-Manual The Power-On Self-Test (POST) The POST (Power-On Self-Test) is a series of software-controlled diagnostic tests that run when you turn on or restart your Notebook PC. The software that controls the POST is installed as a permanent part of the Notebook PCs architecture. Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot During POST, you can access the BIOS settings or run troubleshooting options using the function keys of your Notebook PC. You may refer to the following information for more details. BIOS The BIOS (Basic Input and Output System) stores system hardware settings that are needed for system startup in the Notebook PC. The default BIOS settings apply to most conditions of your Notebook PC. Do not change the default BIOS settings except in the following circumstances:

An error message appears onscreen during system bootup and requests you to run the BIOS Setup. You have installed a new system component that requires further BIOS settings or updates. WARNING! Using inappropriate BIOS settings may result to system instability or boot failure. We strongly recommend that you change the BIOS settings only with the help of a trained service personnel. 64 Notebook PC E-Manual Accessing BIOS Enter the BIOS settings by using any of the following methods:

Restart your Notebook PC then press during POST. Launch the Start menu, and choose Settings > Update &

security > Recovery, then select Restart now under Advanced startup. When you enter the Advanced startup screen, select Troubleshoot > Advanced options > UEFI Firmware Settings >

Restart. 65 Notebook PC E-Manual Recovering your system Using recovery options on your Notebook PC allows you to restore the system to its original state or simply refresh its settings to help improve performance. IMPORTANT!

Backup all your data files before doing any recovery option on your Notebook PC. Note down important customized settings such as network settings, user names, and passwords to avoid data loss. Ensure that your Notebook PC is plugged in to a power source before resetting your system. Windows 10 allows you to do any of the following recovery options:

Keep my files - This option allows you refresh your Notebook PC without affecting personal files (photos, music, videos, documents). Using this option, you can restore your Notebook PC to its default settings and delete other installed apps. Remove everything - This option resets your Notebook PC to its factory settings. You must backup your data before doing this option. 66 Notebook PC E-Manual Go back to an earlier build - This option allows you to go back to an earlier build. Use this option if this build is not working for you. Advanced startup - Using this option allows you to perform other advanced recovery options on your Notebook PC such as:

Using a USB drive, network connection or Windows recovery DVD to startup your Notebook PC. Using Troubleshoot to enable any of these advanced recovery options: System Restore, System Image Recovery, Startup Repair, Command Prompt, UEFI Firmware Settings, and Startup Settings. Performing a recovery option Refer to the following steps if you want to access and use any of the available recovery options for your Notebook PC. 1. Launch Settings and select Update and security. 67 Notebook PC E-Manual 2. Under the Update and security option, select Recovery then select the recovery option you would like to perform. 68 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs 69 Notebook PC E-Manual Useful tips for your Notebook PC To help you maximize the use of your Notebook PC, maintain its system performance, and ensure all your data are kept secured, here are some useful tips that you can follow:

Update Windows periodically to ensure that your applications have the latest security settings. Use an anti-virus software to protect your data and keep this updated too. Unless absolutely necessary, refrain from using force shutdown to turn off your Notebook PC. Always backup your data and make it a point to create a backup data in an external storage drive. Refrain from using the Notebook PC at extremely high temperatures. If you are not going to use your Notebook PC for a long period of time (at least a month), we recommend that you take out the battery if the battery is removable. Disconnect all external devices and ensure you have the following items prior to resetting your Notebook PC:

Product key for your operating systems and other installed applications

Backup data Log in ID and password Internet connection information 70 Notebook PC E-Manual Hardware FAQs 1. A black dot, or sometimes a colored dot, appears onscreen when I turn on the Notebook PC. What should I do?

Although these dots normally appear onscreen, they will not affect your system. If the incident continues and subsequently affects system performance, consult an authorized ASUS service center. 2. My display panel has an uneven color and brightness. How can I fix this?

The color and brightness of your display panel may be affected by the angle and current position of your Notebook PC. The brightness and color tone of your Notebook PC may also vary per model. You may use the function keys or the display settings in your operating system to adjust the appearance of your display panel. 3. How can I maximize my Notebook PCs battery life?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Use the function keys to adjust the display brightness. If you are not using any Wi-Fi connection, switch your system into Airplane mode. Disconnect unused USB devices. Close unused applications, especially those that take up too much system memory. 71 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My battery charge indicator does not light up. Whats wrong?

Check whether the power adapter or battery pack is attached correctly. You may also disconnect the power adapter or battery pack, wait for a minute, then reconnect them again to the power outlet and Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why is my touchpad not working?

Press to enable your touchpad. 6. When I play audio and video files, why cant I hear any sound from my Notebook PCs audio speakers?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Press to turn up the speaker volume. Check if your speakers were set to mute. Check if a headphone jack is connected to your Notebook PC and remove it. 7. What should I do if my Notebook PCs power adapter gets lost or my battery stops working?

Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 72 Notebook PC E-Manual 8. My Notebook PC cannot do keystrokes correctly because my cursor keeps on moving. What should I do?

Make sure that nothing accidentally touches or presses on your touchpad while you type on the keyboard. You can also disable your touchpad by pressing

. 73 Notebook PC E-Manual Software FAQs 1. When I turn on my Notebook PC, the power indicator lights up but nothing appears on my screen. What can I do to fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Force shutdown your Notebook PC by pressing the power button for at least four (4) seconds. Check if the power adapter and battery pack are inserted correctly then turn on your Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 2. What should I do when my screen displays this message:

Remove disks or other media. Press any key to restart.?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected USB devices then restart your Notebook PC. Remove any optical discs that are left inside the optical drive then restart. If the problem still exists, your Notebook PC might have a memory storage problem. Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 3. My Notebook PC boots slower than usual and my operating system lags. How can I fix this?

Delete the applications you recently installed or were not included with your operating system package then restart your system. 74 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My Notebook PC does not boot up. How can I fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected devices to your Notebook PC then restart your system. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why cant my Notebook PC wake up from sleep mode?

You need to press the power button to resume your last working state. Your system might have completely used up its battery power. Connect the power adapter to your Notebook PC and connect to a power outlet then press the power button. 75 Notebook PC E-Manual 76 Notebook PC E-Manual Appendices 77 Notebook PC E-Manual DVD-ROM Drive Information The DVD-ROM drive allows you to view and create your own CDs and DVDs. You can purchase an optional DVD viewer software to view DVD titles. NOTE: The DVD-ROM Drive is available on selected models. Regional Playback Information Playback of DVD movie titles involves decoding MPEG2 video, digital AC3 audio and decryption of CSS protected content. CSS (sometimes called copy guard) is the name given to the content protection scheme adopted by the motion picture industry to satisfy a need to protect against unlawful content duplication. Although the design rules imposed on CSS licensors are many, one rule that is most relevant is playback restrictions on regionalized content. In order to facilitate geographically staggered movie releases, DVD video titles are released for specific geographic regions as defined in Region Definitions below. Copyright laws require that all DVD movies be limited to a particular region (usually coded to the region at which it is sold). While DVD movie content may be released for multiple regions, CSS design rules require that any system capable of playing CSS encrypted content must only be capable of playing one region. IMPORTANT! The region setting may be changed up to five times using the viewer software, then it can only play DVD movies for the last region setting. Changing the region code after that will require factory resetting which is not covered by warranty. If resetting is desired, shipping and resetting costs will be at the expense of the user. 78 Notebook PC E-Manual Region Definitions Region 1 Canada, US, US Territories Region 2 Czech, Egypt, Finland, France, Germany, Gulf States, Hungary, Iceland, Iran, Iraq, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Saudi Arabia, Scotland, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Syria, Turkey, UK, Greece, Former Yugoslav Republics, Slovakia Burma, Indonesia, South Korea, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam Australia, Caribbean (Except US Territories), Central America, New Zealand, Pacific Islands, South America CIS, India, Pakistan, Rest of Africa, Russia, North Korea Region 3 Region 4 Region 5 Region 6 China 79 Notebook PC E-Manual Blu-ray ROM Drive Information The Blu-ray ROM Drive allows you to view HD (High-Definition) videos and other disc file formats such as DVDs and CDs. NOTE: The Blu-ray ROM Drive is available on selected models. Region Definitions Region A Region B Region C North, Central and South American countries, and their territories; Taiwan, Hong Kong, Macao, Japan, Korea (South and North), South East Asian countries and their territories. European, African, and South West Asian countries and their territories; Australia and New Zealand. Central, South Asian, Eastern European countries and their territories; China and Mongolia. NOTE: Refer to Blu-ray Disc website at www.blu-raydisc.com/en/Technical/FAQs/Blu-rayDiscforVideo.aspx for more details. Internal Modem Compliancy The Notebook PC with internal modem model complies with JATE (Japan), FCC

(US, Canada, Korea, Taiwan), and CTR21. The internal modem has been approved in accordance with Council Decision 98/482/EC for pan-European single terminal connection to the public switched telephone network (PSTN). However due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. 80 Notebook PC E-Manual Overview On 4th August 1998 the European Council Decision regarding the CTR 21 has been published in the Official Journal of the EC. The CTR 21 applies to all non voice terminal equipment with DTMF-dialling which is intended to be connected to the analogue PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network). CTR 21 (Common Technical Regulation) for the attachment requirements for connection to the analogue public switched telephone networks of terminal equipment (excluding terminal equipment supporting the voice telephony justified case service) in which network addressing, if provided, is by means of dual tone multi-frequency signalling. Network Compatibility Declaration Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the Notified Body and the vendor:

This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-

working difficulties. Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the user: This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-working difficulties. The manufacturer shall also associate a statement to make it clear where network compatibility is dependent on physical and software switch settings. It will also advise the user to contact the vendor if it is desired to use the equipment on another network. Up to now the Notified Body of CETECOM issued several pan-European approvals using CTR 21. The results are Europes first modems which do not require regulatory approvals in each individual European country. Non-Voice Equipment Answering machines and loud-speaking telephones can be eligible as well as modems, fax machines, auto-dialers and alarm systems. Equipment in which the end-to-end quality of speech is controlled by regulations (e.g. handset telephones and in some countries also cordless telephones) is excluded. 81 Notebook PC E-Manual This table shows the countries currently under the CTR21 standard. Applied More Testing Still Pending Still Pending Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable No No Yes No No No No No No No No No Yes No No No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes Czech Republic Denmark1 Country Austria1 Belgium Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Iceland Ireland Italy Israel Norway Poland Portugal Spain Sweden 82 Lichtenstein Luxemburg The Netherlands1 Switzerland United Kingdom Notebook PC E-Manual This information was copied from CETECOM and is supplied without liability. For updates to this table, you may visit http://www.cetecom.de/technologies/ctr_21.html. 1 National requirements will apply only if the equipment may use pulse dialling

(manufacturers may state in the user guide that the equipment is only intended to support DTMF signalling, which would make any additional testing superfluous). In The Netherlands additional testing is required for series connection and caller ID facilities. 83 Notebook PC E-Manual Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement This device complies with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission

(FCC) rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. WARNING! The use of a shielded-type power cord is required in order to meet FCC emission limits and to prevent interference to the nearby radio and television reception. It is essential that only the supplied power cord be used. Use only shielded cables to connect I/O devices to this equipment. You are cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void your authority to operate the equipment.

(Reprinted from the Code of Federal Regulations #47, part 15.193, 1993. Washington DC: Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, U.S. Government Printing Office.) 84 Notebook PC E-Manual FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. Coating Notice IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located. 85 Notebook PC E-Manual Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) This device complies with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada license exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada

(ISED) Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dInnovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) lutilisateur de lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. La bande 5150-5250 MHz est rserve uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) 86 Notebook PC E-Manual Caution

(i) the device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems;

(ii) for devices with detachable antenna(s), the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz shall be such that the equipment still complies with the e.i.r.p. limit;

(iii) for devices with detachable antenna(s), the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the band 5725-5850 MHz shall be such that the equipment still complies with the e.i.r.p. limits as appropriate; and

(iv) where applicable, antenna type(s), antenna model(s), and worst-case tilt angle

(s) necessary to remain compliant with the e.i.r.p. elevation mask requirement set forth in section 6.2.2.3 shall be clearly indicated. Mise en garde

(i) Les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz sont rservs uniquement une utilisation en intrieur afin de rduire les risques dinterfrence prjudiciables aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux;

(ii) pour les dispositifs avec antenne(s) dtachable(s), le gain dantenne maximal autoris pour les dispositifs des bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5470-5725 MHz doit tre tel que lquipement respecte encore les normes e.i.r.p. limite;

(iii) pour les dispositifs avec antenne(s) dtachable(s), le gain dantenne maximal autoris pour les dispositifs dans la bande 5725-5850 MHz doit tre tel que lquipement soit toujours conforme la norme e.i.r.p. limites, le cas chant; et

(iv) le cas chant, type(s) dantenne, modle(s) dantenne et angle(s) dinclinaison dans le cas le plus dfavorable ncessaire pour rester conforme le.i.r.p. Lexigence de masque daltitude nonce la section 6.2.2.3 doit tre clairement indique. 87 Notebook PC E-Manual Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information The radiated output power of the Wireless Device is below the Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) radio frequency exposure limits. The Wireless Device should be used in such a manner such that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. This device has been evaluated for and shown compliant with the ISED Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) limits when operated in portable exposure conditions. Informations concernant l'exposition aux frquences radio (RF) La puissance de sortie rayonne du dispositif sans fil est infrieure aux limites dexposition aux radiofrquences dInnovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada (ISED). Le dispositif sans fil doit tre utilis de manire minimiser le potentiel de contact humain pendant le fonctionnement normal. Cet appareil a t valu et montr conforme aux limites de DAS (Dbit dAbsorption Spcifique) de lISED lorsquil est utilis dans des conditions dexposition portables. 88 Notebook PC E-Manual UL Safety Notices Required for UL 1459 covering telecommunications (telephone) equipment intended to be electrically connected to a telecommunication network that has an operating voltage to ground that does not exceed 200V peak, 300V peak-to-peak, and 105V rms, and installed or used in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70). When using the Notebook PC modem, basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons, including the following:

DO NOT use the Notebook PC near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool. DO NOT use the Notebook PC during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. DO NOT use the Notebook PC in the vicinity of a gas leak. Required for UL 1642 covering primary (non-rechargeable) and secondary

(rechargeable) lithium batteries for use as power sources in products. These batteries contain metallic lithium, or a lithium alloy, or a lithium ion, and may consist of a single electrochemical cell or two or more cells connected in series, parallel, or both, that convert chemical energy into electrical energy by an irreversible or reversible chemical reaction. DO NOT dispose the Notebook PC battery pack in a fire, as they may explode. Check with local codes for possible special disposal instructions to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. DO NOT use power adapters or batteries from other devices to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. Use only UL certified power adapters or batteries supplied by the manufacturer or authorized retailers. 89 Notebook PC E-Manual Power Safety Requirement Products with electrical current ratings up to 6A and weighing more than 3Kg must use approved power cords greater than or equal to: H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75mm2 or H05VV-F, 2G, 0.75mm2. TV Notices Note to CATV System InstallerCable distribution system should be grounded

(earthed) in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code (NEC), in particular Section 820.93, Grounding of Outer Conductive Shield of a Coaxial Cable installation should include bonding the screen of the coaxial cable to the earth at the building entrance. Macrovision Corporation Product Notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S.A. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Prevention of Hearing Loss To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. 90 Notebook PC E-Manual Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) CAUTION! Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturers instructions. (English) ATTENZIONE! Rischio di esplosione della batteria se sostituita in modo errato. Sostituire la batteria con un una di tipo uguale o equivalente consigliata dalla fabbrica. Non disperdere le batterie nellambiente. (Italian) VORSICHT! Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemen Austausch der Batterie. Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einem vom Hersteller empfohlenem hnlichen Typ. Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers. (German) ADVARSELI! Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig hndtering. Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type. Levr det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandren. (Danish) VARNING! Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Anvnd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion. (Swedish) VAROITUS! Paristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan sousittelemaan tyyppiin. Hvit kytetty paristo valmistagan ohjeiden mukaisesti. (Finnish) ATTENTION! Danger dexplosion si la batterie nest pas correctement remplace. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie de type semblable ou quivalent, recommande par le fabricant. Jeter les batteries usages conformment aux instructions du fabricant. (French) ADVARSEL! Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri. Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten. Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner. (Norwegian)

(Japanese)

. (Russian) 91 Notebook PC E-Manual CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) Danish Dutch English Finnish French 92 Notebook PC E-Manual German Greek Italian Portuguese Spanish Swedish 93 Notebook PC E-Manual Declaration of Compliance for Product Environmental Regulation ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products, and makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line with global environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant information based on regulation requirements. Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/Compliance.htm for information disclosure based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with. EU REACH and Article 33 Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm. EU RoHS This product complies with the EU RoHS Directive. For more details, see http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=35. Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations Information on Japan RoHS (JIS-C-0950) chemical disclosures is available on http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=19. India RoHS This product complies with the India E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls

(PBBs) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight in homogenous materials and 0.01% by weight in homogenous materials for cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Schedule II of the Rule. 94 Notebook PC E-Manual Vietnam RoHS ASUS products sold in Vietnam, on or after September 23, 2011, meet the requirements of the Vietnam Circular 30/2011/TT-BCT. Cc sn phm ASUS bn ti Vit Nam, vo ngy 23 thng 9 nm2011 tr v sau, u phi p ng cc yu cu ca Thng t 30/2011/TT-BCT ca Vit Nam. ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest standards for protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for you to be able to responsibly recycle our products, batteries, other components as well as the packaging materials. Please go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling information in different regions. Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America For US and Canada customers, you can call 1-800-822-8837

(toll-free) for recycling information of your ASUS products rechargeable batteries. Ecodesign Directive European Union announced a framework for the setting of ecodesign requirements for energy-related products (2009/125/EC). Specific Implementing Measures are aimed at improving environmental performance of specific products or across multiple product types. ASUS provides product information on the CSR website. Further information could be found at https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=1555. 95 Notebook PC E-Manual ENERGY STAR Qualified Product ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy helping us all save money and protect the environment through energy efficient products and practices. All ASUS products with the ENERGY STAR logo comply with the ENERGY STAR standard, and the power management feature is enabled by default. The monitor is automatically set to sleep within 10 minutes of user inactivity; the computer is automatically set to sleep within 30 minutes of user inactivity. To wake your computer, click the mouse, press any key on the keyboard, or press the power button. Please visit http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement for detail information on power management and its benefits to the environment. In addition, please visit http://www.energystar.gov for detail information on the ENERGY STAR joint program. NOTE: Energy Star is NOT supported on FreeDOS and Linux-based operating systems. EPEAT Registered Products The public disclosure of key environmental information for ASUS EPEAT (Electronic Product Environmental Assessment Tool) registered products is available at https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=41. More information about EPEAT program and purchase guidance can be found at www.epeat.net. 96 Notebook PC E-Manual Regional notice for Singapore Complies with IMDA Standards DB103778 This ASUS product complies with IMDA Standards. Notices for removable batteries Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. The battery and its component must be recycled or disposed of properly. Avis concernant les batteries remplaables La batterie de lappareil peut prsenter un risque dincendie ou de brlure si celle-ci est retire ou dsassemble. La batterie et ses composants doivent tre recycls de faon approprie. 97 Notebook PC E-Manual Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. Full text of EU declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/. The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for countries listed in the table below:

AT DE LV NO FI BE IS LI PL SE BG IE LT PT CH CZ IT LU RO UK DK EL HU SI HR EE ES MT SK FR CY NL TR 98 Notebook PC E-Manual

 

 

Intel WiFi Adapter Information Guide This version of Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Software is compatible with the adapters listed below. However, note that newer features provided in this software release are generally not supported for older, legacy adapters. The following adapters are supported on this release for Windows* 10:

Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7260 Intel Wireless-N 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7265 Intel Wireless-N 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 (64-bit only) Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8265 Intel Wireless-AC 9260 Intel Wireless-AC 9560 Intel Wireless Gigabit 11000 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 18265 The following adapters are supported on this release for Windows* 8 and Windows* 8.1 with Windows* 7 drivers from Intel:

Intel Centrino Wireless-N 100 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 130 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1030 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6200 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230 The following adapters are supported on this release for Windows* 8 with Windows* 8 drivers from Intel:

Intel Centrino Wireless-N 105 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 135 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2200 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2230 Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6235 Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250 Intel Centrino Ultimate-N 6300 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7260 Intel Wireless-N 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3168 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7265 Intel Wireless-N 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 The following adapters are supported on this release for Windows* 8.1 with Windows* 8 drivers from Intel:

Intel Centrino Wireless-N 105 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 135 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2200 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2230 Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6235 Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250 Intel Centrino Ultimate-N 6300 The following adapters are supported on this release for Windows* 8.1 with Windows* 8.1 drivers from Intel:

Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7260 Intel Wireless-N 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3168 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7265 Intel Wireless-N 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 18260 Intel Wireless Gigabit 11000 With your WiFi network card, you can access WiFi networks, share files or printers, or even share your Internet connection. All of these features can be explored using a WiFi network in your home or office. This WiFi network solution is designed for both home and business use. Additional users and features can be added as your networking needs grow and change. This guide contains basic information about Intel adapters. It includes information about several adapter properties that you can set to control and enhance the performance of your adapter with your particular wireless network and environment. Intel wireless adapters enable fast connectivity without wires for desktop and notebook PCs. Adapter Settings Regulatory Information Specifications Important Information Support Warranty Glossary Depending on the model of your Intel WiFi adapter, your adapter is compatible with 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, and 802.11n (draft 2.0) wireless standards. Operating at 5GHz or 2.4GHz frequency at data rates of up to 450 Mbps, you can now connect your computer to existing high-speed networks that use multiple access points within large or small environments. Your WiFi adapter maintains automatic data rate control according to the access point location and signal strength to achieve the fastest possible connection. All of your wireless network connections are easily managed by the WiFi connection utility. Profiles that are set up through the WiFi connection utility provide enhanced security measures with 802.1X network authentication. Information in this document is subject to change without notice. 20042014 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved. Intel Corporation, 5200 N.E. Elam Young Parkway, Hillsboro, OR 97124-6497 USA The copying or reproducing of any material in this document in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Intel Corporation is strictly forbidden. Intel is a trademark or registered trademark of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Intel disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own. Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Windows Vista is either a registered trademark or trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.

*Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others. Intel Corporation assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this document. Nor does Intel make any commitment to update the information contained herein. IMPORTANT NOTICE FOR ALL USERS OR DISTRIBUTORS:

Intel wireless LAN adapters are engineered, manufactured, tested, and quality checked to ensure that they meet all necessary local and governmental regulatory agency requirements for the regions that they are designated and/or marked to ship into. Because wireless LANs are generally unlicensed devices that share spectrum with radars, satellites, and other licensed and unlicensed devices, it is sometimes necessary to dynamically detect, avoid, and limit usage to avoid interference with these devices. In many instances Intel is required to provide test data to prove regional and local compliance to regional and governmental regulations before certification or approval to use the product is granted. Intel's wireless LAN's EEPROM, firmware, and software driver are designed to carefully control parameters that affect radio operation and to ensure electromagnetic compliance (EMC). These parameters include, without limitation, RF power, spectrum usage, channel scanning, and human exposure. For these reasons Intel cannot permit any manipulation by third parties of the software provided in binary format with the wireless LAN adapters (e.g., the EEPROM and firmware). Furthermore, if you use any patches, utilities, or code with the Intel wireless LAN adapters that have been manipulated by an unauthorized party (i.e., patches, utilities, or code (including open source code modifications) which have not been validated by Intel), (i) you will be solely responsible for ensuring the regulatory compliance of the products, (ii) Intel will bear no liability, under any theory of liability for any issues associated with the modified products, including without limitation, claims under the warranty and/or issues arising from regulatory non-compliance, and (iii) Intel will not provide or be required to assist in providing support to any third parties for such modified products. Note: Many regulatory agencies consider Wireless LAN adapters to be "modules", and accordingly, condition system-

level regulatory approval upon receipt and review of test data documenting that the antennas and system configuration do not cause the EMC and radio operation to be non-compliant. March 27, 2017 Back to Contents Adapter Settings The Advanced tab displays the device properties for the WiFi adapter installed on your computer. How to Access At the Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Connection Utility, Advanced Menu click Adapter Settings. Select the Advanced tab. WiFi Adapter Settings Description Name 802.11ac Mode

(5GHz) 802.11n Channel Width

(2.4 GHz) Description The 802.11ac standard builds on 802.11n standard. 802.11ac Mode delivers up to 867Mbps

(theoretical) by increasing channel bandwidth to 80MHz and adding higher density modulation (256 QAM). Select Enabled or Disabled to set the 802.11ac mode of the WiFi adapter. Enabled is the default setting. This setting applies to 802.11ac capable adapters only. Set high throughput channel width to maximize performance. Set the channel width to Auto or 20MHz. Use 20MHz if 802.11n channels are restricted. This setting applies to 802.11n capable adapters only. 802.11n Channel Width

(5.2 GHz) NOTE: This setting does not apply to the Intel Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN (uses 20 MHz channel width only). Set high throughput channel width to maximize performance. Set the channel width to Auto or 20MHz. Use 20MHz if 802.11n channels are restricted. This setting applies to 802.11n capable adapters only. NOTE: This setting does not apply to the following adapters:

Intel WiFi Link 1000 Intel Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN 802.11n Mode The 802.11n standard builds on previous 802.11 standards by adding multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO). MIMO increases data throughput to improve transfer rate. Select Enabled or Disabled to set the 802.11n mode of the WiFi adapter. Enabled is the default setting. This setting applies to 802.11n capable adapters only. Ad Hoc Channel 802.11b/g Ad Hoc QoS Mode NOTE: To achieve transfer rates greater than 54 Mbps on 802.11n connections, WPA2*-

AES security must be selected. No security (None) can be selected to enable network setup and troubleshooting. An administrator can enable or disable support for high throughput mode to reduce power-

consumption or conflicts with other bands or compatibility issues. Select Enabled or Disabled. Quality of Service (QoS) control in ad hoc networks. QoS provides prioritization of traffic from the access point over a wireless LAN based on traffic classification. WMM (Wi-Fi Multimedia) is the QoS certification of the Wi-Fi Alliance (WFA). When WMM is enabled, the WiFi adapter uses WMM to support priority tagging and queuing capabilities for Wi-Fi networks. WMM Enabled WMM Disabled (Default) Bluetooth AMP HT Mode/VHT Mode/Disabled Fat Channel Intolerant Enable or disable Bluetooth AMP. AMP stands for alternate MAC/PHY and uses the 802.11

(Wi-Fi) as the high-speed transport. If disabled, Bluetooth HS is turned off. This settings lets you select HT Mode (High Throughput mode), VHT Mode (Very High Throughput Mode) or to disable both modes. HT Mode supports 802.11n compatibility, whereas VHT Mode supports 802.11ac compatibility. This setting communicates to access points that this WiFi adapter does not prefer 40MHz channels in the 2.4GHz band. The default setting is for this to be turned off (disabled), so that the adapter does not send this notification. If the access point continues to use 40MHz channels, the WiFi adapter will also use 40MHz channels if the 802.11n Channel Width

(2.4GHz) setting is AUTO. NOTE: This setting does not apply to the following adapters:

Intel Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ Intel PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection Mixed mode protection Preferred Band Use to avoid data collisions in a mixed 802.11b and 802.11g environment. Request to Send/Clear to Send (RTS/CTS) should be used in an environment where clients may not hear each other. CTS-to-self can be used to gain more throughput in an environment where clients are in close proximity and can hear each other. In an environment with other radiating devices nearby (such as microwave ovens, cordless telephones, access points, or client devices), in order to reduce interference you may prefer the 5GHz band over the 2.4GHz band, or vice-versa. Your choices are:

No Preference Prefer 2.4GHz band Prefer 5GHz band Here are the various Wi-Fi bands:

802.11 legacy - 2.4GHz 802.11a - 5GHz 802.11b - 2.4GHz 802.11g - 2.4GHz 802.11n - 2.4GHz and 5GHz 802.11ac - 5GHz 802.11ad - 60GHz Roaming Aggressiveness This setting lets you define how aggressively your wireless client roams to improve connection to an access point. There are five available settings. Transmit Power 3. Medium: This is the default. A balanced setting between not roaming and performance. 1. Lowest: Your wireless client will not roam. Only significant link quality degradation causes it to roam to another access point. 5. Highest: Your wireless client continuously tracks the link quality. If any degradation occurs, it tries to find and roam to a better access point. Default Setting: Highest power setting. Lowest: Minimum Coverage: Set the adapter to the lowest transmit power. Enables you to expand the number of coverage areas or confine a coverage area. Reduces the coverage area in high traffic areas to improve overall transmission quality and avoids congestion and interference with other devices. Highest: Maximum Coverage: Set the adapter to a maximum transmit power level. Select for maximum performance and range in environments with limited additional WiFi radio devices. NOTE: The optimal setting is for a user to always set the transmit power at the lowest Wake on Magic Packet Wake on Pattern Match possible level that is still compatible with the quality of their communication. This allows the maximum number of wireless devices to operate in dense areas and reduce interference with other devices that it shares the same radio spectrum with. NOTE: This setting takes effect when either Network (Infrastructure) or Device to Device

(ad hoc) mode is used. This setting, enabled, wakes the computer from a sleep state when it receives a "magic packet" from a sending computer. The magic packet contains the MAC address of the intended destination computer. Enabling turns on Wake on Magic Packet. Disabling turns off Wake on Magic Packet. Disabling this only disables the magic packet feature, not Wake on Wireless LAN. This feature wakes the computer from a sleep state when a particular wake pattern is received at the adapter. This feature is supported by the Window* 7 and Windows 8. Such patterns typically are:

Wake on new incoming TCP connection for IPv4 and IPv6 (TCP SYN IPv4 and TCP SYN IPv6). Wake on 802.1x re-authentication packets. Wireless Mode Disabling this only disables the pattern match feature, not Wake on Wireless LAN. Select which mode to use for connection to a wireless network:

802.11a only: Connect the wireless WiFi adapter to 802.11a networks only. Not applicable for all adapters. 802.11b only: Connect the wireless WiFi adapter to 802.11b networks only. Not applicable for all adapters. 802.11g only: Connect the wireless WiFi adapter to 802.11g networks only. 802.11a and 802.11g: Connect the WiFi adapter to 802.11a and 802.11g networks only. Not applicable for all adapters. 802.11b and 802.11g: Connect the WiFi adapter to 802.11b and 802.11g networks only. Not applicable for all adapters. 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g: (Default) - Connect to either 802.11a, 802.11b or 802.11g wireless networks. Not applicable for all adapters. OK Cancel Saves settings and returns to the previous page. Closes and cancels any changes. Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers Back to Contents Regulatory Information This section provides regulatory information for the following wireless adapters:

Intel Centrino Wireless-N 100 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 105 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 130 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 135 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1030 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2200 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2230 Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6200 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6235 Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250 Intel Centrino Ultimate-N 6300 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7260 Intel Wireless-N 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3168 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7265 Intel Wireless-N 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8265 Intel Wireless-AC 9260 Intel Wireless-AC 9560 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 18260 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 18265 Intel Wireless Gigabit Sink W13100 Intel Wireless Gigabit 11000 NOTE: Due to the evolving state of regulations and standards in the wireless LAN field (IEEE 802.11 and similar standards), the information provided herein is subject to change. Intel Corporation assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this document. Intel WiFi/WiMAX Wireless Adapters Information in this section supports the following wireless adapters:

Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150 Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250 See Specifications for complete wireless adapter specifications. NOTE: In this section, all references to the "wireless adapter" refer to all adapters listed above. The following information is provided:

Information for the User Regulatory Information Regulatory ID Information for OEMs and Host Integrators INFORMATION FOR THE USER Safety Notices USA FCC Radio Frequency Exposure The FCC with its action in ET Docket 96-8 has adopted a safety standard for human exposure to radio frequency (RF) electromagnetic energy emitted by FCC certified equipment. The wireless adapter meets the Human Exposure requirements found in FCC Part 2, 15C, 15E along with guidance from KDB 447498, KDB 248227 and KDB 616217. Proper operation of this radio according to the instructions found in this manual will result in exposure substantially below the FCCs recommended limits. The following safety precautions should be observed:

Do not touch or move antenna while the unit is transmitting or receiving. Do not hold any component containing the radio such that the antenna is very close or touching any exposed parts of the body, especially the face or eyes, while transmitting. Do not operate the radio or attempt to transmit data unless the antenna is connected; this behavior may cause damage to the radio. Use in specific environments:

The use of wireless adapters in hazardous locations is limited by the constraints posed by the safety directors of such environments. The use of electronic devices equipped with wireless adapters on airplanes is governed by rules for each commercial airline operator. The use of wireless adapters in hospitals is restricted to the limits set forth by each hospital. Explosive Device Proximity Warning Warning: Do not operate a portable transmitter (including this wireless adapter) near unshielded blasting caps or in an explosive environment unless the transmitter has been modified to be qualified for such use. Antenna Warnings Warning: The wireless adapter is not designed for use with high-gain directional antennas. Use On Aircraft Caution Caution: Regulations of commercial airline operators may prohibit airborne operation of certain electronic devices equipped with radio-frequency wireless devices (wireless adapters) because their signals could interfere with critical aircraft instruments. Caution: 60 GHz/802.11ad equipment is not permitted on aircraft per FCC 15.255. OEM and host integrators should consider this FCC rule in host devices. Other Wireless Devices Safety Notices for Other Devices in the Wireless Network: See the documentation supplied with wireless adapters or other devices in the wireless network. Local Restrictions on 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11d, 802.11g, 802.11n, 802.11ac, and 802.16e Radio Usage Caution: Due to the fact that the frequencies used by 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11d, 802.11g, 802.11n, 802.11ac, and 802.16e wireless LAN devices may not yet be harmonized in all countries, 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11d, 802.11g, 802.11n, 802.11ac, and 802.16e products are designed for use only in specific countries, and are not allowed to be operated in countries other than those of designated use. As a user of these products, you are responsible for ensuring that the products are used only in the countries for which they were intended and for verifying that they are configured with the correct selection of frequency and channel for the country of use. The device transmit power control (TPC) interface is part of the Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Connection Utility Software. Operational restrictions for Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP) are provided by the system manufacturer. Any deviation from the permissible power and frequency settings for the country of use is an infringement of national law and may be punished as such. Wireless Interoperability The wireless adapter is designed to be interoperable with other wireless LAN products that are based on direct sequence spread spectrum (DSSS) radio technology and to comply with the following standards:

IEEE Std. 802.11b compliant Standard on Wireless LAN IEEE Std. 802.11g compliant Standard on Wireless LAN IEEE Std. 802.11a compliant Standard on Wireless LAN IEEE Std. 802.11n draft 2.0 compliant on Wireless LAN IEEE 802.16e-2005 Wave 2 compliant Wireless Fidelity certification, as defined by the Wi-Fi Alliance WiMAX certification as defined by the WiMAX Forum The Wireless Adapter and Your Health The wireless adapter, like other radio devices, emits radio frequency electromagnetic energy. The level of energy emitted by the wireless adapter, however, is less than the electromagnetic energy emitted by other wireless devices such as mobile phones. The wireless adapter operates within the guidelines found in radio frequency safety standards and recommendations. These standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the scientific community and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of the wireless adapter may be restricted by the proprietor of the building or responsible representatives of the applicable organization. Examples of such situations may include:

Using the wireless adapter on board airplanes, or Using the wireless adapter in any other environment where the risk of interference with other devices or services is perceived or identified as being harmful. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of wireless adapters in a specific organization or environment (an airport, for example), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use the adapter before you turn it on. REGULATORY INFORMATION USA - Federal Communications Commission (FCC) This wireless adapter is restricted to indoor use due to its operation in the 5.15 to 5.25 and 5.470 to 5.75GHz frequency ranges. No configuration controls are provided for Intel wireless adapters allowing any change in the frequency of operations outside the FCC grant of authorization for U.S. operation according to Part 15.407 of the FCC rules. Intel wireless adapters are intended for OEM integrators only. Intel wireless adapters cannot be co-located with any other transmitter unless approved by the FCC. This wireless adapter complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation of the device is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference that may cause undesired operation. Class B Device Interference Statement This wireless adapter has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This wireless adapter generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If the wireless adapter is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, the wireless adapter may cause harmful interference to radio communications. There is no guarantee, however, that such interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this wireless adapter does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception (which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on), the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by taking one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna of the equipment experiencing the interference. Increase the distance between the wireless adapter and the equipment experiencing the interference. Connect the computer with the wireless adapter to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the equipment experiencing the interference is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. NOTE: The adapter must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions as described in the user documentation that comes with the product. Any other installation or use will violate FCC Part 15 regulations. Safety Approval Considerations This device has been safety approved as a component and is for use only in complete equipment where the acceptability of the combination is determined by the appropriate safety agencies. When installed, consideration must be given to the following:

It must be installed into a compliant host device meeting the requirement of UL/EN/IEC 60950-1 2nd edition including the general provisions of enclosure design 1.6.2 and specifically paragraph 1.2.6.2 (Fire Enclosure). The device shall be supplied by a SELV source when installed in the end-use equipment. A heating test shall be considered in the end-use product for meeting the requirement of UL/EN/IEC 60950-1 2nd edition. Low Halogen Applies only to brominated and chlorinated flame retardants (BFRs/CFRs) and PVC in the final product. Intel components as well as purchased components on the finished assembly meet JS-709 requirements, and the PCB /

substrate meet IEC 61249-2-21 requirements. The replacement of halogenated flame retardants and/or PVC may not be better for the environment. Japan 5GHz Korea

. 5150-5250MHz . Mexico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. Taiwan

. .

, 5.25-5.35 Radio Approvals To determine whether you are allowed to use your wireless network device in a specific country, please check to see if the radio type number that is printed on the identification label of your device is listed in the manufacturer's OEM Regulatory Guidance document. Modular Regulatory Certification Country Markings A list of countries requiring regulatory markings is available. Note that the lists include only countries requiring marking but not all certified countries. To find the regulatory country marking information for your adapter, perform these steps:

1. Open this web site: http://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/support/network-and-i-o/wireless-

networking/000007443.html 2. Click on the link for your adapter. 3. Click on Regulatory Marking Document for your adapter. INFORMATION FOR OEMs and HOST INTEGRATORS The guidelines described within this document are provided to OEM integrators installing Intel wireless adapters in notebook and tablet PC host platforms. Adherence to these requirements is necessary to meet the conditions of compliance with FCC rules, including RF exposure. When all antenna type and placement guidelines described herein are fulfilled the Intel wireless adapters may be incorporated into notebook and tablet PC host platforms with no further restrictions. If any of the guidelines described herein are not satisfied it may be necessary for the OEM or integrator to perform additional testing and/or obtain additional approval. The OEM or integrator is responsible to determine the required host regulatory testing and/or obtaining the required host approvals for compliance. Intel wireless adapters are intended for OEMs and host integrators only. The Intel wireless adapter FCC Grant of Authorization describes any limited conditions of modular approval. The Intel wireless adapters must be operated with an access point that has been approved for the country of operation. Changes or modification to Intel wireless adapters by OEMs, integrators or other third parties is not permitted. Any changes or modification to Intel wireless adapters by OEMs, integrators or other third parties will void authorization to operate the adapter. Antenna Type and Gains Only antennas of the same type and with equal or less gains as shown below may be used with the Intel wireless adapters. Other types of antennas and/or higher gain antennas may require additional authorization for operation. Antenna Type Antenna Location

(Main/Aux) 2.4GHz Peak Gain in dBi*

2.6GHz Peak Gain in dBi*

5.2GHz Peak Gain in dBi*

5.5GHz Peak Gain in dBi*

5.7GHz Peak Gain in dBi*

PIFA Main Aux MIMO 3.24 3.47 3.73 4.77 4.77

*All antenna gains include cable loss. Antenna Placement Within the Host Platform To ensure RF exposure compliance the antenna(s) used with the Intel wireless adapters must be installed in notebook or tablet PC host platforms to provide a minimum separation distance from all persons, in all operating modes and orientations of the host platform, with strict adherence to the table below. The antenna separation distance applies to both horizontal and vertical orientation of the antenna when installed in the host system. Intel Wireless Adapter Minimum required antenna-to-user separation distance Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150 Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6350 18 mm 17 mm Simultaneous Transmission of Intel Wireless Adapters with Other Integrated or Plug-In Transmitters Based upon FCC Knowledge Database publication number 616217 when there are multiple transmitting devices installed in a host device, an RF exposure transmitting assessment shall be performed to determine the necessary application and test requirements. OEM integrators must identify all possible combinations of simultaneous transmission configurations for all transmitters and antennas installed in the host system. This includes transmitters installed in the host as mobile devices (>20 cm separation from user) and portable devices (<20 cm separation from user). OEM integrators should consult the actual FCC KDB 616217 document for all details in making this assessment to determine if any additional requirements for testing or FCC approval is necessary. Information To Be Supplied to the End User by the OEM or Integrator The following regulatory and safety notices must be published in documentation supplied to the end user of the product or system incorporating the Intel wireless adapter, in compliance with local regulations. Host system must be labeled with "Contains FCC ID: XXXXXXXX", FCC ID displayed on label. The Intel wireless adapter must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions as described in the user documentation that comes with the product. Intel Corporation is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized modification of the devices included with the wireless adapter kit or the substitution or attachment of connecting cables and equipment other than that specified by Intel Corporation. The correction of interference caused by such unauthorized modification, substitution or attachment is the responsibility of the user. Intel Corporation and authorized resellers or distributors are not liable for any damage or violation of government regulations that may arise from the user failing to comply with these guidelines. Local Restriction of 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, and 802.11e Radio Usage The following statement on local restrictions must be published as part of the compliance documentation for all 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g and 802.11n products. Caution: Due to the fact that the frequencies used by 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, and 802.16e wireless LAN devices may not yet be harmonized in all countries, 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, and 802.16e products are designed for use only in specific countries, and are not allowed to be operated in countries other than those of designated use. As a user of these products, you are responsible for ensuring that the products are used only in the countries for which they were intended and for verifying that they are configured with the correct selection of frequency and channel for the country of use. Any deviation from the permissible power and frequency settings for the country of use is an infringement of national law and may be punished as such. Intel WiFi Adapters, 802.11n and 802.11ac Compliant The information in this section applies to the following products:

Intel Centrino Wireless-N 100 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 105 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 130 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 135 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1030 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2200 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2230 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6200 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6235 Intel Centrino Ultimate-N 6300 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7260 Intel Wireless-N 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3168 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7265 Intel Wireless-N 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8265 Intel Wireless-AC 9260 Intel Wireless-AC 9560 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 18260 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 18265 Intel Wireless Gigabit Sink W13100 Intel Wireless Gigabit 11000 See Specifications for complete wireless adapter specifications. NOTE: In this section, all references to the "wireless adapter" refer to all adapters listed above. The following information is provided:

Information for the User Regulatory Information Regulatory ID Information for OEMs and Host Integrators Statements of European Compliance INFORMATION FOR THE USER Safety Notices USA FCC Radio Frequency Exposure The FCC with its action in ET Docket 96-8 has adopted a safety standard for human exposure to radio frequency (RF) electromagnetic energy emitted by FCC certified equipment. The wireless adapter meets the Human Exposure requirements found in FCC Part 2, 15C, 15E along with guidance from KDB 447498, KDB 248227 and KDB 616217. Proper operation of this radio according to the instructions found in this manual will result in exposure substantially below the FCCs recommended limits. The following safety precautions should be observed:

Do not touch or move antenna while the unit is transmitting or receiving. Do not hold any component containing the radio such that the antenna is very close or touching any exposed parts of the body, especially the face or eyes, while transmitting. Do not operate the radio or attempt to transmit data unless the antenna is connected; this behavior may cause damage to the radio. Use in specific environments:

The use of wireless adapters in hazardous locations is limited by the constraints posed by the safety directors of such environments. The use of wireless adapters on airplanes is governed by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). The use of wireless adapters in hospitals is restricted to the limits set forth by each hospital. Explosive Device Proximity Warning Warning: Do not operate a portable transmitter (including this wireless adapter) near unshielded blasting caps or in an explosive environment unless the transmitter has been modified to be qualified for such use. Antenna Warnings Warning: The wireless adapter is not designed for use with high-gain directional antennas. Use On Aircraft Caution Caution: Regulations of commercial airline operators may prohibit airborne operation of certain electronic devices equipped with radio-frequency wireless devices (wireless adapters) because their signals could interfere with critical aircraft instruments. Caution: 60 GHz/802.11ad equipment is not permitted on aircraft per FCC 15.255. OEM and host integrators should consider this FCC rule in host devices. Other Wireless Devices Safety Notices for Other Devices in the Wireless Network: See the documentation supplied with wireless adapters or other devices in the wireless network. Local Restrictions on 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11d, 802.11g, 802.11n, and 802.11ac Radio Usage Caution: Due to the fact that the frequencies used by 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11d, 802.11g, 802.11n, and 802.11ac wireless LAN devices may not yet be harmonized in all countries, 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11d, 802.11g, 802.11n, and 802.11ac products are designed for use only in specific countries, and are not allowed to be operated in countries other than those of designated use. As a user of these products, you are responsible for ensuring that the products are used only in the countries for which they were intended and for verifying that they are configured with the correct selection of frequency and channel for the country of use. The device transmit power control (TPC) interface is part of the Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Connection Utility Software. Operational restrictions for Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP) are provided by the system manufacturer. Any deviation from the permissible power and frequency settings for the country of use is an infringement of national law and may be punished as such. Wireless Interoperability The wireless adapter is designed to be interoperable with other wireless LAN products that are based on direct sequence spread spectrum (DSSS) radio technology and to comply with the following standards:

IEEE Std. 802.11b compliant Standard on Wireless LAN IEEE Std. 802.11g compliant Standard on Wireless LAN IEEE Std. 802.11a compliant Standard on Wireless LAN IEEE Std. 802.11n compliant Standard on Wireless LAN IEEE Std. 802.11ac draft compliant on Wireless LAN Wireless Fidelity certification, as defined by the Wi-Fi Alliance The Wireless Adapter and Your Health The wireless adapter, like other radio devices, emits radio frequency electromagnetic energy. The level of energy emitted by the wireless adapter, however, is less than the electromagnetic energy emitted by other wireless devices such as mobile phones. The wireless adapter operates within the guidelines found in radio frequency safety standards and recommendations. These standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the scientific community and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of the wireless adapter may be restricted by the proprietor of the building or responsible representatives of the applicable organization. Examples of such situations may include:

Using the wireless adapter on board airplanes, or Using the wireless adapter in any other environment where the risk of interference with other devices or services is perceived or identified as being harmful. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of wireless adapters in a specific organization or environment (an airport, for example), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use the adapter before you turn it on. REGULATORY INFORMATION USA - Federal Communications Commission (FCC) This wireless adapter is restricted to indoor use due to its operation in the 5.15 to 5.25 and 5.470 to 5.75GHz frequency ranges. No configuration controls are provided for Intel wireless adapters allowing any change in the frequency of operations outside the FCC grant of authorization for U.S. operation according to Part 15.407 of the FCC rules. Intel wireless adapters are intended for OEM integrators only. Intel wireless adapters cannot be co-located with any other transmitter unless approved by the FCC. This wireless adapter complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation of the device is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference that may cause undesired operation. NOTE: The radiated output power of the adapter is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the adapter should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, you should keep a distance of at least 20cm between you (or any other person in the vicinity), or the minimum separation distance as specified by the FCC grant conditions, and the antenna that is built into the computer. Details of the authorized configurations can be found at http://www.fcc.gov/oet/ea/

by entering the FCC ID number on the device. Class B Device Interference Statement This wireless adapter has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This wireless adapter generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If the wireless adapter is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, the wireless adapter may cause harmful interference to radio communications. There is no guarantee, however, that such interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this wireless adapter does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception (which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on), the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by taking one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna of the equipment experiencing the interference. Increase the distance between the wireless adapter and the equipment experiencing the interference. Connect the computer with the wireless adapter to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the equipment experiencing the interference is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. NOTE: The adapter must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions as described in the user documentation that comes with the product. Any other installation or use will violate FCC Part 15 regulations. Safety Approval Considerations This device has been safety approved as a component and is for use only in complete equipment where the acceptability of the combination is determined by the appropriate safety agencies. When installed, consideration must be given to the following:

It must be installed into a compliant host device meeting the requirement of UL/EN/IEC 60950-1 2nd edition including the general provisions of enclosure design 1.6.2 and specifically paragraph 1.2.6.2 (Fire Enclosure). The device shall be supplied by a SELV source when installed in the end-use equipment. A heating test shall be considered in the end-use product for meeting the requirement of UL/EN/IEC 60950-1 2nd edition. Low Halogen Applies only to brominated and chlorinated flame retardants (BFRs/CFRs) and PVC in the final product. Intel components as well as purchased components on the finished assembly meet JS-709 requirements, and the PCB /

substrate meet IEC 61249-2-21 requirements. The replacement of halogenated flame retardants and/or PVC may not be better for the environment. Canada Industry Canada (IC) This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Cet appareil se conforme aux normes Canada d'Industrie de RSS permis-exempt. L'utilisation est assujetti aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) cet appareil ne peut pas causer d'interfrences, et (2) cet appareil doit accepter des interfrences , y compris des interfrences qui peuvent causer desoprations non dsires de l'appareil. Caution: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15GHz to 5.25GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. High power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65 to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The maximum allowed antenna gain for use with this device is 6dBi in order to comply with the E.I.R.P limit for the 5.25- to 5.35 and 5.725 to 5.85GHz frequency range in point-to-point operation. To comply with RF exposure requirements all antennas should be located at a minimum distance of 20cm, or the minimum separation distance allowed by the module approval, from the body of all persons. Attention: l'utilisation d'un rseau sans fil IEEE802.11a est restreinte une utilisation en intrieur cause du fonctionnement dans la bande de frquence 5.15-5.25 GHz. Industry Canada requiert que ce produit soit utilis l'intrieur des btiments pour la bande de frquence 5.15-5.25 GHz afin de rduire les possibilits d'interfrences nuisibles aux canaux co-existants des systmes de transmission satellites. Les radars de puissances ont fait l'objet d'une allocation primaire de frquences dans les bandes 5.25-5.35 GHz et 5.65-5.85 GHz. Ces stations radar peuvent crer des interfrences avec ce produit et/ou lui tre nuisible. Le gain d'antenne maximum permissible pour une utilisation avec ce produit est de 6 dBi afin d'tre conforme aux limites de puissance isotropique rayonne quivalente (P.I.R.E.) applicable dans les bandes 5.25-5.35 GHz et 5.725-5.85 GHz en fonctionnement point--point. Pour se conformer aux conditions d'exposition de RF toutes les antennes devraient tre localises une distance minimum de 20 cm, ou la distance de sparation minimum permise par l'approbation du module, du corps de toutes les personnes. Under Industry Canada regulations, this radio transmitter may only operate using an antenna of a type and maximum (or lesser) gain approved for the transmitter by Industry Canada. To reduce potential radio interference to other users, the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the equivalent isotropically radiated power

(e.i.r.p.) is not more than that necessary for successful communication. Selon les rglements de Canada d'Industrie, cet metteur de radio peut seulement fonctionner en utilisant une antenne du type et de gain maximum (ou moindre) que le gain approuv pour l'metteur par Canada d'Industrie. Pour rduire lesinterfrences radio potentielles avec les autres utilisateurs, le type d'antenne et son gain devraient tre choisis de faon ce que la puissance isotrope rayonne quivalente(P.I.R.E.) ne soit pas suprieure celle qui est ncessaire pour une communication russie. European Union The low band 5.15 - 5.35GHz is for indoor use only. This equipment complies with the essential requirements of the European Union directive 2014/53/EU. See Statements of European Union Compliance. European Union Declarations of Conformity To view the European Union Declaration of Conformity for your adapter, perform these steps. 1. Open this web site: http://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/support/network-and-i-o/wireless-

networking/000007443.html 2. Click on "User Guide."

3. Scroll to your adapter. To view additional regulatory information for your adapter, perform these steps:

1. Open this web site: http://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/support/network-and-i-o/wireless-

networking/000007443.html 2. Click on the link for your adapter. 3. Click on Regulatory Marking Document for your adapter. Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive (WEEE) Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive (RoHS) Compliant All products described herein are compliant with the European Union's RoHS Directive. For CE Mark-Related Questions related to the wireless adapter, contact:

Intel Corporation Attn: Corporate Quality 2200 Mission College Blvd. Santa Clara, CA 95054-1549 USA Japan 5GHz Korea

. 5150-5250MHz . Mexico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. Morocco The operation of this product in the radio channel 2 (2417 MHz) is not authorized in the following cities: Agadir, Assa-Zag, Cabo Negro, Chaouen, Goulmima, Oujda, Tan Tan, Taourirt, Taroudant and Taza. The operation of this product in the radio channels 4, 5, 6 et 7 (2425 - 2442 MHz) is not authorized in the following cities: Aroport Mohamed V, Agadir, Aguelmous, Anza, Benslimane, Bni Hafida, Cabo Negro, Casablanca, Fs, Lakbab, Marrakech, Merchich, Mohammdia, Rabat, Sal, Tanger, Tan Tan, Taounate, Tit Mellil, Zag. Pakistan

"PTA APPROVED MODEL"

Taiwan

. .

, 5.25-5.35 Singapore Radio Approvals To determine whether you are allowed to use your wireless network device in a specific country, please check to see if the radio type number that is printed on the identification label of your device is listed in the manufacturer's OEM Regulatory Guidance document. Modular Regulatory Certification Country Markings A list of countries requiring regulatory markings is available. Note that the lists include only countries requiring marking but not all certified countries. To find the regulatory country marking information for your adapter, perform these steps:

1. Open this web site: http://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/support/network-and-i-o/wireless-

networking/000007443.html 2. Click on the link for your adapter. 3. Click on Regulatory Marking Document for your adapter. Regulatory ID Europe: Models 3160HMW, 3160NGW, 3160SDW, 3165NGW, 7260SDW, 7260NGW, 7260HMW, 7265D2W, 7265NGW, 8260D2W, 8260NGW, 8260NGWH, 18260NGW Software Version Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Software 19.x and previous versions

(WiFi/BT) Intel Wireless Dock Manager 3.x and previous versions (WiGig) Maximum Power Output

(2400 - 2483.5 MHz) IEEE802.11 b/g/n mode

(2400 - 2483.5 MHz) BLE / Bluetooth

(5150 - 5725 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/ac mode

(5725 - 5875 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/ac mode

(57 - 64 GHz) IEEE802.11 ad mode 20dBm EIRP max (100mW) 10dBm EIRP max (10mW) 23dBm EIRP max (200mW) The low band 5.15 - 5.35 GHz is for indoor use only 13.98 dBm EIRP Max (25mW) 25 dBm EIRP max This equipment complies with the essential requirements of the European Union directive 2014/53/EU. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165 Due to the very small size of the 3165D2W/3165NGW (12x16), the marking has been placed in this user manual because the product label on the device is considered too small to be readable. USA: Model 3165D2W, FCC ID: PD93165D2 Canada: Model 3165D2W, IC: 1000M-3165D2 Japan: Model 3165D2W:

Korea: Model 3165D2W, MSIP-CRM-INT-7265D2W Taiwan: Model 3165D2W, China: Model 3165D2W, CMIIT ID: 2015AJ3466 (M) Europe: Model 3165D2W Software Version Maximum Power Output

(2400 - 2483.5 MHz) IEEE802.11 b/g/n mode

(2400 - 2483.5 MHz) Bluetooth/BLE

(5150 - 5725 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/ac mode

(5725 - 5875 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/ac mode Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Software 19.x and previous versions 20dBm EIRP max (100mW) 10dBm EIRP max (10mW) 23dBm EIRP max (200mW) The low band 5.15 - 5.35 GHz is for indoor use only 13.98 dBm EIRP Max (25mW) This equipment complies with the essential requirements of the European Union directive 2014/53/EU. Australia: Model 3165D2W Singapore: Model 3165D2W Argentina:

Model 3165D2W, Model 3165NGW, Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3168 Due to the very small size of the 3168NGW, the marking has been placed in this user manual because the product label on the device is considered too small to be readable. Europe: Model 3168NGW Software Version Maximum Power Output

(2400 - 2483.5 MHz) IEEE802.11 b/g/n mode Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Software 19.x and previous versions 20dBm EIRP max (100mW)

(2400 - 2483.5 MHz) Bluetooth/BLE

(5150 - 5725 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/ac mode

(5725 - 5875 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/ac mode 10dBm EIRP max (10mW) 23dBm EIRP max (200mW) The low band 5.15 - 5.35 GHz is for indoor use only 13.98 dBm EIRP Max (25mW) This equipment complies with the essential requirements of the European Union directive 2014/53/EU. Argentina: Model 3168NGW, Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265 Due to the very small size of the 7265D2W (12x16), the marking has been placed in this user manual because the product label on the device is considered too small to be readable. USA: Model 7265D2W, FCC ID: PD97265D2 Canada: Model 7265D2W, IC: 1000M-7265D2 Japan: Model 7265D2W:

Korea: Model 7265D2W, MSIP-CRM-INT-7265D2W Taiwan: Model 7265D2W, China: Model 7265D2W, CMIIT ID: 2014AJ3467 (M) Australia: Model 7265D2W, Argentina: Model 7265D2W, Intel Wireless Gigabit Sink W13100 Due to the very small size of the 13100NGW, the marking has been placed in this user manual because the product label on the device is considered too small to be readable. Europe: Model 13100NGW Intel Wireless Dock Manager 3.x and previous versions Software Version Maximum Power Output

(57 - 64 GHz) IEEE802.11 ad mode 25 dBm EIRP max This equipment complies with the essential requirements of the European Union directive 2014/53/EU. Singapore: Model 13100NGW Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265 Due to the very small size of the 17265NGW, the marking has been placed in this user manual because the product label on the device is considered too small to be readable. Europe: Model 17265NGW Software Version Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Software 19.x and previous versions

(WiFi/BT) Intel Wireless Dock Manager 3.x and previous versions (WiGig) Maximum Power Output

(2400 - 2483.5 MHz) IEEE802.11 b/g/n mode Bluetooth

(2400 - 2483.5 MHz) BLE

(5150 - 5725 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/ac mode

(5725 - 5875 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/ac mode

(57 - 64 GHz) IEEE802.11 ad mode 20dBm EIRP max (100mW) 10dBm EIRP max (10mW) 13.98 dBm EIRP Max (25mW) 25 dBm EIRP max 23dBm EIRP max (200mW) The low band 5.15 - 5.35 GHz is for indoor use only This equipment complies with the essential requirements of the European Union directive 2014/53/EU. Singapore: Model 17265NGW Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 Due to the very small size of the 8260D2W (12x16), the marking has been placed in this user manual because the product label on the device is considered too small to be readable. USA: Model 8260D2W, FCC ID: PD98260D2 (FCC ID without suffix "U" denotes factory installation only);

FCC ID: PD98260D2U (FCC ID with suffix U denotes user installation or replacement permitted and supported by bios locking feature) Canada: Model 8260D2W, IC: 1000M-8260D2 Japan: Model 8260D2W:

Korea: Model 8260D2W, MSIP-CRM-INT-8260D2W Taiwan: Model 8260D2W, China: Model 8260D2W, CMIIT ID: 2014AJ3467 (M) Australia: Model 8260D2W, Argentina: Model 8260D2W, Due to the very small size of the 8260NGWH/8260NGW, the marking has been placed in this user manual because the product label on the device is considered too small to be readable. Argentina: Model 8260NGWH, Argentina: Model 8260NGW, Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8265 Due to the very small size of the 8265NGW (22mm x 30mm x 2.4mm), the marking has been placed in this user manual because the product label on the device is considered too small to be readable. USA: Model 8265NGW FCC ID: PD98265NG (FCC ID without suffix "U" denotes factory installation only) FCC ID: PD98265NGU (FCC ID with suffix U denotes user installation or replacement permitted and supported by BIOS locking feature) Canada: Model 8265NGW, IC: 1000M-8265NG Japan: Model 8265NGW:

RF 003-160104 TEL D160055003 Korea: Model 8265NGW, MSIP-CRM-INT-8265NGW, Taiwan: Model 8265NGW China: Model 8265NGW Europe: Models 8265NGW, 8265D2W Software Version Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Software 19.x and previous versions Maximum Power Output

(2400 - 2483.5 MHz) IEEE802.11 b/g/n mode Bluetooth

(2400 - 2483.5 MHz) BLE

(5150 - 5725 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/ac mode

(5725 - 5875 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/ac 20dBm EIRP max (100mW) 10dBm EIRP max (10mW) 23dBm EIRP max (200mW) The low band 5.15 - 5.35 GHz is for indoor use only 13.98 dBm EIRP Max (25mW) mode

(57 - 64 GHz) IEEE802.11 ad mode 25 dBm EIRP max This equipment complies with the essential requirements of the European Union directive 2014/53/EU. Australia: Model 8265NGW, Brazil: Model 8265NGW: ANATEL: XXXXXXXXXX, Argentina: Model 8265NGW, Singapore: Model 8265NGW:

Pakistan: Model 8265NGW

"PTA APPROVED MODEL"

Due to the very small size of the 8265D2W (12mm x 16mm x 1.8mm), the marking has been placed in this user manual because the product label on the device is considered too small to be readable. USA: Model 8265D2W, FCC ID: PD98265D2 Canada: Model 8265D2W, IC: 1000M-8265D2 Japan: Model 8265D2W:

RF 003-160129 TEL D160076003 Korea: Model 8265D2W, MSIP-CRM-INT-8265D2W, Taiwan: Model 8265D2W China: Model 8265D2W Australia: Model 8265D2W, Brazil: Model 8265D2W: ANATEL: XXXXXXXXXX, Argentina: Model 8265D2W, Singapore: Model 8265D2W:

Pakistan: Model 8265D2W

"PTA APPROVED MODEL"

Intel Tri-band Wireless AC 18265 Due to the very small size of the 18265NGW module, the regulatory marking has been placed in this user manual because the product label on the device is considered too small to be readable USA: Model 18265NGW, FCC ID: PD918265NG (This module is for factory installation only) Canada: Model 18265NGW, IC : 1000M-18265NG Japan: Model 18265NGW Korea: Model 18265NGW, MSIP-CRM-INT-18265NGW Taiwan: Model 18265NGW China: Model 18265NGW, CMIIT ID: 2016AJ7066 (M) Europe: Model 18265NGW, Software Version Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Software 19.x and previous versions

(WiFi/BT) Intel Wireless Dock Manager 3.x and previous versions (WiGig) Maximum Power Output

(2400 - 2483.5 MHz) IEEE802.11 b/g/n mode Bluetooth

(2400 - 2483.5 MHz) BLE

(5150 - 5725 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/ac mode

(5725 - 5875 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/ac mode

(57 - 64 GHz) 20dBm EIRP max (100mW) 10dBm EIRP max (10mW) 13.98 dBm EIRP Max (25mW) 25 dBm EIRP max 23dBm EIRP max (200mW) The low band 5.15 - 5.35 GHz is for indoor use only IEEE802.11 ad mode This equipment complies with the essential requirements of the European Union directive 2014/53/EU. Australia: Model 18265NGW, Brazil: Model 18265NGW, ANATEL: XXXXXXXXXXXXX Singapore: Model 18265NGW, Intel Wireless Gigabit 11000 Due to the very small size of the 11000D2W/11000D2W LC, the marking has been placed in this user manual because the product label on the device is considered too small to be readable. USA: Model 11000D2W and 11000D2W LC, FCC ID: PD911000D2 Canada: Model 11000D2W, IC: 1000M-11000D2 Japan: Model 11000D2W:

Korea: Model 11000D2W, MSIP-CRM-INT-11000D2W Taiwan: Model 11000D2W and 11000D2W LC, China: Model 11000D2W, CMIIT ID: 2016DJ0267 (M); Model 11000D2W LC, CMIIT ID: 2016DJ0268 (M) Europe: Model 11000D2W Intel Wireless Dock Manager 3.x and previous versions Software Version Maximum Power Output

(57 - 64 GHz) IEEE802.11 ad mode 25 dBm EIRP max Australia: Model 11000D2W, Singapore: Model 11000D2W/11000D2W LC:

INFORMATION FOR OEMS and HOST INTEGRATORS The guidelines described within this document are provided to OEM integrators installing Intel wireless adapters in notebook and tablet PC host platforms. Adherence to these requirements is necessary to meet the conditions of compliance with FCC rules, including RF exposure. When all antenna type and placement guidelines described herein are fulfilled the Intel wireless adapters may be incorporated into notebook and tablet PC host platforms with no further restrictions. If any of the guidelines described herein are not satisfied it may be necessary for the OEM or integrator to perform additional testing and/or obtain additional approval. The OEM or integrator is responsible to determine the required host regulatory testing and/or obtaining the required host approvals for compliance. Intel wireless adapters are intended for OEMs and host integrators only. The Intel wireless adapter FCC Grant of Authorization describes any limited conditions of modular approval. The Intel wireless adapters must be operated with an access point that has been approved for the country of operation. Changes or modification to Intel wireless adapters by OEMs, integrators or other third parties is not permitted. Any changes or modification to Intel wireless adapters by OEMs, integrators or other third parties will void authorization to operate the adapter. Antenna Type and Gains Only antennas of the same type and with equal or less gains as shown below may be used with the Intel wireless adapters. Other types of antennas and/or higher gain antennas may require additional authorization for operation. Antenna Type PIFA Antenna Location

(Main/Aux) 2.4GHz Peak Gain in dBi*

2.6GHz Peak Gain in dBi*

5.2GHz Peak Gain in dBi*

5.5GHz Peak Gain in dBi*

5.7GHz Peak Gain in dBi*

Main Aux MIMO 3.24 3.47 3.73 4.77 4.77

*All antenna gains include cable loss. Antenna Placement Within the Host Platform To ensure RF exposure compliance the antenna(s) used with the Intel wireless adapters must be installed in notebook or tablet PC host platforms to provide a minimum separation distance from all persons, in all operating modes and orientations of the host platform, with strict adherence to the table below. The antenna separation distance applies to both horizontal and vertical orientation of the antenna when installed in the host system. Wireless Adapter Intel Centrino Wireless-N 100 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 105 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 130 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 135 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000*

Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1030 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2200 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2230 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6200*

Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6235 Intel Centrino Ultimate-N 6300 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7260 Intel Wireless-N 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7265 Intel Wireless-N 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8265 Intel Wireless-AC 9260 Intel Wireless-AC 9560 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265 Minimum required antenna-to-user separation distance 9 mm 9 mm 8 mm 9 mm 20 mm 8 mm 9 mm 6 mm 20 mm 12 mm 12 mm 8 mm 13 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 18260 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 18265 Intel Wireless Gigabit Sink W13100 Intel Wireless Gigabit 11000

* This wireless adapter may be installed in mobile devices only (requires > 20 cm antenna separation from the body of user). 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm For WiFi/Bluetooth combination adapters it is recommended that a 5 cm separation distance between transmitting antennas be provided within the host system to maintain an adequate separation ratio for simultaneous WiFi and Bluetooth transmission. For less than 5 cm separation the separation ratio must be verified according to FCC publication KDB 447498 for the specific adapter. Additional regulatory authorization process may be required if wishing to place the 60 GHz/802.11ad RFEM (antenna array) closer than 20 cm to the user. Simultaneous Transmission of Intel Wireless Adapters with Other Integrated or Plug-In Transmitters Based upon FCC Knowledge Database publication number 616217, when there are multiple transmitting devices installed in a host device, an RF exposure transmitting assessment shall be performed to determine the necessary application and test requirements. OEM integrators must identify all possible combinations of simultaneous transmission configurations for all transmitters and antennas installed in the host system. This includes transmitters installed in the host as mobile devices (>20 cm separation from user) and portable devices (<20 cm separation from user). OEM integrators should consult the actual FCC KDB 616217 document for all details in making this assessment to determine if any additional requirements for testing or FCC approval is necessary. Information To Be Supplied to the End User by the OEM or Integrator The following regulatory and safety notices must be published in documentation supplied to the end user of the product or system incorporating the Intel wireless adapter, in compliance with local regulations. Host system must be labeled with "Contains FCC ID: XXXXXXXX", FCC ID displayed on label. The wireless adapter must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions as described in the user documentation that comes with the product. For country-specific approvals, see Radio Approvals. Intel Corporation is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized modification of the devices included with the wireless adapter kit or the substitution or attachment of connecting cables and equipment other than that specified by Intel Corporation. The correction of interference caused by such unauthorized modification, substitution or attachment is the responsibility of the user. Intel Corporation and authorized resellers or distributors are not liable for any damage or violation of government regulations that may arise from the user failing to comply with these guidelines. Local Restriction of 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, and 802.11ad Radio Usage The following statement on local restrictions must be published as part of the compliance documentation for all 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, and 802.11ad products. Caution: Due to the fact that the frequencies used by 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, and 802.11ad wireless LAN devices may not yet be harmonized in all countries, 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g and 802.11n products are designed for use only in specific countries, and are not allowed to be operated in countries other than those of designated use. As a user of these products, you are responsible for ensuring that the products are used only in the countries for which they were intended and for verifying that they are configured with the correct selection of frequency and channel for the country of use. Any deviation from permissible settings and restrictions in the country of use could be an infringement of national law and may be punished as such. Statements of European Compliance Each of the adapters listed below comply with the essential requirements of the European Union directive 2014/53/EU. Intel Centrino Wireless-N 100 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 105 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 130 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 135 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1030 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2200 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2230 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6200 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6235 Intel Centrino Ultimate-N 6300 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7260 Intel Wireless-N 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7265 Intel Wireless-N 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8265 Intel Wireless-AC 9260 Intel Wireless-AC 9560 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 18260 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 18265 Intel Wireless Gigabit Sink W13100 Intel Wireless Gigabit 11000 Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers Back to Contents Specifications This section provides specification information for the family of Intel wireless adapters. The following list may not be all inclusive. Intel Centrino Wireless-N 100 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 105 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 130 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 135 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1030 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2200 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2230 Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6200 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6235 Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250 Intel Centrino Ultimate-N 6300 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7260 Intel Wireless-N 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3168 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7265 Intel Wireless-N 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8265 Intel Wireless-AC 9260 Intel Wireless-AC 9560 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 18260 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 18265 Intel Wireless Gigabit Sink W13100 Intel Wireless Gigabit 11000 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 100, Intel Centrino Wireless-N 105, Intel Centrino Wireless-N 130 and Intel Centrino Wireless-N 135 Form Factor Dimensions Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity Connector Interface Voltage Operating Temperature PCI Express* Half-Mini Card Half-Mini Card: Width 1.049 in x Length 1.18 in x Height 0.18 in (26.64 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 52-pin Mini Card edge connector 3.3 V 0 to +80 degrees Celsius Humidity WiFi Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth Support General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification Cisco Compatible Extensions certification IEEE Feature Sets Architecture Security Product Safety 50% to 95% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g/n) 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM 2.4 GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. MIMO Configuration: 1X1 CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK Tx/Rx: 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Intel Centrino Wireless-N 100: None Intel Centrino Wireless-N 105: None Intel Centrino Wireless-N 130: Bluetooth 2.1, 2.1 + EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS Intel Centrino Wireless-N 135: Bluetooth 4.0 (Bluetooth Low-Energy and Bluetooth 3.0 +HS) Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit) Wi-Fi* certification for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, WPA-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-

Personal, WPA2-Enterprise, WMM, WPS Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 IEEE 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11d, 802.11h Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise, AES-CCMP 128-bit, WEP 128-bit and 64-bit; 802.1X: EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-AKA UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 Form Factor SKUs Dimensions Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity Connector Interface PCI Express* Mini Card and Half-Mini Card Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 - 1X2 MC/HMC Mini Card: Width 2.0 in x Length 1.18 in x Height 0.18 in (50.80 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Half-Mini Card: Width 1.049 in x Length 1.18 in x Height 0.18 in (26.64 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 52-pin Mini Card edge connector Voltage Operating Temperature Humidity WiFi Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification Cisco Compatible Extensions certification WLAN Standard Architecture Security Encryption Product Safety 3.3 V 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 90% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g/n) 2.41-2.474 GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4 GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. 300, 270, 243, 240, 180, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Microsoft Windows* XP (32 and 64 bit) and Windows Vista* (32 and 64 bit), Ubuntu Linux*

Wi-Fi* certification for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, WPA-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-Personal, WPA2-Enterprise, WMM, WPS Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 IEEE 802.11g, 802.11b, 802.11n, 802.11d, 802.11e, 802.11i, Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise, 802.1X: EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-AKA AES-CCMP 128-bit, WEP 128-bit and 64-bit, CKIP, TKIP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2200 and Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2230 Form Factor Dimensions Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity Connector Interface Voltage Operating Temperature Humidity WiFi Frequency Modulation PCI Express* Half-Mini Card Half-Mini Card: Width 1.049 in x Length 1.18 in x Height 0.18 in (26.64 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 52-pin Mini Card edge connector 3.3 V 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 95% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g/n) Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth Support General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification Cisco Compatible Extensions certification IEEE Feature Sets Architecture Security Product Safety 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM 2.4 GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. MIMO Configuration: 2X2 CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK Tx/Rx: 300, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2200: None Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2230: Bluetooth 4.0 (Bluetooth Low-Energy and Bluetooth 3.0 +HS) Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit) Wi-Fi* certification for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, WPA-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-

Personal, WPA2-Enterprise, WMM, WPS Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 IEEE 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11d, 802.11h Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise, AES-CCMP 128-bit, WEP 128-bit and 64-bit; 802.1X: EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-AKA UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1030 and Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230 Form Factor Dimensions Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity Network Standards Connector Interface Voltage Operating Temperature Humidity PCI Express* Half-Mini Card Half-Mini Card: Width 1.049 in x Length 1.18 in x Height 0.18 in (26.64 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 802.11a/b/g/n (varies by adapter) and Bluetooth 3.0 + HS 52-pin Mini Card edge connector 3.3 V 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 95% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) WiFi Network Standards Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification Cisco Compatible Extensions certification WLAN Standard Architecture Security Product Safety Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1030: 802.11b/g/n Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230: 802.11a/g/n 5 GHz (802.11a/n) 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5.15 GHz - 5.85 GHz (dependent on country) 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM 2.4 GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division 5 GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230:

Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1030:

Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 180 Tx/Rx (Mbps): 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Bluetooth Version 3.0 + HS Microsoft Windows* XP (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows Vista* (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit) Wi-Fi* certification for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11a, 802.11h, 802.11d, WPA-Personal, WPA-

Enterprise, WPA2-Personal, WPA2-Enterprise, WPS, WMM, WMM Power Save, EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-AKA, P2P Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 IEEE 802.11g, 802.11b, 802.11a, 802.11n Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise, AES-CCMP 128-bit, WEP 128-bit and 64-bit; 802.1X: EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-

AKA UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6235 Form Factor Dimensions Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity Network Standards Connector Interface Voltage Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification Cisco Compatible Extensions certification WLAN Standard Architecture Security Product Safety PCI Express* Half-Mini Card Half-Mini Card: Width 1.049 in x Length 1.18 in x Height 0.18 in (26.64 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 802.11a/b/g/n and Bluetooth 4.0 52-pin Mini Card edge connector 3.3 V 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 95% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5 GHz (802.11a/n) 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5.15 GHz - 5.85 GHz (dependent on country) 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM 2.4 GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division 5 GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Bluetooth Version 4.0 (3.0 +HS ) Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit) Wi-Fi* certification for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11a, 802.11h, 802.11d, WPA-Personal, WPA-

Enterprise, WPA2-Personal, WPA2-Enterprise, WPS, WMM, WMM Power Save, EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-AKA, P2P Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 IEEE 802.11g, 802.11b, 802.11a, 802.11n Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise, AES-CCMP 128-bit, WEP 128-bit and 64-bit; 802.1X: EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-

AKA UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250 and Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150 Form Factor Dimensions Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity Connector Interface Voltage Operating Temperature Humidity WiFi Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates General Operating Systems PCI Express* Half-Mini Card Half-Mini Card: Width 1.049 in x Length 1.18 in x Height 0.18 in (26.64 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 52-pin Mini Card edge connector 3.3 V 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 95% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250 Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g/n) 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g/n), 5 GHz (802.11a/n) 5.15 GHz - 5.85 GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM 5 GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4 GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) MIMO Configuration: 1X2 Rx: 300, 270, 243, 240, 180 Mbps Rx/Tx: 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 Mbps Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250 MIMO Configuration: 2X2 Tx/Rx: 300, 270, 243, 240, 180, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Microsoft Windows* XP (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows Vista* (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit) Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification Cisco Compatible Extensions certification IEEE Feature Sets Architecture Security Product Safety WiMAX General Operating Systems Standard Compliance WiMAX System Profile Feature set Security Encryption WiMAX Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit) Wi-Fi* certification for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11a, 802.11h, 802.11d, WPA-Personal, WPA-

Enterprise, WPA2-Personal, WPA2-Enterprise, WMM, WMM Power Save, EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-AKA Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150:

IEEE 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11h, 802.11d Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250:

802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11h, 802.11d Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise, AES-CCMP 128-bit, WEP 128-bit and 64-bit; 802.1X: EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-

AKA UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Microsoft Windows* XP (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows Vista* (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit) 802.16e-2005 Corrigenda 2 (D4) Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150:

Mobile WiMAX release 1, Wave II. Supports 3A and 1A/B profiles Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250:

Mobile WiMAX release 1, Wave II. Supports 3A, 5A/C, 1A/B, and 5BL profiles Key Management Protocol (PKMv2) 128-bit CCMP (Counter-Mode/CBC-MAC) based on AES encryption Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150: 2.3-2.4 GHz / 2.496-2.690 GHz Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250: 2.3-2.4 GHz / 2.496-2.690 GHz / 3.4-3.8 GHz UL - QPSK, 16 QAM DL - QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM Duplex mode: TDD operations sub-carrier permutation: PUSC Scalable OFDMA (SOFDMA): 512 and 1024 FFT Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150:

Channel bandwidths: 5 and 10 MHz Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250:

Channel bandwidths: 5, 7, 8.75 and 10 MHz SPWG/NWG Release 1.5 WiMAX Network Release Feature set Rate Performance Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150:

Up to 10 Mbps DL and 4 Mbps UL @ peak rate

(OTA performance, 10MHz channel) Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250:

Up to 20 Mbps DL and 6 Mbps UL @ peak rate

(OTA performance, 10MHz channel) Compliance with Power class 2 RF Transmitter Output Power Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6200, Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205 and Intel Centrino Ultimate-N 6300 Form Factor Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6200, Intel Centrino Ultimate-N 6300:

PCI Express* Full-Mini Card and Half-Mini Card. Dimensions Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205: PCI Express* Half-Mini Card. Full-Mini Card: Width 2.00 in x Length 1.18 in x Height 0.18 in (50.95 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity Connector Interface Voltage Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Half-Mini Card: Width 1.049 in x Length 1.18 in x Height 0.18 in (26.64 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 52-pin Mini Card edge connector 3.3 V 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 95% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5 GHz (802.11a/n) 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g/n) 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (dependent on country) 5.15 GHz - 5.85 GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM 5 GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Centrino Ultimate-N 6300:

CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4 GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Tx/Rx: 450, 405, 360, 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 Mbps Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6200, Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205:

Tx/Rx: 300, 270, 243, 240, 180, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification Cisco Compatible Extensions certification WLAN Standard Architecture Security Product Safety 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Microsoft Windows* XP (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows Vista* (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit) Wi-Fi* certification for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11a, 802.11h, 802.11d, WPA-Personal, WPA-

Enterprise, WPA2-Personal, WPA2-Enterprise, WMM, WMM Power Save, EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-AKA Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 IEEE 802.11g, 802.11b, 802.11a, 802.11n Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise, AES-CCMP 128-bit, WEP 128-bit and 64-bit; 802.1X: EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-

AKA UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260 Form Factors Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Spatial streams Data Rates Half-Mini Card and M.2 (Next Generation Form Factor - NGFF) PCIe and USB 2.0 for both form factors Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260 Model 7260HMW - 802.11agn, ac, 2x2, Bluetooth 4.0, PCIe, USB, HMC Model 7260NGW - 802.11agn, ac, 2x2, Bluetooth 4.0, PCIe, USB, M.2 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 95% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5GHz (802.11ac/n) 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260: 2 X 2 All data rates are theoretical maximums. 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) IEEE 802.11ac Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification Architecture Cisco Compatible Extensions certification Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*

Encryption and Authentication Product Safety Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260: Up to 867 Mbps Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Dual Mode Bluetooth* 2.1, 2.1+EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS, 4.0 (BLE) supported by the following adapters Model 7260HMW Model 7260NGW Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8.1 (64-

bit) Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* for 802.11ac, a/b/g, n, WMM*, WPA*, WPA2*, and WPS, WPS 2.0, Protected Management Frames. Wi-Fi Direct* for peer-to-peer device connections. Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7260 Intel Wireless-N 7260 Form Factors Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards Half-Mini Card, M.2 (Next Generation Form Factor - NGFF) PCIe, USB 2.0 for both form factors Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7260 Model 7260HMW AN - 802.11agn, 2x2, Bluetooth 4.0, PCIe, USB, HMC Model 7260NGW AN - 802.11agn, 2x2, Bluetooth 4.0, PCIe, USB, M.2 Model 7260HMW NB - 802.11agn, 2x2, PCIe, USB, HMC Model 7260NGW NB - 802.11agn, 2x2, PCIe, USB, M.2 Intel Wireless-N 7260 Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation

(See above, not all bands supported by all adapters) Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels 802.11n spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification Architecture Cisco Compatible Extensions certification Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct* Encryption Model 7260HMW BN - 802.11agn, 2x2, Bluetooth 4.0, PCIe, USB, M.2 Model 7260NGW BN - 802.11bgn, 2x2, Bluetooth 4.0, PCIe, USB, M.2 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 95% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5GHz (802.11a/n) 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. All adapters: 2 X 2 spatial streams All data rates are theoretical maximums. Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Dual Mode Bluetooth* 2.1, 2.1+EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS, 4.0 (BLE) supported by the following adapters Model 7260HMW AN Model 7260NGW AN Model 7260HMW BN Model 7260NGW BN Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8.1 (64-

bit) Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* for 802.11ac, a/b/g, n, WMM*, WPA*, WPA2*, and WPS, WPS 2.0, Protected Management Frames. Wi-Fi Direct* for peer-to-peer device connections. Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-

AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP and Authentication Product Safety UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 Form Factors Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11ac Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification Architecture Cisco Compatible Half-Mini Card and M.2 (Next Generation Form Factor - NGFF) PCIe and USB 2.0 for both form factors Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 Model 3160HMW - 802.11agn, ac, 1x1, Bluetooth 4.0, PCIe, USB, HMC Model 3160NGW - 802.11agn, ac, 1x1, Bluetooth 4.0, PCIe, USB, M.2 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 90% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5GHz (802.11ac/n) 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160: 1 X 1 All data rates are theoretical maximums. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160: Up to 433 Mbps 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Tx/Rx (Mbps): 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Dual Mode Bluetooth* 2.1, 2.1+EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS, 4.0 (BLE) supported by the following adapters Model 3160HMW Model 3160NGW Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8.1 (64-bit) Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* for 802.11ac, a/b/g, n, WMM*, WPA*, WPA2*, and WPS, WPS 2.0, Protected Management Frames. Wi-Fi Direct* for peer-to-peer device connections. Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 Extensions certification Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*

Encryption and Authentication Product Safety WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165 (Model 3165NGW) Form Factors Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11ac Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems M.2 (Next Generation Form Factor - NGFF) PCIe and USB 2.0 Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 802.11abgn, 802.11ac, 802.11d, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11h, 802.11w 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 90% RH non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5GHz (802.11ac/n) 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165: 1 X 1 All data rates are theoretical maximums. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165: Up to 433 Mbps 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Tx/Rx (Mbps): 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Dual Mode Bluetooth* 2.1, 2.1+EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS, 4.0 (BLE) Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8.1 (64-

bit) Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification Architecture Cisco Compatible Extensions certification Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*

Encryption and Authentication Product Safety Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* for 802.11ac, a/b/g, n, WMM*, WPA*, WPA2*, and WPS, WPS 2.0, Protected Management Frames. Wi-Fi Direct* for peer-to-peer device connections. Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3168 Form Factors Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11ac Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates M.2 2230 (Next Generation Form Factor - NGFF) PCIe and USB 2.0 Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 802.11abgn, 802.11ac, 802.11d, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11h, 802.11w 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 90% RH non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5GHz (802.11ac/n) 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3168: 1 X 1 All data rates are theoretical maximums. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3168: Up to 433 Mbps 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Tx/Rx (Mbps): 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification Architecture Cisco Compatible Extensions certification Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*

Encryption and Authentication Product Safety Dual Mode Bluetooth* 2.1, 2.1+EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS, 4.2 (BLE) Linux, Windows* 8.1 (64-bit), Windows* 10 (64-bit) Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* for 802.11ac, a/b/g, n, WMM*, WPA*, WPA2*, and WPS, WPS 2.0, Protected Management Frames. Wi-Fi Direct* for peer-to-peer device connections. Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265 (Model 7265NGW) Form Factors Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11ac Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates M.2 (Next Generation Form Factor - NGFF) PCIe and USB 2.0 Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265 Model 7265NGW - 802.11agn, ac, 2x2, Bluetooth 4.0, PCIe, USB, M.2 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 90% RH non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5GHz (802.11ac/n) 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265: 2 X 2 All data rates are theoretical maximums. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265: Up to 867 Mbps 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification Architecture Cisco Compatible Extensions certification Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*

Encryption and Authentication Product Safety 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Dual Mode Bluetooth* 2.1, 2.1+EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS, 4.0 (BLE) supported by the following adapters Model 7265NGW Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8.1 (64-

bit) Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* for 802.11ac, a/b/g, n, WMM*, WPA*, WPA2*, and WPS, WPS 2.0, Protected Management Frames. Wi-Fi Direct* for peer-to-peer device connections. Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7265 (Models 7265NGW AN and 7265NGW NB) Intel Wireless-N 7265 (Model 7265NGW BN) Form Factors Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation

(See above, not all bands supported by all M.2 (Next Generation Form Factor - NGFF) PCIe, USB 2.0 Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7265 Model 7265NGW AN - 802.11agn, 2x2, Bluetooth 4.0, PCIe, USB, M.2 Model 7265NGW NB - 802.11agn, 2x2, PCIe, USB, M.2 Intel Wireless-N 7265 Model 7265NGW BN - 802.11bgn, 2x2, Bluetooth 4.0, PCIe, USB, M.2 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 90% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5GHz (802.11a/n) 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) adapters) Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels 802.11n spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification Architecture Cisco Compatible Extensions certification Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct* Encryption and Authentication Product Safety 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. All adapters: 2 X 2 spatial streams All data rates are theoretical maximums. Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Dual Mode Bluetooth* 2.1, 2.1+EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS, 4.0 (BLE) supported by the following adapters Model 7265NGW AN Model 7265NGW NB Model 7265NGW BN Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8.1 (64-

bit) Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* for 802.11ac, a/b/g, n, WMM*, WPA*, WPA2*, and WPS, WPS 2.0, Protected Management Frames. Wi-Fi Direct* for peer-to-peer device connections. Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-

AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 Form Factors Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity Half-Mini Card and M.2 (Next Generation Form Factor - NGFF) PCIe and USB 2.0 for both form factors Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11ac Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification Architecture Cisco Compatible Extensions certification Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*

Encryption and Authentication Product Safety Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 Model 8260NGW - 802.11agn, ac, 2x2, Bluetooth 4.0, PCIe, USB, M.2 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 95% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5GHz (802.11ac/n) 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260: 2 X 2 All data rates are theoretical maximums. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260: Up to 867 Mbps 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Dual Mode Bluetooth* 2.1, 2.1+EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS, 4.0 (BLE) supported by the following adapters Model 8260NGW Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8.1 (64-

bit) Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* for 802.11ac, a/b/g, n, WMM*, WPA*, WPA2*, and WPS, WPS 2.0, Protected Management Frames. Wi-Fi Direct* for peer-to-peer device connections. Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8265 (Models 8265NGWH/8265NGW/8265D2W) General Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Antenna Diversity Radio ON/OFF Control Connector Interface Operating Temperature Humidity Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification IEEE WLAN Standard Roaming Bluetooth Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*

Encryption and Authentication Compliance Product Safety Model Numbers Models Frequency Modulation Frequency band M.2 2230: 22 mm x 30 mm x 2.4 mm M.2 1216: 12 mm x 16 mm x 1.8 mm M.2 2230: 2.6g M.2 1216: 0.6g Supported Supported M.2: PCIe, USB, or UART (M.2 1216 only) 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 90% RH non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) Microsoft Windows 7*, Microsoft Windows 8.1*, Microsoft Windows 10*, Linux* (limited feature support), Android Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* a/b/g/n/ac, WMM*, WMM-PS*, WPA*, WPA2*, WPS2*, Protected Management Frames, Wi-Fi Direct* for peer to peer device connections, Wi-Fi Miracast*

as Source. IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac, 802.11d, 802.11e, 802.11h, 802.11i, 802.11w; 802.11r, 802.11k, 802.11v pending OS support; Fine Timing Measurement based on 802.11REVmc Supports seamless roaming between access points Dual Mode Bluetooth* 4.2, BLE WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA, EAP-AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, 128-bit AES-CCMP WPA2-PSK, AES-CCMP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC 60950-1) Model 8265NGWH Model 8265NGW Model 8265D2W 5GHz (802.11ac/n) 802.11ac, 2x2, Bluetooth* 4.2, PCIe, USB, LTE Coexistence, eFEM, M.2 2230 HE 802.11ac, 2x2, Bluetooth* 4.2, PCIe, USB, M.2 2230 MS 802.11ac, 2x2, Bluetooth* 4.2, PCIe, LTE Coexistence, M.2 1216 SD 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz (dependent on country) 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11ac Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8265: 2 X 2 All data rates are theoretical maximums. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8265: Up to 867 Mbps 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Intel Wireless-AC 9260 (Model 9260NGW) General Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Antenna Diversity Radio ON/OFF Control Connector Interface Operating Temperature Humidity Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification IEEE WLAN Standard Roaming Bluetooth Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*

Encryption and Authentication Compliance M.2 2230: 22 mm x 30 mm x 2.4 mm M.2 2230: 2.6g Supported Supported M.2: PCIe, USB 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 90% RH non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) Microsoft Windows 10*, Linux* (limited feature support), Chrome*

Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* a/b/g/n/ac with wave 2 features, WMM*, WMM-PS*, WPA*, WPA2*, WPS2*, Protected Management Frames, Wi-Fi Miracast* as Source, and Wi-Fi Direct*. IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac, 802.11d, 802.11e, 802.11h, 802.11i, 802.11w; 802.11r, 802.11k, 802.11v pending OS support; Fine Timing Measurement based on 802.11REVmc Supports seamless roaming between access points Bluetooth* 5 WPA* and WPA2*, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA, EAP-AKA) PAP, CHAP, TLS, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2*

64-bit and 128-bit WEP, 128-bit AES-CCMP WPA2-PSK, AES-CCMP US Government Product Safety Model Numbers Model Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11ac Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates FIPS, FISMA UL, C-UL, CB (IEC 60950-1) 9260NGW 5GHz (802.11ac/n) 802.11ac wave 2, 2x2, Bluetooth* 5, PCIe, USB, M.2 2230 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Wireless-AC 9260: 2 X 2 All data rates are theoretical maximums. 1.73 Gbps when using 160MHz channels 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Intel Wireless-AC 9560 (Models 9560NGW/9560D2W) General Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Antenna Diversity Radio ON/OFF Control Connector Interface Operating Temperature Humidity Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification IEEE WLAN Standard M.2 2230: 22 mm x 30 mm x 2.4 mm M.2 1216: 12 mm x 16 mm x 1.8 mm M.2 2230: 2.6g M.2 1216: 0.6g Supported Supported M.2: CNVio 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 90% RH non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) Microsoft Windows 10*, Linux* (limited feature support), Chrome*

Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* a/b/g/n/ac with wave 2 features, WMM*, WMM-PS*, WPA*, WPA2*, WPS2*, Protected Management Frames, Wi-Fi Miracast* as Source, and Wi-Fi Direct* (For Microsoft Windows* only). IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac, 802.11d, 802.11e, 802.11h, 802.11i, 802.11w; 802.11r, 802.11k, 802.11v pending OS support; Fine Timing Measurement based on 802.11-2016 Roaming Bluetooth Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*

Encryption and Authentication Compliance US Government Product Safety Model Numbers Models Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11ac Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Supports seamless roaming between access points Bluetooth* 5 WPA* and WPA2*, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA, EAP-AKA) PAP, CHAP, TLS, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2*

64-bit and 128-bit WEP, 128-bit AES-CCMP WPA2-PSK, AES-CCMP FIPS, FISMA UL, C-UL, CB (IEC 60950-1) 9560NGW 9560D2W 5GHz (802.11ac/n) 802.11ac wave 2, 2x2, Bluetooth* 5, PCIe, USB, M.2 2230 802.11ac wave 2, 2x2, Bluetooth* 5, PCIe, USB, M.2 1216 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Wireless-AC 9560: 2 X 2 All data rates are theoretical maximums. 1.73 Gbps when using 160MHz channels 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265 (17265NGW/17265NGW LC) Form Factors Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity IEEE 802.11 M.2 Type 3030 M.2 Key 1-DP: 2xPCIe, USB, DP. Interface to Intel Wireless Gigabit-Antenna M10041 Module using X-FL, and one dedicated for Bluetooth X.FL; Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 802.11ac, 802.11ad, 802.11abgn, 802.11a, 802.11d, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11h, Networking Standards Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11ac Data Rates IEEE 802.11ad Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification Architecture Cisco Compatible Extensions certification Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*

Encryption and Authentication Product Safety 802.11w 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5GHz (802.11ac/n) 50% to 90% RH non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 60GHz

(802.11ad) 57GHz - 64GHz

(dependent on country) DPSK, BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, DMG control PHY, DMG SC PHY 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz

(dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing

(OFDM) 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) 1, 2 and 3, subject to country rules N/A All data rates are theoretical maximums. Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265: Up to 867 Mbps Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265 4620, 3850, 3080, 2503, 2310, 1925, 1540, 1251, 1155, 963, 770, 385 Mbps Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Dual Mode Bluetooth* 2.1, 2.1+EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS, 4.0 (BLE) Microsoft Windows 7*, Microsoft Windows 8.1* with connected standby Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* for 802.11ac, a/b/g, n, WMM*, WPA*, WPA2*, and WPS, WPS 2.0, Protected Management Frames. Wi-Fi Direct* for peer-to-peer device connections. Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, AES-CGMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265 (17265NGW/17265NGW LC) Form Factors Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11ac Data Rates IEEE 802.11ad Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification Architecture Cisco Compatible Extensions M.2 Type 3030 M.2 Key 1-DP: 2xPCIe, USB, DP. Interface to Intel Wireless Gigabit-Antenna M10041 Module using X-FL, and one dedicated for Bluetooth X.FL; Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 802.11ac, 802.11ad, 802.11abgn, 802.11a, 802.11d, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11h, 802.11w 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5GHz (802.11ac/n) 50% to 90% RH non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 60GHz

(802.11ad) 57GHz - 64GHz

(dependent on country) DPSK, BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, DMG control PHY, DMG SC PHY 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz

(dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing

(OFDM) 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) 1, 2 and 3, subject to country rules N/A All data rates are theoretical maximums. Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265: Up to 867 Mbps Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265 4620, 3850, 3080, 2503, 2310, 1925, 1540, 1251, 1155, 963, 770, 385 Mbps Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Dual Mode Bluetooth* 2.1, 2.1+EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS, 4.0 (BLE) Microsoft Windows 7*, Microsoft Windows 8.1* with connected standby Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* for 802.11ac, a/b/g, n, WMM*, WPA*, WPA2*, and WPS, WPS 2.0, Protected Management Frames. Wi-Fi Direct* for peer-to-peer device connections. Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 certification Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*

Encryption and Authentication Product Safety WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, AES-CGMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 18260 (18260NGW) Form Factors Electrical interfaces Dimensions Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11ac Data Rates IEEE 802.11ad Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates M.2 Type 2230 M.2 Key 1-DP: 2xPCIe, USB, DP. Interface to Intel Wireless Gigabit-Antenna M10041 or M10042 Module using X-FL (single coax cable to carry power, IF and control) 22 mm x 30 mm x S3 [1.5mm Max (Top Side)/ 0.1mm max (bottom side)]

X.FL; Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity IEEE 802.11abgn, 802.11ac, 802.11ad, 802.11d, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11h, 802.11w 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5GHz (802.11ac/n) 50% to 90% RH non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 60GHz

(802.11ad) 57GHz - 64GHz

(dependent on country) DPSK, BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, DMG control PHY, DMG SC PHY 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz

(dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing

(OFDM) 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) 1, 2 and 3, subject to country rules N/A All data rates are theoretical maximums. Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 18260: Up to 867 Mbps Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 18260 4620, 3850, 3080, 2503, 2310, 1925, 1540, 1251, 1155, 963, 770, 385 Mbps Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*

certification Architecture Cisco Compatible Extensions certification Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*

Encryption and Authentication Product Safety 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Dual Mode Bluetooth* 2.1, 2.1+EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS, 4.0 (BLE), 4.1 Microsoft Windows 7*, Microsoft Windows 8.1* with connected standby Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* for 802.11ac, a/b/g, n, WMM*, WPA*, WPA2*, and WPS, WPS 2.0, Protected Management Frames. Wi-Fi Direct* for peer-to-peer device connections. Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, AES-CGMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 18265 (18265NGW) General Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Antenna Diversity Radio ON/OFF Control Connector interface Operating Temperature

(Adapter Shield) Humidity Non-

Operating Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance IEEE WLAN Standard Roaming Bluetooth M.2 2230: 22 mm x 30 mm x 2.4 mm [1.5mm Max (Top Side)/ 0.1mm Max (Bottom Side)]

M.2 2230: 2.4g Supported Supported M.2: PCIe, USB Interface to Intel Wireless Gigabit-Antenna M10101 Module using X-FL

(single coax cable to carry power, IF and control) 0 to +80 C 50% to 90% RH non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) Microsoft Windows 7*, Microsoft Windows 8.1*, Microsoft Windows 10, Linux* (limited feature support), Android Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* a/b/g/n/ac, WMM*, WMM-PS*, WPA*, WPA2*, WPS2, Protected Management Frames, Wi-Fi Direct* for peer to peer device connections, Wi-Fi Miracast as Source IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac, 802.11d, 802.11e, 802.11h, 802.11i, 802.11w; 802.11r, 802.11k, 802.11v pending OS support; Fine Timing Measurement based on 802.11REVmc Supports seamless roaming between respective access points Dual Mode Bluetooth* 4.2, BLE Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11ac Data Rates IEEE 802.11ad Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*

Encryption and Authentication Compliance Product Safety 60GHz

(802.11ad) 57GHz - 64GHz

(dependent on country) DPSK, BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, DMG control PHY, DMG SC PHY 5GHz (802.11ac/n) 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz

(dependent on country) 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing

(OFDM) 1, 2 and 3, subject to country rules N/A All data rates are theoretical maximums. Up to 867 Mbps Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 18265 4620, 3850, 3080, 2503, 2310, 1925, 1540, 1251, 1155, 963, 770, 385 Mbps Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP), EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP WPA2-PSK, AES-CCMP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC 60950-1) Intel Wireless Gigabit Sink W13100 Form Factors Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards Operating Temperature M.2 Type 3030 M.2 Key 1-DP: 2xPCIe, USB, DP. Interface to Intel Wireless Gigabit-Antenna M10041 Module using X-FL, and one dedicated for Bluetooth X.FL On-board diversity 802.11ac, 802.11ad, 802.11abgn, 802.11a, 802.11d, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11h, 802.11w 0 to +80 degrees Celsius Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11ad Data Rates General Operating Systems Architecture Cisco Compatible Extensions certification Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct* Encryption and Authentication Product Safety 50% to 90% RH non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 60GHz (802.11ad) 57GHz - 64GHz (dependent on country) DPSK, BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, DMG control PHY, DMG SC PHY 1, 2 and 3, subject to country rules Intel Wireless Gigabit Sink W13100 All data rates are theoretical maximums. 4620, 3850, 3080, 2503, 2310, 1925, 1540, 1251, 1155, 963, 770, 385 Mbps Microsoft Windows 7*, Microsoft Windows 8.1* with connected standby Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-

AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, AES-CGMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Wireless Gigabit 11000 Dimensions Weight Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Channels Data Rates IEEE 802.11ad Data Rates 20.5 mm x 14.2 mm x 1.8 mm (shield included) 2 grams Soldered module has a proprietary land plan. Interface to Intel Wireless Gigabit Antenna-M 10042R using X-FL (single coax cable to carry power, IF and control) X.FL On-board diversity 802.11ad 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 90% RH non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 60GHz (802.11ad) 57GHz - 64GHz (dependent on country) DPSK, BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 1, 2 and 3, subject to country rules All data rates are theoretical maximums. 4620, 3850, 3080, 2503, 2310, 1925, 1540, 1251, 1155, 963, 770, 385 Mbps Microsoft Windows 7*, Microsoft Windows 8.1* with connected standby, Microsoft Windows 10* with connected standby General Operating Systems Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers Back to Contents Important Information Safety Information Third Party Software Notices Safety Information It is important that you read the safety information regarding your WiFi adapter. Please see the User's Guide for safety and regulatory notices. Third Party Software Notices Portions of Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Connection Utility include software under the following terms:

OpenSSL License Copyright (c) 1998-2006 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment: "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"

4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written permission. For written permission, please contact openssl-

core@openssl.org. 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written permission of the OpenSSL Project. 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment: "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com). This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com). Original SSLeay License Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com) All rights reserved. This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com). The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscape's SSL. This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as the following conditions are adhered to. The following conditions apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA, lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code. The SSL documentation included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com). Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in the code are not to be removed. If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution as the author of the parts of the library used. This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgement: "This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"

The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the routines from the library being used are not cryptographic related. 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement: "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson

(tjh@cryptsoft.com)"

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG "AS IS:' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. The license and distribution terms for any publicly available version or derivative of this code cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be copied and put under another distribution license [including the GNU Public License.]

zlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library, version 1.2.3, July 18th, 2005 Copyright (C) 1995-2005 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software. Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:

1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required. 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original software. 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution. Jean-loup Gailly jloup@gzip.org Mark Adler madler@alumni.caltech.edu Adapter Driver Portions of the driver include software under the following terms:

WPA Supplicant Copyright (c) 2003-2007, Jouni Malinen <jkmaline@cc.hut.fi> and contributors. All rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. Neither the name of Jouni Malinen nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. __________ Copyright (c) 2001, Dr Brian Gladman <brg@gladman.me.uk>, Worcester, UK. All rights reserved. LICENSE TERMS The free distribution and use of this software in both source and binary form is allowed (with or without changes) provided that:

1. Distributions of this source code include the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following 2. distributions in binary form include the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other associated materials;

3. the copyright holder's name is not used to endorse products built using this software without specific written disclaimer;

permission. DISCLAIMER This software is provided 'as is' with no explicit or implied warranties in respect of its properties, including, but not limited to, correctness and fitness for purpose. Issue Date: 29/07/2002 This file contains the definitions required to use AES (Rijndael) in C. Portions Licensed from Devicescape Software, Inc. Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Connection Utility contains software licensed from Devicescape Software, Inc. Copyright

(c) 2004 - 2008 Devicescape Software, Inc. All rights reserved.

"Odd Button" Artistic License Portions of this software contain the standard version of "Odd Button" licensed under the Artistic License. The source code for "Odd Button" may be found online at http://sourceforge.net/projects/oddbutton. Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers Back to Contents Customer Support Intel support is available online or by telephone. Available services include the most up-to-date product information, installation instructions about specific products, and troubleshooting tips. Online Support Technical Support: http://www.intel.com/support Network Product Support: http://www.intel.com/network Corporate Web Site: http://www.intel.com Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers Back to Contents Warranty Information One-Year Limited Hardware Warranty Limited Warranty In this warranty statement, the term "Product" applies to the wireless adapters listed in Specifications. Intel warrants to the purchaser of the Product that the Product, if properly used and installed, will be free from defects in material and workmanship and will substantially conform to Intels publicly available specifications for the Product for a period of one (1) year beginning on the date the Product was purchased in its original sealed packaging. SOFTWARE OF ANY KIND DELIVERED WITH OR AS PART OF THE PRODUCT IS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED "AS IS", SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDING ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS, IMPLIED (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE), provided however, that Intel warrants that the media on which the software is furnished will be free from defects for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of delivery. If such a defect appears within the warranty period, you may return the defective media to Intel for replacement or alternative delivery of the software at Intel's discretion and without charge. Intel does not warrant or assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of any information, text, graphics, links or other items contained within the software. If the Product which is the subject of this Limited Warranty fails during the warranty period for reasons covered by this Limited Warranty, Intel, at its option, will:

REPAIR the Product by means of hardware and/or software; OR REPLACE the Product with another product, OR, if Intel is unable to repair or replace the Product, REFUND the then-current Intel price for the Product at the time a claim for warranty service is made to Intel under this Limited Warranty. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY, AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES THAT MAY EXIST UNDER APPLICABLE STATE, NATIONAL, PROVINCIAL OR LOCAL LAW, APPLY ONLY TO YOU AS THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OF THE PRODUCT. Extent of Limited Warranty Intel does not warrant that the Product, whether purchased stand-alone or integrated with other products, including without limitation, semi-conductor components, will be free from design defects or errors known as "errata." Current characterized errata are available upon request. Further, this Limited Warranty does NOT cover: (i) any costs associated with the replacement or repair of the Product, including labor, installation or other costs incurred by you, and in particular, any costs relating to the removal or replacement of any Product soldered or otherwise permanently affixed to any printed circuit board or integrated with other products; (ii) damage to the Product due to external causes, including accident, problems with electrical power, abnormal, mechanical or environmental conditions, usage not in accordance with product instructions, misuse, neglect, accident, abuse, alteration, repair, improper or unauthorized installation or improper testing, or (iii) any Product which has been modified or operated outside of Intels publicly available specifications or where the original product identification markings (trademark or serial number) have been removed, altered or obliterated from the Product; or (iv) issues resulting from modification

(other than by Intel) of software products provided or included in the Product, (v) incorporation of software products, other than those software products provided or included in the Product by Intel, or (vi) failure to apply Intel-supplied modifications or corrections to any software provided with or included in the Product. How to Obtain Warranty Service To obtain warranty service for the Product, you may contact your original place of purchase in accordance with its instructions or you may contact Intel. To request warranty service from Intel, you must contact the Intel Customer Support ("ICS") center in your region (http://www.intel.com/support/wireless/) within the warranty period during normal business hours (local time), excluding holidays and return the Product to the designated ICS center. Please be prepared to provide: (1) your name, mailing address, email address, telephone numbers and, in the USA, valid credit card information; (2) proof of purchase; (3) model name and product identification number found on the Product; and (4) an explanation of the problem. The Customer Service Representative may need additional information from you depending on the nature of the problem. Upon ICS's verification that the Product is eligible for warranty service, you will be issued a Return Material Authorization ("RMA") number and provided with instructions for returning the Product to the designated ICS center. When you return the Product to the ICS center, you must include the RMA number on the outside of the package. Intel will not accept any returned Product without an RMA number, or that has an invalid RMA number, on the package. You must deliver the returned Product to the designated ICS center in the original or equivalent packaging, with shipping charges pre-paid (within the USA), and assume the risk of damage or loss during shipment. Intel may elect to repair or replace the Product with either a new or reconditioned Product or components, as Intel deems appropriate. The repaired or replaced product will be shipped to you at the expense of Intel within a reasonable period of time after receipt of the returned Product by ICS. The returned Product shall become Intels property on receipt by ICS. The replacement product is warranted under this written warranty and is subject to the same limitations of liability and exclusions for ninety (90) days or the remainder of the original warranty period, whichever is longer. If Intel replaces the Product, the Limited Warranty period for the replacement Product is not extended. WARRANTY LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS THIS WARRANTY REPLACES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES FOR THE PRODUCT AND INTEL DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, COURSE OF DEALING AND USAGE OF TRADE. Some states (or jurisdictions) do not allow the exclusion of implied warranties so this limitation may not apply to you. ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE LIMITED WARRANTY PERIOD. NO WARRANTIES APPLY AFTER THAT PERIOD. Some states (or jurisdictions) do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so this limitation may not apply to you. LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY INTELS RESPONSIBILITY UNDER THIS OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY, IMPLIED OR EXPRESS, IS LIMITED TO REPAIR, REPLACEMENT OR REFUND, AS SET FORTH ABOVE. THESE REMEDIES ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, INTEL IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY OR UNDER ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, DOWNTIME, LOSS OF GOODWILL, DAMAGE TO OR REPLACEMENT OF EQUIPMENT AND PROPERTY, AND ANY COSTS OF RECOVERING, REPROGRAMMING, OR REPRODUCING ANY PROGRAM OR DATA STORED IN OR USED WITH A SYSTEM CONTAINING THE PRODUCT), EVEN IF INTEL HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some states (or jurisdictions) do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS THAT VARY BY STATE OR JURISDICTION. ANY AND ALL DISPUTES ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL BE ADJUDICATED IN THE FOLLOWING FORUMS AND GOVERNED BY THE FOLLOWING LAWS: FOR THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, CANADA, NORTH AMERICA AND SOUTH AMERICA, THE FORUM SHALL BE SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA, USA AND THE APPLICABLE LAW SHALL BE THAT OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE. FOR THE ASIA PACIFIC REGION (EXCEPT FOR MAINLAND CHINA), THE FORUM SHALL BE SINGAPORE AND THE APPLICABLE LAW SHALL BE THAT OF SINGAPORE. FOR EUROPE AND THE REST OF THE WORLD, THE FORUM SHALL BE LONDON AND THE APPLICABLE LAW SHALL BE THAT OF ENGLAND AND WALES IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE VERSION AND ANY OTHER TRANSLATED VERSION(S)OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY (WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE SIMPLIFIED CHINESE VERSION), THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE VERSION SHALL CONTROL. IMPORTANT! UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED IN WRITING BY INTEL, THE INTEL PRODUCTS SOLD HEREUNDER ARE NOT DESIGNED, OR INTENDED FOR USE IN ANY MEDICAL, LIFE SAVING OR LIFE SUSTAINING SYSTEMS, TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, NUCLEAR SYSTEMS, OR FOR ANY OTHER MISSION CRITICAL APPLICATION IN WHICH THE FAILURE OF THE INTEL PRODUCT COULD CREATE A SITUATION WHERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH MAY OCCUR. WEEE Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers Back to Contents Glossary Term 802.11 802.11a 802.11b 802.11g 802.11n 802.1X AAA Server Access Point

(AP) Ad Hoc Network AES-CCMP Authentication Available network BER Bit Rate Broadcast SSID BSSID Definition The 802.11 standard refers to a family of specifications developed by the IEEE for wireless LAN technology. The 802.11 specifies an over-the-air interface between a wireless client and a base station or between two wireless clients and provides 1 or 2 Mbps transmission in the 2.4 GHz band using either frequency hopping spread spectrum (FHSS) or direct sequence spread spectrum (DSSS). The 802.11a standard specifies a maximum data transfer rate of 54 Mbps and an operating frequency of 5 GHz. The 802.11a standard uses the Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) transmission method. Additionally, the 802.11a standard supports 802.11 features such as WEP encryption for security. 802.11b is an extension to 802.11 that applies to wireless networks and provides 11 Mbps transmission (with a fallback to 5.5, 2 and 1 Mbps) in the 2.4 GHz band. 802.11b uses only DSSS. Throughput data rate 5+ Mbps in the 2.4 GHz band. The 802.11g standard specifies a maximum data transfer rate of 54 Mbps, an operating frequency of 2.4GHz, and WEP encryption for security. 802.11g networks are also referred to as Wi-Fi* networks. A task group of the IEEE 802.11 committee has defined a new draft specification that provides for increased throughput speeds of up to 540 Mbps. The specification provides for Multiple-Input-Multiple-Output (MIMO) technology, or using multiple receivers and multiple transmitters in both the client and access point, to achieve improved performance. 802.1X is the IEEE Standard for Port-Based Network Access Control. This is used in conjunction with EAP methods to provide access control to wired and wireless networks. Authentication, Authorization and Accounting Server. A system to control access to computer resources and track user activity. A device that connects wireless devices to another network. For example, a wireless LAN, Internet modem or others. A communication configuration in which every computer has the same capabilities, and any computer can initiate a communication session. Also known as a peer-to-peer network, a device to device network or a computer-to-computer network. Advanced Encryption Standard - Counter CBC-MAC Protocol is the new method for privacy protection of wireless transmissions specified in the IEEE 802.11i standard. AES-CCMP provides a stronger encryption method than TKIP. The AES algorithm is capable of using cryptographic keys of 128, 192, and 256 bits to encrypt and decrypt data in 128-bit blocks. AES-CCMP uses the AES block cipher, but restricts the key length to 128 bits. AES-CCMP incorporates two sophisticated cryptographic techniques (counter mode and CBC-MAC) to provide improved security between the mobile client and the access point. Verifies the identity of a user logging onto a network. Passwords, digital certificates, smart cards and biometrics are used to prove the identity of the client to the network. Passwords and digital certificates are also used to identify the network to the client. One of the networks listed under Available networks on the Wireless Networks tab of the Wireless Network Connection Properties (Windows* XP environment). Any wireless network that is broadcasting and is within receiving range of the WiFi adapter appears on the list. Bit Error Rate. The ratio of errors to the total number of bits being sent in a data transmission from one location to another. The total number of bits (ones and zeros) per second that a network connection can support. Note that this bit rate will vary, under software control, with different signal path conditions. Used to allow an access point to respond to clients on a wireless network by sending probes. A unique identifier for each wireless client on a wireless network. The Basic Service Set Identifier (BSSID) is the Ethernet MAC address of each adapter on the network. CA (Certificate Authority) CCX (Cisco Compatible eXtension) Certificate CKIP Client computer DSSS EAP EAP-AKA EAP-FAST EAP-GTC EAP-OTP EAP-SIM A corporate certification authority implemented on a server. In addition, Internet Explorer's certificate can import a certificate from a file. A trusted CA certificate is stored in the root store. Cisco Compatible Extensions Program ensures that devices used on Cisco wireless LAN infrastructure meet the security, management and roaming requirements. Used for client authentication. A certificate is registered on the authentication server (for example, RADIUS server) and used by the authenticator. Cisco Key Integrity Protocol (CKIP) is a Cisco proprietary security protocol for encryption in 802.11 media. CKIP uses a key message integrity check and message sequence number to improve 802.11 security in infrastructure mode. CKIP is Cisco's version of TKIP. The computer that gets its Internet connection by sharing either the host computer's connection or the access point's connection. Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum. Technology used in radio transmission. Incompatible with FHSS. Short for Extensible Authentication Protocol, EAP sits inside of Point-to-Point Protocol's (PPP) authentication protocol and provides a generalized framework for several different authentication methods. EAP is supposed to head off proprietary authentication systems and let everything from passwords to challenge-response tokens and public-key infrastructure certificates all work smoothly. EAP-AKA (Extensible Authentication Protocol Method for UMTS Authentication and Key Agreement) is an EAP mechanism for authentication and session key distribution, using the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) Subscriber Identity Module (USIM). The USIM card is a special smart card used with cellular networks to validate a given user with the network. EAP-FAST, like EAP-TTLS and PEAP, uses tunneling to protect traffic. The main difference is that EAP-FAST does not use certificates to authenticate. Provisioning in EAP-FAST is negotiated solely by the client as the first communication exchange when EAP-FAST is requested from the server. If the client does not have a pre-

shared secret Protected Access Credential (PAC), it can request to initiate a provisioning EAP-FAST exchange to dynamically obtain one from the server. EAP-FAST documents two methods to deliver the PAC: manual delivery through an out-of-

band secure mechanism, and automatic provisioning. Manual delivery mechanisms can be any delivery mechanism that the administrator of the network feels is sufficiently secure for their network. Automatic provisioning establishes an encrypted tunnel to protect the authentication of the client and the delivery of the PAC to the client. This mechanism, while not as secure as a manual method may be, is more secure than the authentication method used in LEAP. The EAP-FAST method can be divided into two parts: provisioning, and authentication. The provisioning phase involves the initial delivery of the PAC to the client. This phase only needs to be performed once per client and user. The EAP-GTC (Generic Token Card) is similar to the EAP-OTP except with hardware token cards. The request contains a displayable message, and the response contains the string read from the hardware token card. EAP-OTP (One-Time Password) is similar to MD5, except it uses the OTP as the response. The request contains a displayable message. The OTP method is defined in RFC 2289. Extensible Authentication Protocol-Subscriber Identity Module (EAP-SIM) authentication can be used with:

Network Authentication types: Open, Shared, and WPA*-Enterprise, WPA2*-

Enterprise. Data Encryption types: None, WEP and CKIP. A SIM card is a special smart card that is used by Global System for Mobile Communications

(GSM) based digital cellular networks. The SIM card is used to validate your credentials with the network A type of authentication method that uses EAP and a security protocol called the Transport Layer Security (TLS). EAP-TLS uses certificates that use passwords. EAP-TLS authentication supports dynamic WEP key management. A type of authentication method that uses EAP and Tunneled Transport Layer Security

(TTLS). EAP-TTLS uses a combination of certificates and another security method such as passwords. Scrambling data so that only the authorized recipient can read it. Usually a key is needed to interpret the data. Frequency-Hop Spread Spectrum. Technology used in radio transmission. Incompatible with DSSS. A capability that allows a number of people to view, modify, and print the same file(s) from different computers. The threshold at which the wireless adapter breaks the packet into multiple frames. This determines the packet size and affects the throughput of the transmission. A unit of frequency equal to 1,000,000,000 cycles per second. The computer that is directly connected to the Internet via a modem or network adapter. A wireless network centered around an access point. In this environment, the access point not only provides communication with the wired network, but also mediates wireless network traffic in the immediate neighborhood. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) is an organization involved in defining computing and communications standards. The address of a computer that is attached to a network. Part of the address designates which network the computer is on, and the other part represents the host identification. A high-speed, low-error data network covering a relatively small geographic area. A version of Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP). LEAP is a proprietary extensible authentication protocol developed by Cisco that provides a challenge-response authentication mechanism and dynamic key assignment. A hardwired address applied at the factory. It uniquely identifies network hardware, such as a wireless adapter, on a LAN or WAN. Transmission speed of 1,000,000 bits per second. A unit of frequency equal to 1,000,000 cycles per second. Message Integrity Check (commonly called Michael). An EAP mechanism used by the client. Microsoft Challenge Authentication Protocol (MS-

CHAP) Version 2, is used over an encrypted channel to enable server validation. The challenge and response packets are sent over a non-exposed TLS encrypted channel. 1 billionth (1/1,000,000,000) of a second. Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing. Allows any device network access. If encryption is not enabled on the network, any device that knows the Service Set Identifier (SSID) of the access point can gain access to the network. EAP-TLS EAP-TTLS Encryption FHSS File and printer sharing Fragmentation threshold GHz

(Gigahertz) Host computer Infrastructure network IEEE Internet Protocol (IP) address LAN (Local Area Network) LEAP (Light Extensible Authentication Protocol) MAC (Media Access Control) Address Mbps

(Megabits-per-

second) MHz

(Megahertz) MIC (Michael) MS-CHAP ns(Nanosecond) OFDM Open authentication PEAP Peer-to-Peer mode Power save mode Preferred network RADIUS

(Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service) RF (Radio Frequency) Roaming RTS threshold Shared key SIM (Subscriber Identity Module) Silent mode Single Sign On SSID (Service Set Identifier) stealth Protected Extensible Authentication Protocol (PEAP) is an Internet Engineering Task Force

(IETF) draft protocol sponsored by Microsoft, Cisco, and RSA Security. PEAP creates an encrypted tunnel similar to the tunnel used in secure web pages (SSL). Inside the encrypted tunnel, a number of other EAP authentication methods can be used to perform client authentication. PEAP requires a TLS certificate on the RADIUS server, but unlike EAP-TLS there is no requirement to have a certificate on the client. PEAP has not been ratified by the IETF. The IETF is currently comparing PEAP and TTLS (Tunneled TLS) to determine an authentication standard for 802.1X authentication in 802.11 wireless systems. PEAP is an authentication type designed to take advantage of server-side EAP-Transport Layer Security

(EAP-TLS) and to support various authentication methods, including user passwords and one-time passwords, and Generic Token Cards. A wireless network structure that allows wireless clients to communicate directly with each other without using an access point. The state in which the radio is periodically powered down to conserve power. When the portable computer is in Power Save mode, received packets are stored in the access point until the wireless adapter wakes up. One of the networks that has been configured. Such networks are listed under Preferred networks on the Wireless Networks tab of the Wireless Network Connection Properties

(Windows* XP environment). RADIUS is an authentication and accounting system that verifies user's credentials and grants access to requested resources. The international unit for measuring frequency is Hertz (Hz), which is equivalent to the older unit of cycles per second. One MegaHertz (MHz) is one million Hertz. One GigaHertz (GHz) is one billion Hertz. For reference: the standard US electrical power frequency is 60 Hz, the AM broadcast radio frequency band is 0.55 -1.6 MHz, the FM broadcast radio frequency band is 88-108 MHz, and microwave ovens typically operate at 2.45 GHz. Movement of a wireless node between two micro cells. Roaming usually occurs in infrastructure networks built around multiple access points. Current wireless network roaming is only supported in the same subnet of a network. The number of frames in the data packet at or above which an RTS/CTS (request to send/clear to send) handshake is turned on before the packet is sent. The default value is 2347. An encryption key known only to the receiver and sender of data. This is also referred to as a pre-shared key. A SIM card is used to validate credentials with the network. A SIM card is a special smart card used by GSM-based digital cellular networks. Silent Mode Access Points or Wireless Routers have been configured to not broadcast the SSID for the wireless network. This makes it necessary to know the SSID in order to configure the wireless profile to connect to the access point or wireless router. Single Sign On feature set allows the 802.1X credentials to match your Windows log on user name and password credentials for wireless network connections. SSID or network name is a value that controls access to a wireless network. The SSID for your wireless network card must match the SSID for any access point that you want to connect with. If the value does not match, you are not granted access to the network. Each SSID may be up to 32 alphanumeric characters long and is case-sensitive. A stealth access point is one that has the capability and is configured to not broadcast its SSID. This is the WiFi network name that appears when a DMU (Device Management Utility, such as Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Connection Utility) scans for available wireless networks. Although this can enhance wireless network security, it is commonly considered a weak security feature. To connect to a stealth access point, a user must specifically know the SSID and configure their DMU accordingly. The feature is not a part of the 802.11 TKIP (Temporal Key Integrity Protocol) TLS (Transport Layer Security) TTLS (Tunneled Transport Layer Security) WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) WEP Key Wi-Fi*

(Wireless Fidelity) WiMAX Wireless router WLAN (Wireless Local-Area Network) WPA* (Wi-Fi Protected Access) WPA2* (Wi-Fi specification, and is known by differing names by various vendors: closed mode, private network, SSID broadcasting. Temporal Key Integrity protocol improves data encryption. Wi-Fi Protected Access* uses its TKIP. TKIP provides important data encryption enhancements including a re-keying method. TKIP is part of the IEEE 802.11i encryption standard for wireless networks. TKIP is the next generation of WEP, the Wired Equivalency Protocol, which is used to secure 802.11 wireless networks. TKIP provides per packet key mixing, a message integrity check and a re-keying mechanism, thus fixing the flaws of WEP. A type of authentication method using the Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) and a security protocol called the Transport Layer Security (TLS). EAP-TLS uses certificates which use passwords. EAP-TLS authentication supports dynamic WEP key management. The TLS protocol is intended to secure and authenticate communications across a public network through data encryption. The TLS Handshake Protocol allows the server and client to provide mutual authentication and to negotiate an encryption algorithm and cryptographic keys before data is transmitted. These settings define the protocol and the credentials used to authenticate a user. In TTLS, the client uses EAP-TLS to validate the server and create a TLS-encrypted channel between the client and server. The client can use another authentication protocol. Typically password-

based protocols challenge over this encrypted channel to enable server validation. The challenge and response packets are sent over a non-exposed TLS encrypted channel. TTLS implementations today support all methods defined by EAP, as well as several older methods

(CHAP, PAP, MS-CHAP and MS-CHAP-V2). TTLS can easily be extended to work with new protocols by defining new attributes to support new protocols. Wired Equivalent Privacy, 64- and 128-bit (64-bit is sometimes referred to as 40-bit). This is a low-level encryption technique designed to give the user about the same amount of privacy that he would expect from a LAN. WEP is a security protocol for wireless local area networks (WLANs) defined in the 802.11b standard. WEP is designed to provide the same level of security as that of a wired LAN. WEP aims to provide security by data over radio waves so that it is protected as it is transmitted from one end point to another. Either a pass phrase or hexadecimal key. The pass phrase must be 5 ASCII characters for 64-bit WEP or 13 ASCII characters for 128-

bit WEP. For pass phrases, 0-9, a-z, A-Z, and ~!@#$%^&*()_+|`-={}|[]\:";'<>?,./ are all valid characters. The hex key must be 10 hexadecimal characters (0-9, A-F) for 64-bit WEP or 26 hexadecimal characters (0-9, A-F) for 128-bit WEP. Is meant to be used generically when referring of any type to 802.11 network, whether 802.11b, 802.11a, or dual-band. WiMAX, the Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access, is a telecommunications technology aimed at providing wireless data over long distances in a variety of ways, from point-to-point links to full mobile cellular type access. It is based on the IEEE 802.16 standard. The name WiMAX was created by the WiMAX Forum, which was formed in June 2001 to promote conformance and interoperability of the standard. The forum describes WiMAX as "a standards-based technology enabling the delivery of last mile wireless broadband access as an alternative to cable and DSL."

A stand-alone wireless hub that allows any computer that has a wireless network adapter to communicate with another computer within the same network and to connect to the Internet. A type of local-area network that uses high-frequency radio waves rather than wires to communicate between nodes. This is a security enhancement that strongly increases the level of data protection and access control to a wireless network. WPA is an interim standard that will be replaced with the IEEE's 802.11i standard upon its completion. WPA consists of RC4 and TKIP and provides support for BSS (Infrastructure) mode only. WPA and WPA2 are compatible. This is the second generation of WPA that complies with the IEEE TGi specification. WPA2 Protected Access 2) WPA-Enterprise consists of AES encryption, pre-authentication and PMKID caching. It provides support for BSS (Infrastructure) mode and IBSS (ad hoc) mode. WPA and WPA2 are compatible. Wi-Fi Protected Access-Enterprise applies to corporate users. A new standards-based, interoperable security technology for wireless LAN (subset of IEEE 802.11i draft standard) that encrypts data sent over radio waves. WPA is a Wi-Fi standard that was designed to improve upon the security features of WEP as follows:

Improved data encryption through the temporal key integrity protocol (TKIP). TKIP uses a hashing algorithm to scramble the encryption keys and adds an integrity-

checking feature to ensure that the keys have not been tampered with. User authentication, which is generally missing in WEP, through the extensible authentication protocol (EAP). WEP regulates access to a wireless network based on a computer's hardware-specific MAC address, which is relatively simple to be sniffed out and stolen. EAP is built on a more secure public-key encryption system to ensure that only authorized network users can access the network. WPA is an interim standard that will be replaced with the IEEE's 802.11i standard upon its completion. Wi-Fi Protected Access-Personal provides a level of security in the small network or home environment. WPA-PSK mode does not use an authentication server. It can be used with the data encryption types WEP or TKIP. WPA-PSK requires configuration of a pre-shared key (PSK). You must enter a pass phrase or 64 hex characters for a pre-shared key of length 256-bits. The data encryption key is derived from the PSK. WPA-Personal WPA-PSK (Wi-Fi Protected-

Access Pre-

Shared Key) Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers

 

 

E18333 First Edition / August 2021 E-Manual COPYRIGHT INFORMATION No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (ASUS). ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

(INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the owners benefit, without intent to infringe. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT. Copyright 2021 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Circumstances may arise where because of a default on ASUS part or other liability, you are entitled to recover damages from ASUS. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to claim damages from ASUS, ASUS is liable for no more than damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property; or any other actual and direct damages resulted from omission or failure of performing legal duties under this Warranty Statement, up to the listed contract price of each product. ASUS will only be responsible for or indemnify you for loss, damages or claims based in contract, tort or infringement under this Warranty Statement. This limit also applies to ASUS suppliers and its reseller. It is the maximum for which ASUS, its suppliers, and your reseller are collectively responsible. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ASUS LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA; OR (3) SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF ASUS, ITS SUPPLIERS OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR POSSIBILITY. SERVICE AND SUPPORT Visit our multi-language website at https://www.asus.com/support/. MyASUS offers a variety of support features including troubleshooting, products performance optimization, ASUS software integration, and helps you to organize personal desktop and increase storage space. For more details, please visit https://www.asus.com/support/FAQ/1038301/. 2 Notebook PC E-Manual Table of Contents About this manual .....................................................................................................7 Conventions used in this manual ............................................................................. 8 Icons .................................................................................................................................... 8 Typography ....................................................................................................................... 8 Safety precautions .....................................................................................................9 Using your Notebook PC .............................................................................................. 9 Caring for your Notebook PC ..................................................................................... 10 Proper disposal ................................................................................................................ 11 Battery safety information........................................................................................... 12 Chapter 1: Hardware Setup Getting to know your Notebook PC ...................................................................16 Front View .......................................................................................................................... 16 Top View ............................................................................................................................. 21 Bottom View ..................................................................................................................... 22 Right View.......................................................................................................................... 24 Left View............................................................................................................................. 25 Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC Getting started ...........................................................................................................30 Charge your Notebook PC ........................................................................................... 30 Lift to open the display panel .................................................................................... 32 Press the power button ................................................................................................ 32 Gestures for the touch screen panel and touchpad .....................................33 Using touch screen panel gestures .......................................................................... 33 Using the touchpad ....................................................................................................... 36 Using the NumberPad .................................................................................................. 43 Using the keyboard ...................................................................................................44 HotKeys .............................................................................................................................. 44 Function keys ................................................................................................................... 46 Windows 10 keys .......................................................................................................... 46 Rotating the display panel .....................................................................................47 3 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 Starting for the first time .........................................................................................50 Start menu ...................................................................................................................51 Windows apps ..........................................................................................................53 Working with Windows apps.................................................................................... 54 Customizing Windows apps ..................................................................................... 54 Task view .......................................................................................................................57 Snap feature ................................................................................................................58 Snap hotspots .................................................................................................................. 58 Action Center ..............................................................................................................60 MyASUS Splendid ......................................................................................................61 Other keyboard shortcuts ......................................................................................63 Connecting to wireless networks ........................................................................65 Wi-Fi ..................................................................................................................................... 65 Bluetooth ........................................................................................................................... 66 Airplane mode ................................................................................................................. 67 Connecting to wired networks .............................................................................68 Turning your Notebook PC off ..............................................................................70 Putting your Notebook PC to sleep ....................................................................71 Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) The Power-On Self-Test (POST) .............................................................................74 Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot...................................................... 74 BIOS ................................................................................................................................74 Accessing BIOS ................................................................................................................ 75 Recovering your system ..........................................................................................76 Performing a recovery option .................................................................................... 77 4 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs Useful tips for your Notebook PC ........................................................................80 Hardware FAQs ...........................................................................................................82 Software FAQs .............................................................................................................85 Appendices Internal Modem Compliancy ..................................................................................... 88 Overview ............................................................................................................................ 88 Network Compatibility Declaration ......................................................................... 89 Non-Voice Equipment ................................................................................................... 89 Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement ................... 91 FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement ................................. 92 RF Exposure Information (SAR) .................................................................................. 93 Radiation Exposure Statement .................................................................................. 93 Dclaration relative lexposition aux radiations ............................................... 93 Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information ........................................................ 94 Informations concernant lexposition aux frquences radio (RF) ................. 94 Caution ............................................................................................................................... 95 Avertissement .................................................................................................................. 95 Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) ................................................................. 96 Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada (ISED) ...................................................... 96 UL Safety Notices ............................................................................................................ 97 Power Safety Requirement .......................................................................................... 98 TV Notices ......................................................................................................................... 98 5 Notebook PC E-Manual Macrovision Corporation Product Notice .............................................................. 98 Prevention of Hearing Loss ......................................................................................... 98 Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) ........................................... 99 CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) .............................. 100 Declaration of Compliance for Product Environmental Regulation............. 102 EU REACH and Article 33 .............................................................................................. 102 EU RoHS.............................................................................................................................. 102 Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations ................................................................. 102 India RoHS ......................................................................................................................... 102 Vietnam RoHS .................................................................................................................. 103 ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services .......................................................................... 103 Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America............................. 103 Ecodesign Directive ....................................................................................................... 103 ENERGY STAR Qualified Product ............................................................................... 104 EPEAT Registered Products ......................................................................................... 104 Coating Notice ................................................................................................................. 104 Regional notice for Singapore ................................................................................... 105 Notices for removable batteries ................................................................................ 105 Avis concernant les batteries remplaables.......................................................... 105 Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ............................................................... 106 Simplified UKCA Declaration of Conformity ......................................................... 106 RF Exposure information (SAR) .................................................................................. 107 6 Notebook PC E-Manual About this manual This manual provides information about the hardware and software features of your Notebook PC, organized through the following chapters:

Chapter 1: Hardware Setup This chapter details the hardware components of your Notebook PC. Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC This chapter shows you how to use the different parts of your Notebook PC. Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 This chapter provides an overview of using Windows 10 in your Notebook PC. Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) This chapter shows you how to use POST to change the settings of your Notebook PC. Tips and FAQs Appendices This section presents some recommended tips, hardware FAQs, and software FAQs you can refer to for maintaining and fixing common issues with your Notebook PC. This section includes notices and safety statements for your Notebook PC. 7 Notebook PC E-Manual Conventions used in this manual To highlight key information in this manual, some text are presented as follows:

IMPORTANT! This message contains vital information that must be followed to complete a task. NOTE: This message contains additional information and tips that can help complete tasks. WARNING! This message contains important information that must be followed to keep you safe while performing tasks and prevent damage to your Notebook PC's data and components. Icons The icons below indicate the devices you can use for completing a series of tasks or procedures on your Notebook PC.

= Use the touch screen panel (on selected models).

= Use the touchpad.

= Use the keyboard. Bold

= This indicates a menu or an item that must be selected. Italic

= This indicates sections that you can refer to in this manual. Typography 8 Notebook PC E-Manual Safety precautions Using your Notebook PC This Notebook PC should only be used in environments with ambient temperatures between 5C (41F) and 35C (95F). Refer to the rating label on the bottom of your Notebook PC and ensure that your power adapter complies with this rating. Your Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use or while charging the battery pack. Do not leave your Notebook PC on your lap or near any part of your body to prevent injury from heat. When working on your Notebook PC, do not place it on surfaces that can block the vents. Do not use damaged power cords, accessories, and other peripherals with your Notebook PC. While powered on, ensure that you do not carry or cover your Notebook PC with any materials that can reduce air circulation. Do not place your Notebook PC on uneven or unstable work surfaces. You can send your Notebook PC through x-ray machines (used on items placed on conveyor belts), but do not expose them to magnetic detectors and wands. Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. 9 Notebook PC E-Manual Caring for your Notebook PC Disconnect the AC power and remove the battery pack (if applicable) before cleaning your Notebook PC. Use a clean cellulose sponge or chamois cloth dampened with a solution of nonabrasive detergent and a few drops of warm water. Remove any extra moisture from your Notebook PC using a dry cloth. Keep any liquids from entering the chassis or keyboard gap to prevent short circuit or corrosion. Do not use strong solvents such as thinners, benzene, or other chemicals on or near your Notebook PC. Do not place objects on top of your Notebook PC. Do not expose your Notebook PC to strong magnetic or electrical fields. Do not use or expose your Notebook PC near liquids, rain, or moisture. Do not expose your Notebook PC to dusty environments. 10 Notebook PC E-Manual Proper disposal Do not use your Notebook PC near gas leaks. Do not place active electronic devices close to your Notebook PC to avoid electromagnetic wave interference to the display panel. Do not use this Notebook PC for cryptocurrency mining (consuming a vast amount of electricity and time to gain convertible virtual currency) and/or related activities. Do not throw your Notebook PC in municipal waste. This product has been designed to enable proper reuse of parts and recycling. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product

(electrical, electronic equipment and mercury-

containing button cell battery) should not be placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations for disposal of electronic products. Do not throw the battery in municipal waste. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the battery should not be placed in municipal waste. 11 Notebook PC E-Manual Battery safety information Battery protection Frequently charging a battery under high voltage may shorten the battery life. To protect the battery, once the battery is fully charged, the system may stop charging when the battery power is between 90% and 100%. NOTE: The initiate battery power charging capacity is usually set between 90% and 99%. Actual value may vary by models. Charging or storing a battery in high ambient temperatures may result in permanent damage to the battery power capacity and rapidly shorten battery life. If the battery temperature is too high, the system may reduce the battery power charging capacity or even stop charging to protect the battery. Battery power capacity may drop even when your device is powered off and disconnected from the AC power. This is normal as the system still draws a small amount of power from the battery. 12 Notebook PC E-Manual Standard battery care If you are not using your device for a long period of time, ensure to charge the battery power to 50% then power off your device and disconnect the AC power adapter. Recharge the battery power to 50% every three months to avoid over-discharging and prevent damage to the battery. Avoid charging the battery at high voltage for a prolonged period of time to extend the battery life. If you are constantly using AC power for your device, ensure to discharge the battery power to 50% at least once every two weeks. You can also adjust the settings from Battery Health Charging in MyASUS to help extend the battery life. It is recommended to store your battery at temperatures between 5C (41F) and 35C (95F) with the battery power at 50%. You can also adjust the settings from Battery Health Charging in MyASUS to help extend the battery life. Do not leave your battery in damp environments. Exposure to damp environments may increase the battery over-discharging rate. Low temperature environment may damage the chemicals inside the battery while high temperature or overheating may result in a risk of explosion. Do not place your device or battery pack near radiators, fireplaces, furnaces, heaters, or any sources of heat with temperature exceeding 60C (140F). High temperature surrounding environment may result in an explosion or leakage that may cause fire. 13 Notebook PC E-Manual 14 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 1:

Hardware Setup 15 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting to know your Notebook PC Front View NOTE: The keyboard's layout may vary per region or country. The Notebook view may also vary in appearance depending on the Notebook PC model. 16 Notebook PC E-Manual Array microphones The array microphones feature echo canceling, noise suppression, and beam forming functions for better voice recognition and audio recording. This allows you to cover the camera lens of your Notebook PC. The camera indicator lights up when the built-in camera is in use. Webcam shield Camera indicator Camera The built-in camera allows you to take pictures or record videos using your Notebook PC. 360-adjustable touch screen panel Your Notebook PCs touch screen panel can be adjusted all the way into a 360 angle. This feature allows you to quickly turn your device from a Notebook PC into a touch-enabled tablet PC. This high-definition touch screen panel provides excellent viewing features for photos, videos, and other multimedia files on your Notebook PC. It also allows you to operate it using touch screen gestures. NOTE: For more details on how to turn your Notebook PC into a tablet device, refer to the Rotating the display panel section in this manual. 17 Notebook PC E-Manual World Facing Camera (on selected models) The built-in camera supports Microsoft MR applications. Keyboard The keyboard provides full-sized QWERTY keys with a comfortable travel depth for typing. It also enables you to use the function keys, allows quick access to Windows, and controls other multimedia functions. NOTE: The keyboard layout differs by model or territory. Capital lock indicator This indicator lights up when the capital lock function is activated. Using capital lock allows you to type capitalized letters

(such as A, B, C) using your Notebook PCs keyboard. Function key lock indicator This indicator lights up when the function keys feature is activated. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the keyboard section in this manual. 18 Notebook PC E-Manual Touchpad/NumberPad This allows you to toggle between touchpad and NumberPad. The touchpad allows the use of multi-gestures to navigate onscreen, providing an intuitive user experience. It also simulates the functions of a regular mouse. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the touchpad section in this manual. The NumberPad allows the use of numeric input. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the NumberPad section in this manual. Microphone indicator This indicator lights up when the microphone is turned off. 19 Notebook PC E-Manual Power button Press the power button to turn your Notebook PC on or off. You can also use the power button to put your Notebook PC to sleep or hibernate mode and wake it up from sleep or hibernate mode. In the event that your Notebook PC becomes unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least ten (10) seconds until your Notebook PC shuts down. Fingerprint sensor This built-in fingerprint sensor captures your fingerprint and uses it as biometric authentication for logging on to your Notebook PCs system. 20 Notebook PC E-Manual Top View Status indicators Press to toggle the indicators to display your current status. Status Auto Description System status Solid Orange Busy/In a meeting Light off Function off 21 Notebook PC E-Manual Bottom View NOTE: The bottom view may vary in appearance depending on model. WARNING! Your Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use or while charging the battery pack. Do not leave your Notebook PC on your lap or near any part of your body to prevent injury from heat. When working on your Notebook PC, do not place it on surfaces that can block the vents. IMPORTANT!

Battery time varies by usage and by the specifications for this Notebook PC. The battery pack cannot be disassembled. Purchase components from authorized retailers to ensure maximum compatibility and reliability. Consult an ASUS service center or authorized retailers for product service or assistance on proper disassembly or assembly of the product. 22 Notebook PC E-Manual Air vents The air vents allow cool air to enter and warm air to exit the Notebook PC. WARNING! Ensure that paper, books, clothing, cables, or other objects do not block any of the air vents or else overheating may occur. Audio speakers The built-in audio speakers allow you to hear audio straight from your Notebook PC. Audio features are software-controlled. 23 Notebook PC E-Manual Right View Volume button This button turns the volume up or down on your Notebook PC. Headphone/Headset/Microphone jack This port allows you to connect amplified speakers or headphones. You can also use this port to connect your headset or an external microphone. Memory card tray (on selected models) This built-in memory card reader slot supports Nano SIM and microSD card formats. Insert a pin into the hole beside the tray to remove the tray. The USB (Universal Serial Bus) port is compatible with USB 2.0 or USB 1.1 devices such as keyboards, pointing devices, flash disk drives, external HDDs, speakers, cameras and printers. USB 2.0 port LAN port Insert the network cable into this port to connect to a local area network. 24 Notebook PC E-Manual Left View Kensington security slot The Kensington security slot allows you to secure your Notebook PC using Kensington compatible Notebook PC security products. 25 Notebook PC E-Manual Two-color battery charge indicator The two-color LED provides a visual indication of the batterys charge status. Refer to the following table for details:

Color Solid White Status The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source and the battery power is between 95% and 100%. The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source, charging its battery, and the battery power is less than 95%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is less than 10%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is between 10% to 100%. Solid Orange Blinking Orange Lights off 26 Notebook PC E-Manual Thunderbolt 4 port with Power Delivery The Thunderbolt 4 port is compatible with USB Type-C standards, and provides a transfer rate of up to 40 Gbit/s for Thunderbolt 4 devices. Connect your Notebook PC to a DisplayPort, VGA, DVI, or HDMI external display and experience high-resolution display features via Intel Thunderbolt technology. Insert the bundled power adapter into this port to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. NOTE: Transfer rate of this port may vary per model. IMPORTANT! It may take longer to fully charge your Notebook PC through a low-voltage power source. USB 3.2 Gen 1 port with USB Charger+

This USB 3.2 Gen 1 port with the icon comes with the USB Charger+ feature. USB Charger+ allows you to quick-charge mobile devices and can be used even while your Notebook PC is on sleep, hibernate, or shutdown mode. 27 Notebook PC E-Manual HDMI output port This port allows you to connect your Notebook PC to another HDMI-compatible device for file sharing or extending your display monitor. Stylus storage (on selected models) This slot allows you to store and charge the stylus pen at the same time. 28 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 2:

Using your Notebook PC 29 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting started Charge your Notebook PC A. Connect the AC power cord to the AC/DC adapter. B. Connect the DC power connector into your Notebook PCs power

(DC) input port. C. Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source. Charge the Notebook PC for 3 hours before using it in battery mode for the first time. NOTE: The power adapter may vary in appearance, depending on models and your region. IMPORTANT!

Power adapter information:

Input voltage: 100-240Vac Input frequency: 50-60Hz Rating output current: 3.25A (65W) Rating output voltage: 20V 30 Notebook PC E-Manual IMPORTANT!

Locate the input/output rating label on your Notebook PC and ensure that it matches the input/output rating information on your power adapter. Some Notebook PC models may have multiple rating output currents based on the available SKU. Ensure that your Notebook PC is connected to the power adapter before turning it on for the first time. Always plug the power cord into a wall socket without using any extension cords. For your safety, connect this device to a properly grounded electrical outlet only. The socket outlet must be easily accessible and near your Notebook PC. To disconnect your Notebook PC from its main power supply, unplug your Notebook PC from the power socket. WARNING!

Read the following precautions for your Notebook PCs battery:

Only ASUS-authorized technicians should remove the battery inside the device (for non-removable battery only). The battery used in this device may present a risk of fire or chemical burn if removed or disassembled. Follow the warning labels for your personal safety. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Do not dispose of in fire. Never attempt to short-circuit your Notebook PCs battery. Never attempt to disassemble and reassemble the battery

(for non-removable battery only). Discontinue usage if leakage is found. The battery and its components must be recycled or disposed of properly. Keep the battery and other small components away from children. 31 Notebook PC E-Manual Lift to open the display panel Press the power button 32 Notebook PC E-Manual Gestures for the touch screen panel and touchpad Gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your Notebook PC. Refer to the following illustrations when using hand gestures on your touch screen panel and touchpad. NOTE: The following screenshots are for reference only. The touch screen panels appearance may vary depending on model. Using touch screen panel gestures The gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your Notebook PC. The functions can be activated by using the hand gestures on your Notebook PCs touch screen panel. Left edge swipe Right edge swipe Swipe from the left edge of the screen to launch Task view. Swipe from the right edge of the screen to launch Action Center. 33 Notebook PC E-Manual Tap/Double-tap Press and hold Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Press and hold to open the right-

click menu. Zoom in Zoom out Spread apart your two fingers on the touch screen panel. Bring together your two fingers on the touch screen panel. 34 Notebook PC E-Manual Finger slide Drag Slide your finger to scroll up and down and slide your finger to pan the screen left or right. Drag to create a selection box around multiple items. Drag and drop an item to move it to a new location. 35 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the touchpad Moving the pointer You can tap anywhere on the touchpad to activate its pointer, then slide your finger on the touchpad to move the pointer onscreen. Slide horizontally Slide vertically Slide diagonally 36 Notebook PC E-Manual One-finger gestures Tap/Double-tap Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Drag and drop Double-tap an item, then slide the same finger without lifting it off the touchpad. To drop the item to its new location, lift your finger from the touchpad. 37 Notebook PC E-Manual Left-click Right-click Click an app to select it. Double-click an app to launch it. Click this button to open the right-

click menu. NOTE: The areas inside the dotted line represent the locations of the left mouse button and the right mouse button on the touchpad. Two-finger gestures Tap Tap two fingers on the touchpad to simulate the right-click function. 38 Notebook PC E-Manual Two-finger scroll (up/down) Two-finger scroll (left/right) Slide two fingers to scroll up or down. Slide two fingers to scroll left or right. Zoom out Zoom in Bring together your two fingers on the touchpad. Spread apart your two fingers on the touchpad. 39 Notebook PC E-Manual Drag and drop Select an item then press and hold the left button. Using your other finger, slide on the touchpad to drag the item, lift your finger off the button to drop the item. Three-finger gestures Tap Tap three fingers on the touchpad to invoke Cortana. 40 Notebook PC E-Manual Swipe left/Swipe right If you opened multiple apps, swipe three fingers left or right to switch between these apps. Swipe up Swipe down Swipe up to see an overview of all the apps currently opened. Swipe down to show the desktop. 41 Notebook PC E-Manual Four-finger gestures Tap Tap four fingers on the touchpad to invoke Action Center. Customizing your touchpad Launch All settings from the Action Center. Select Devices, then select Touchpad. Adjust the settings to your preference. 1. 2. 3. 42 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the NumberPad Press and hold number keys or touchpad. for a second to toggle between Tap to adjust brightness for the NumberPad. Press and hold NumberPad to launch Windows Calculator. then slide anywhere on the IMPORTANT! Please note that all versions of NumberPad are only supported on the latest Microsoft Windows operating system. NOTE: To use the % and = function, set the input language to English. 43 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the keyboard HotKeys The HotKeys on your Notebook PCs keyboard can trigger the following commands:

Turns the speaker on or off Turns the speaker volume down Turns the speaker volume up Decreases display brightness Increases display brightness Enables or disables the touchpad Adjusts brightness for the backlit keyboard Toggles the display mode NOTE: Ensure that the second display is connected to your Notebook PC. 44 Notebook PC E-Manual Activates the Lock screen Turns the camera on or off Activates screen capture tool Launches MyASUS Turns the microphone on or off Toggles ASUS AI Noise-Canceling for built-in or external audio speakers Built-in microphone Toggles between single presenter conference call mode or multi presenter conference call mode. Mode Single presenter conference call Multi presenter conference call Description Reduces background noise Reduces background noise for larger area External microphone Toggles ASUS AI Noise-Canceling. 45 Notebook PC E-Manual Function keys Press to enable or disable the function keys feature. When the function keys feature is enabled, you can also access HotKeys by holding down in combination with the top row keys. Windows 10 keys There are two special Windows keys on your Notebook PCs keyboard used as below:

Launches the Start menu Displays the drop-down menu*

* On selected models 46 Notebook PC E-Manual Rotating the display panel Your Notebook PCs display panel is adjustable up to 360 degrees. You may adjust the display panel as shown below. NOTE: The illustrations are for reference only. 360 degrees adjustable Notebook PC mode 47 Notebook PC E-Manual Stand mode Tent mode Tablet mode NOTE: Rotating the screen to Stand, Tent and Tablet mode will disable the keyboard and touchpad. 48 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3:

Working with Windows 10 49 Notebook PC E-Manual Starting for the first time When you start your Notebook PC for the first time, a series of screens appear to guide you in configuring your Windows 10 operating system. To start your Notebook PC for the first time:

Press the power button on your Notebook PC. Wait for a few minutes until the setup screen appears. From the setup screen, pick your region and a language to use on your Notebook PC. Carefully read the License Terms. Select I accept. Follow the onscreen instructions to configure the following basic items:

Personalize Get online Settings Your account 5. After configuring the basic items, Windows 10 proceeds to install your apps and preferred settings. Ensure that your Notebook PC is kept powered on during the setup process. 6. Once the setup process is complete, the Desktop appears. NOTE: The screenshots in this chapter are for reference only. 1. 2. 3. 4. 50 Notebook PC E-Manual Start menu The Start menu is the main gateway to your Notebook PCs programs, Windows apps, folders, and settings. Change account settings, lock, or sign out from your account Launch an app from the Start screen Launch Taskview Launch an app from the taskbar Launch Search Launch the Start menu Launch All apps Shut down, restart, or put your Notebook PC to sleep Launch Settings Launch File Explorer You can use the Start menu to do these common activities:

Start programs or Windows apps Open commonly used programs or Windows apps Adjust Notebook PC settings Get help with the Windows operating system Turn off your Notebook PC Log off from Windows or switch to a different user account 51 Notebook PC E-Manual Launching the Start menu Tap the Start button in the lower-left corner of your desktop. Position your mouse pointer over the Start button in the lower-left corner of your desktop then click it. Press the Windows logo key on your keyboard. Opening programs from the Start menu One of the most common uses of the Start menu is opening programs installed on your Notebook PC. Tap the program to launch it. Position your mouse pointer over the program then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the programs. Press to launch it. NOTE: Select All apps at the bottom of the left pane to display a full list of programs and folders on your Notebook PC in alphabetical order. 52 Notebook PC E-Manual Windows apps These are apps pinned on the right pane of the Start menu and displayed in tiled-format for easy access. NOTE: Some Windows apps require signing in to your Microsoft account before they are fully launched. 53 Notebook PC E-Manual Working with Windows apps Use your Notebook PCs touch screen, touchpad, or keyboard to launch, customize, and close apps. Launching Windows apps from the Start menu Tap the app to launch it. Position your mouse pointer over the app then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the apps. Press to launch an app. Customizing Windows apps You can move, resize, unpin, or pin apps to the taskbar from the Start menu using the following steps:

Moving apps Press and hold the app, then drag and drop it to a new location. Position your mouse pointer over the app, then drag and drop the app to a new location. 54 Notebook PC E-Manual Resizing apps Unpinning apps Press and hold the app, then tap and select an app tile size. Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Resize and select an app tile size. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. Press or

(on selected models), then select Resize and select an app tile size. Press and hold the app, then tap the icon. Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Unpin from Start. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. Press or

(on selected models), then select Unpin from Start. 55 Notebook PC E-Manual Pinning apps to the taskbar Press and hold the app, then tap Pin to taskbar. Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Pin to taskbar. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. Press or

(on selected models), then select Pin to taskbar. Pinning more apps to the Start menu From All apps, press and hold the app you want to add to the Start menu, then tap Pin to Start. From All apps, position your mouse pointer over the app you want to add to the Start menu and right-click it, then click Pin to Start. From All apps, press or

(on selected models) on the app that you want to add to the Start menu, then select Pin to Start. 56 Notebook PC E-Manual Task view Quickly switch between opened apps and programs using the task view feature, you can also use task view to switch between desktops. Launching task view Tap the icon on the taskbar or swipe form the left edge of the screen. Position your mouse pointer over the icon on the taskbar and click it. Press on your keyboard. 57 Notebook PC E-Manual Snap feature The Snap feature displays apps side-by-side, allowing you to work or switch between apps. Snap hotspots You can drag and drop apps to these hotspots to snap them into place. 58 Notebook PC E-Manual Using Snap or 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Launch the app you wish to snap. Drag the title bar of your app and drop the app to the edge of the screen to snap. Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. Launch the app you wish to snap. Press and hold the key, then use the arrow keys to snap the app. Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. 59 Notebook PC E-Manual Action Center Action Center consolidates notifications from apps and presents a single place where you can interact with them. It also has a really useful Quick Actions section at the bottom. Launching Action Center Click the icon on the taskbar or swipe from the right edge of the screen. Position your mouse pointer over the icon on the taskbar and click it. Press on your keyboard. 60 Notebook PC E-Manual MyASUS Splendid MyASUS Splendid ensures that all ASUS display panels show identical and accurate colors. You may select Vivid, Eye Care, or Manual Mode beside Normal Mode to adjust the display settings. Normal Mode: Through Gamma and Color temperature correction, the image output from the panel is as close as possible as what your eye can naturally see. For model with OLED panel, this mode is compliant with TV Low Blue Light Certification. Vivid Mode: This mode allows you to adjust the saturation of the image, making it more vivid and vibrant. Manual Mode: This mode allows you to adjust the color temperature value to your personal needs, ranging from -50 to

+50. Eye Care Mode: This mode reduces blue light emission by up to 30%, helping to protect your eyes. Level 1-5: The higher the level, the more blue light emission is reduced. For model with LCD panel, Level 5 is the optimized setting, and is compliant with TV Low Blue Light Certification. 61 Notebook PC E-Manual Please refer to the following tips to alleviate eye strain:

Take some time away from the display if working for long hours. It is advised to take short breaks (at least 5 minutes) after around 1 hour of continuous working at the computer. Taking short and frequent breaks is more effective than a long break. To minimize eye strain and eye dryness, rest your eyes periodically by focusing on objects that are far away. Repeat the following exercises to reduce eye strain:

(1) Look up and down repeatedly

(2) Slowly roll your eyes

(3) Move your eyes diagonally If eye strain persists, please consult a physician. High energy blue light may lead to eye strain and AMD (Age-

Related Macular Degeneration). Blue light Filter reduces 30% (max.) harmful blue light to avoid CVS (Computer Vision Syndrome). 62 Notebook PC E-Manual Other keyboard shortcuts Using the keyboard, you can also use the following shortcuts to help you launch applications and navigate Windows 10. Launches Start menu Launches Action Center Launches the desktop Launches the File Explorer Launches Settings Launches Connect panel Activates the Lock screen Minimizes all currently active windows 63 Notebook PC E-Manual Launches Search Launches Project panel Opens the Run window Opens Ease of Access Center Opens the context menu of the Start button Launches the magnifier icon and zooms in your screen Zooms out your screen 64 Notebook PC E-Manual Connecting to wireless networks Wi-Fi Access emails, surf the Internet, and share applications via social networking sites using your Notebook PCs Wi-Fi connection. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Wi-Fi connection of your Notebook PC. Connecting Wi-Fi Connect your Notebook PC to a Wi-Fi network by using the following steps:

Select the icon from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Wi-Fi. 1. 2. 3. or Select an access point from the list of available Wi-Fi connections. 4. Select Connect to start the network connection. NOTE: You may be prompted to enter a security key to activate the Wi-Fi connection. 65 Notebook PC E-Manual Bluetooth Use Bluetooth to facilitate wireless data transfers with other Bluetooth-

enabled devices. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Bluetooth connection of your Notebook PC. Pairing with other Bluetooth-enabled devices You need to pair your Notebook PC with other Bluetooth-enabled devices to enable data transfers. Connect your devices by using the following steps:

1. 2. 3. or Launch Settings from the Start menu. Select Devices, then select Bluetooth to search for Bluetooth-enabled devices. Select a device from the list. Compare the passcode on your Notebook PC with the passcode sent to your chosen device. If they are the same, select Yes to successfully pair your Notebook PC with the device. NOTE: For some Bluetooth-enabled devices, you may be prompted to key in the passcode of your Notebook PC. 66 Notebook PC E-Manual Airplane mode Airplane mode disables wireless communication, allowing you to use your Notebook PC safely while in-flight. NOTE: Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. Turning Airplane mode on Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Airplane mode. Turning Airplane mode off Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to disable Airplane mode. 1. 2. 1. 2. or or 67 Notebook PC E-Manual Connecting to wired networks You can also connect to wired networks, such as local area networks and broadband Internet connection, using your Notebook PCs LAN port. NOTE: Contact your Internet Service Provider (ISP) for details or your network administrator for assistance in setting up your Internet connection. To configure your settings, refer to the following procedures. IMPORTANT! Ensure that a network cable is connected between your Notebook PCs LAN port and a local area network before performing the following actions. Configuring a dynamic IP/PPPoE network connection 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Launch Settings. Select Network & Internet. or Select Ethernet > Network and Sharing Center. Select your LAN then select Properties. Select Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) then select Properties. Select Obtain an IP address automatically then select OK. NOTE: Proceed to the next steps if you are using PPPoE connection. 68 Notebook PC E-Manual 7. 8. 9. 10. Return to the Network and Sharing Center window then select Set up a new connection or network. Select Connect to the Internet then select Next. Select Broadband (PPPoE). Type your User name, Password, and Connection name then select Connect. 11. Select Close to finish the configuration. 12. Select on the taskbar then select the connection you just created. 13. Type your user name and password then select Connect to start connecting to the Internet. Configuring a static IP network connection or 1. 2. 3. 4. Repeat steps 1 to 5 under Configuring a dynamic IP/PPPoE network connection. Select Use the following IP address. Type the IP address, Subnet mask and Default gateway from your service provider. If needed, you can also type the preferred DNS server address and alternate DNS server address then select OK. 69 Notebook PC E-Manual Turning your Notebook PC off You can turn off your Notebook PC by doing either of the following procedures:

Launch the Start menu, then select Shut down to do a normal shutdown.

From the log-in screen, select

> Shut down. or Press to launch Shut down Windows. Select Shut down from the drop-down list then select OK. If your Notebook PC is unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least ten (10) seconds until your Notebook PC turns off. 70 Notebook PC E-Manual Putting your Notebook PC to sleep To put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode:

or Launch the Start menu, then select Sleep to put your Notebook PC to sleep.

From the log-in screen, select

> Sleep. Press to launch Shut down Windows. Select Sleep from the drop-down list then select OK. NOTE: You can also put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode by pressing the power button once. 71 Notebook PC E-Manual 72 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 4:

Power-On Self-Test (POST) 73 Notebook PC E-Manual The Power-On Self-Test (POST) The POST (Power-On Self-Test) is a series of software-controlled diagnostic tests that run when you turn on or restart your Notebook PC. The software that controls the POST is installed as a permanent part of the Notebook PCs architecture. Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot During POST, you can access the BIOS settings or run troubleshooting options using the function keys of your Notebook PC. You may refer to the following information for more details. BIOS The BIOS (Basic Input and Output System) stores system hardware settings that are needed for system startup in the Notebook PC. The default BIOS settings apply to most conditions of your Notebook PC. Do not change the default BIOS settings except in the following circumstances:

An error message appears onscreen during system bootup and requests you to run the BIOS Setup. You have installed a new system component that requires further BIOS settings or updates. WARNING! Using inappropriate BIOS settings may result to system instability or boot failure. We strongly recommend that you change the BIOS settings only with the help of a trained service personnel. 74 Notebook PC E-Manual Accessing BIOS Enter the BIOS settings by using any of the following methods:

Restart your Notebook PC then press during POST. Launch the Start menu, and choose Settings > Update &

security > Recovery, then select Restart now under Advanced startup. When you enter the Advanced startup screen, select Troubleshoot > Advanced options > UEFI Firmware Settings >

Restart. 75 Notebook PC E-Manual Recovering your system Using recovery options on your Notebook PC allows you to restore the system to its original state or simply refresh its settings to help improve performance. IMPORTANT!

Backup all your data files before doing any recovery option on your Notebook PC. Note down important customized settings such as network settings, user names, and passwords to avoid data loss. Ensure that your Notebook PC is plugged in to a power source before resetting your system. Windows 10 allows you to do any of the following recovery options:

Keep my files - This option allows you refresh your Notebook PC without affecting personal files (photos, music, videos, documents). Using this option, you can restore your Notebook PC to its default settings and delete other installed apps. Remove everything - This option resets your Notebook PC to its factory settings. You must backup your data before doing this option. 76 Notebook PC E-Manual Go back to an earlier build - This option allows you to go back to an earlier build. Use this option if this build is not working for you. Advanced startup - Using this option allows you to perform other advanced recovery options on your Notebook PC such as:

Using a USB drive, network connection or Windows recovery DVD to startup your Notebook PC. Using Troubleshoot to enable any of these advanced recovery options: System Restore, System Image Recovery, Startup Repair, Command Prompt, UEFI Firmware Settings, and Startup Settings. Performing a recovery option Refer to the following steps if you want to access and use any of the available recovery options for your Notebook PC. 1. Launch Settings and select Update and security. 77 Notebook PC E-Manual 2. Under the Update and security option, select Recovery then select the recovery option you would like to perform. 78 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs 79 Notebook PC E-Manual Useful tips for your Notebook PC To help you maximize the use of your Notebook PC, maintain its system performance, and ensure all your data are kept secured, here are some useful tips that you can follow:

Update Windows periodically to ensure that your applications have the latest security settings. Update MyASUS to ensure that you have the latest settings for ASUS exclusive applications, drivers, and utilities. Use an anti-virus software to protect your data and keep this updated too. Unless absolutely necessary, refrain from using force shutdown to turn off your Notebook PC. Always backup your data and make it a point to create a backup data in an external storage drive. If you are not using your Notebook PC for a long period of time, ensure to charge the battery power to 50% then power off your Notebook PC and disconnect the AC power adapter. If you are constantly using AC power for your Notebook PC, set the Battery Health Charging to Balanced mode in MyASUS. 80 Notebook PC E-Manual Disconnect all external devices and ensure you have the following items prior to resetting your Notebook PC:

Product key for your operating systems and other installed applications

Backup data Log in ID and password Internet connection information Visit our support site for troubleshooting and view some of the most frequently asked questions at https://www.asus.com/support. 81 Notebook PC E-Manual Hardware FAQs 1. A black dot, or sometimes a colored dot, appears onscreen when I turn on the Notebook PC. What should I do?

Although these dots normally appear onscreen, they will not affect your system. If the incident continues and subsequently affects system performance, consult an authorized ASUS service center. 2. My display panel has an uneven color and brightness. How can I fix this?

The color and brightness of your display panel may be affected by the angle and current position of your Notebook PC. The brightness and color tone of your Notebook PC may also vary per model. You may use the function keys or the display settings in your operating system to adjust the appearance of your display panel. 3. How can I maximize my Notebook PCs battery life?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Use the function keys to adjust the display brightness. If you are not using any Wi-Fi connection, switch your system into Airplane mode. Disconnect unused USB devices. Close unused applications, especially those that take up too much system memory. 82 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My battery charge indicator does not light up. Whats wrong?

Check whether the power adapter or battery pack is attached correctly. You may also disconnect the power adapter or battery pack, wait for a minute, then reconnect them again to the power outlet and Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why is my touchpad not working?

Press to enable your touchpad. 6. When I play audio and video files, why cant I hear any sound from my Notebook PCs audio speakers?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Press to turn up the speaker volume. Check if your speakers were set to mute. Check if a headphone jack is connected to your Notebook PC and remove it. 83 Notebook PC E-Manual 7. What should I do if my Notebook PCs power adapter gets lost or my battery stops working?

Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 8. My Notebook PC cannot do keystrokes correctly because my cursor keeps on moving. What should I do?

Make sure that nothing accidentally touches or presses on your touchpad while you type on the keyboard. You can also disable your touchpad by pressing

. 84 Notebook PC E-Manual Software FAQs 1. When I turn on my Notebook PC, the power indicator lights up but nothing appears on my screen. What can I do to fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Force shutdown your Notebook PC by pressing the power button for at least ten (10) seconds. Check if the power adapter and battery pack are inserted correctly then turn on your Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 2. What should I do when my screen displays this message:

Remove disks or other media. Press any key to restart.?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected USB devices then restart your Notebook PC. Remove any optical discs that are left inside the optical drive then restart. If the problem still exists, your Notebook PC might have a memory storage problem. Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 85 Notebook PC E-Manual 3. My Notebook PC boots slower than usual and my operating system lags. How can I fix this?

Delete the applications you recently installed or were not included with your operating system package then restart your system. 4. My Notebook PC does not boot up. How can I fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected devices to your Notebook PC then restart your system. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why cant my Notebook PC wake up from sleep mode?

You need to press the power button to resume your last working state. Your system might have completely used up its battery power. Connect the power adapter to your Notebook PC and connect to a power outlet then press the power button. 86 Notebook PC E-Manual Appendices 87 Notebook PC E-Manual Internal Modem Compliancy The Notebook PC with internal modem model complies with JATE (Japan), FCC

(US, Canada, Korea, Taiwan), and CTR21. The internal modem has been approved in accordance with Council Decision 98/482/EC for pan-European single terminal connection to the public switched telephone network (PSTN). However due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. Overview On 4th August 1998 the European Council Decision regarding the CTR 21 has been published in the Official Journal of the EC. The CTR 21 applies to all non voice terminal equipment with DTMF-dialling which is intended to be connected to the analogue PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network). CTR 21 (Common Technical Regulation) for the attachment requirements for connection to the analogue public switched telephone networks of terminal equipment (excluding terminal equipment supporting the voice telephony justified case service) in which network addressing, if provided, is by means of dual tone multi-frequency signalling. 88 Notebook PC E-Manual Network Compatibility Declaration Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the Notified Body and the vendor:

This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-

working difficulties. Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the user: This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-working difficulties. The manufacturer shall also associate a statement to make it clear where network compatibility is dependent on physical and software switch settings. It will also advise the user to contact the vendor if it is desired to use the equipment on another network. Up to now the Notified Body of CETECOM issued several pan-European approvals using CTR 21. The results are Europes first modems which do not require regulatory approvals in each individual European country. Non-Voice Equipment Answering machines and loud-speaking telephones can be eligible as well as modems, fax machines, auto-dialers and alarm systems. Equipment in which the end-to-end quality of speech is controlled by regulations (e.g. handset telephones and in some countries also cordless telephones) is excluded. 89 Notebook PC E-Manual This table shows the countries currently under the CTR21 standard. Applied More Testing Still Pending Still Pending Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable No No Yes No No No No No No No No No Yes No No No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes Czech Republic Denmark1 Country Austria1 Belgium Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Iceland Ireland Italy Israel Norway Poland Portugal Spain Sweden 90 Lichtenstein Luxemburg The Netherlands1 Switzerland United Kingdom Notebook PC E-Manual This information was copied from CETECOM and is supplied without liability. For updates to this table, you may visit http://www.cetecom.de/technologies/ctr_21.html. 1 National requirements will apply only if the equipment may use pulse dialling

(manufacturers may state in the user guide that the equipment is only intended to support DTMF signalling, which would make any additional testing superfluous). In The Netherlands additional testing is required for series connection and caller ID facilities. Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement This device complies with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission

(FCC) rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. 91 Notebook PC E-Manual Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. WARNING! The use of a shielded-type power cord is required in order to meet FCC emission limits and to prevent interference to the nearby radio and television reception. It is essential that only the supplied power cord be used. Use only shielded cables to connect I/O devices to this equipment. You are cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void your authority to operate the equipment.

(Reprinted from the Code of Federal Regulations #47, part 15.193, 1993. Washington DC: Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, U.S. Government Printing Office.) This device operates within a 5.15-5.25 GHz frequency range and is restricted for indoor use only. Outdoor operation within 5150-5250 MHz is prohibited. FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. 92 Notebook PC E-Manual RF Exposure Information (SAR) This device meets the governments requirements for exposure to radio waves. This device is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. The exposure standard employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg. Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the EUT transmitting at the specified power level in different channels. Radiation Exposure Statement The product comply with the Canada portable RF exposure limit set forth for an uncontrolled environment and are safe for intended operation as described in this manual. The further RF exposure reduction can be achieved if the product can be kept as far as possible from the user body or set the device to lower output power if such function is available. Dclaration relative lexposition aux radiations Le produit est conforme aux limites dexposition pour les appareils portables RF pour les tats-Unis et le Canada tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Le produit est sr pour une utilisation telle que dcrite dans ce manuel. Le niveau dexposition aux ondes radio peut tre rduit en plaant lappareil aussi loin que possible du corps de lutilisateur ou que le dispositif est rgl sur la puissance de sortie la plus faible si une telle fonction est disponible. 93 Notebook PC E-Manual Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information The radiated output power of the Wireless Device is below the Industry Canada

(IC) radio frequency exposure limits. The Wireless Device should be used in such a manner such that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. This device has been evaluated for and shown compliant with the IC Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) limits when operated in portable exposure conditions. Informations concernant lexposition aux frquences radio (RF) La puissance de sortie mise par cet appareil sans fil est infrieure la limite dexposition aux frquences radio dIndustrie Canada (IC). Utilisez lappareil sans fil de faon minimiser les contacts humains lors dun fonctionnement normal. Cet appareil a t valu et dmontr conforme aux limites de DAS (Dbit dabsorption spcifique) dIC lorsquil est utilis dans des conditions dexposition des appareils portables. 94 Notebook PC E-Manual Caution

(i) the device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems;

(ii) the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz shall comply with the e.i.r.p. limit; and

(iii) the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the band 5725-5825 MHz shall comply with the e.i.r.p. limits specified for point-to-point and non point-to-

point operation as appropriate.

(iv) Users should also be advised that high-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and that these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. Avertissement Le guide dutilisation des dispositifs pour rseaux locaux doit inclure des instructions prcises sur les restrictions susmentionnes, notamment:

(i) Les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz sont rservs uniquement une utilisation en intrieur afin de rduire les risques dinterfrence prjudiciables aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux;

(ii) Le gain maximal dantenne permis pour les dispositifs utilisant les bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5470-5725 MHz doit tre conforme la limite de P.I.R.E; et

(iii) Le gain maximal dantenne permis (pour les dispositifs utilisant la bande 5725-

5825 MHz) doit tre conforme la limite de P.I.R.E spcifie pour lexploitation point point et non point point, selon le cas.

(iv) De plus, les utilisateurs devraient aussi tre aviss que les utilisateurs de radars de haute puissance sont dsigns utilisateurs principaux (c.--d., quils ont la priorit) pour les bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5650-5850 MHz et que ces radars pourraient crer des interfrences et/ou des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL. 95 Notebook PC E-Manual Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) This device complies with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada license exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. CAN ICES-003(B)/NMB-003(B) Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada

(ISED) Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dInnovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) lutilisateur de lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. La bande 5150-5250 MHz est rserve uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. CAN ICES-003(B)/NMB-003(B) 96 Notebook PC E-Manual UL Safety Notices Required for UL 1459 covering telecommunications (telephone) equipment intended to be electrically connected to a telecommunication network that has an operating voltage to ground that does not exceed 200V peak, 300V peak-to-peak, and 105V rms, and installed or used in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70). When using the Notebook PC modem, basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons, including the following:

DO NOT use the Notebook PC near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool. DO NOT use the Notebook PC during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. DO NOT use the Notebook PC in the vicinity of a gas leak. Required for UL 1642 covering primary (non-rechargeable) and secondary

(rechargeable) lithium batteries for use as power sources in products. These batteries contain metallic lithium, or a lithium alloy, or a lithium ion, and may consist of a single electrochemical cell or two or more cells connected in series, parallel, or both, that convert chemical energy into electrical energy by an irreversible or reversible chemical reaction. DO NOT dispose the Notebook PC battery pack in a fire, as they may explode. Check with local codes for possible special disposal instructions to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. DO NOT use power adapters or batteries from other devices to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. Use only UL certified power adapters or batteries supplied by the manufacturer or authorized retailers. 97 Notebook PC E-Manual Power Safety Requirement Products with electrical current ratings up to 6A and weighing more than 3Kg must use approved power cords greater than or equal to: H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75mm2 or H05VV-F, 2G, 0.75mm2. TV Notices Note to CATV System InstallerCable distribution system should be grounded

(earthed) in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code (NEC), in particular Section 820.93, Grounding of Outer Conductive Shield of a Coaxial Cable installation should include bonding the screen of the coaxial cable to the earth at the building entrance. Macrovision Corporation Product Notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S.A. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Prevention of Hearing Loss To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. 98 Notebook PC E-Manual Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) CAUTION! Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturers instructions. (English) ATTENZIONE! Rischio di esplosione della batteria se sostituita in modo errato. Sostituire la batteria con un una di tipo uguale o equivalente consigliata dalla fabbrica. Non disperdere le batterie nellambiente. (Italian) VORSICHT! Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemen Austausch der Batterie. Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einem vom Hersteller empfohlenem hnlichen Typ. Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers. (German) ADVARSELI! Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig hndtering. Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type. Levr det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandren. (Danish) VARNING! Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Anvnd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion. (Swedish) VAROITUS! Paristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan sousittelemaan tyyppiin. Hvit kytetty paristo valmistagan ohjeiden mukaisesti. (Finnish) ATTENTION! Danger dexplosion si la batterie nest pas correctement remplace. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie de type semblable ou quivalent, recommande par le fabricant. Jeter les batteries usages conformment aux instructions du fabricant. (French) ADVARSEL! Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri. Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten. Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner. (Norwegian)

(Japanese)

. (Russian) 99 Notebook PC E-Manual CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) Danish Dutch English Finnish French 100 Notebook PC E-Manual German Greek Italian Portuguese Spanish Swedish 101 Notebook PC E-Manual Declaration of Compliance for Product Environmental Regulation ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products, and makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line with global environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant information based on regulation requirements. Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/Compliance.htm for information disclosure based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with. EU REACH and Article 33 Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm. EU RoHS This product complies with the EU RoHS Directive. For more details, see http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=35. Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations Information on Japan RoHS (JIS-C-0950) chemical disclosures is available on http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=19. India RoHS This product complies with the India E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls

(PBBs) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight in homogenous materials and 0.01% by weight in homogenous materials for cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Schedule II of the Rule. 102 Notebook PC E-Manual Vietnam RoHS ASUS products sold in Vietnam, on or after September 23, 2011, meet the requirements of the Vietnam Circular 30/2011/TT-BCT. Cc sn phm ASUS bn ti Vit Nam, vo ngy 23 thng 9 nm2011 tr v sau, u phi p ng cc yu cu ca Thng t 30/2011/TT-BCT ca Vit Nam. ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest standards for protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for you to be able to responsibly recycle our products, batteries, other components as well as the packaging materials. Please go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling information in different regions. Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America For US and Canada customers, you can call 1-800-822-8837

(toll-free) for recycling information of your ASUS products rechargeable batteries. Ecodesign Directive European Union announced a framework for the setting of ecodesign requirements for energy-related products (2009/125/EC). Specific Implementing Measures are aimed at improving environmental performance of specific products or across multiple product types. ASUS provides product information on the CSR website. Further information could be found at https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=1555. 103 Notebook PC E-Manual ENERGY STAR Qualified Product ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy helping us all save money and protect the environment through energy efficient products and practices. All ASUS products with the ENERGY STAR logo comply with the ENERGY STAR standard, and the power management feature is enabled by default. The monitor is automatically set to sleep within 10 minutes of user inactivity; the computer is automatically set to sleep within 30 minutes of user inactivity. To wake your computer, click the mouse, press any key on the keyboard, or press the power button. Please visit http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement for detail information on power management and its benefits to the environment. In addition, please visit http://www.energystar.gov for detail information on the ENERGY STAR joint program. NOTE: Energy Star is NOT supported on FreeDOS and Linux-based operating systems. EPEAT Registered Products The public disclosure of key environmental information for ASUS EPEAT (Electronic Product Environmental Assessment Tool) registered products is available at https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=41. More information about EPEAT program and purchase guidance can be found at www.epeat.net. Coating Notice IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located. 104 Notebook PC E-Manual Regional notice for Singapore Complies with IMDA Standards DB103778 This ASUS product complies with IMDA Standards. Notices for removable batteries Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. The battery and its component must be recycled or disposed of properly. Avis concernant les batteries remplaables La batterie de lappareil peut prsenter un risque dincendie ou de brlure si celle-ci est retire ou dsassemble. La batterie et ses composants doivent tre recycls de faon approprie. 105 Notebook PC E-Manual Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. Full text of EU declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/. The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for countries listed in the table below:

AT DE LV NO FI BE IS LI PL SE BG IE LT PT CH DK EL HU SI CZ IT LU RO HR UK(NI) EE ES MT SK FR CY NL TR Simplified UKCA Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of The Radio Equipment Regulations 2017 (S.I. 2017/1206). Full text of UKCA declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/. The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for the country listed below:

106 Notebook PC E-Manual RF Exposure information (SAR) This device meets the EU requirements (2014/53/EU) on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields by way of health protection. The limits are part of extensive recommendations for the protection of the general public. These recommendations have been developed and checked by independent scientific organizations through regular and thorough evaluations of scientific studies. The unit of measurement for the European Councils recommended limit for mobile devices is the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR), and the SAR limit is 2.0 W/Kg averaged over 10 gram of body tissue. It meets the requirements of the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP). For next-to-body operation, this device has been tested and meets the ICNIRP exposure guidelines and the European Standard EN 50566 and EN 62209-2. SAR is measured with the device directly contacted to the body while transmitting at the highest certified output power level in all frequency bands of the mobile device. A minimum separation distance of 1 cm must be maintained between the users body and the device, including the antenna during body-worn operation to comply with the RF exposure requirements in Europe. 107 Notebook PC E-Manual 108 Notebook PC E-Manual

 

 

E18334 First Edition / July 2021 User Guide MyASUS FAQ Front View NOTE: The keyboard's layout may vary per region or country. The top view may also vary in appearance depending on the Notebook PC model. Array microphones Webcam shield Camera Camera indicator 360-adjustable touch screen panel World Facing Camera

(on selected models) Microphone indicator Power button/

Fingerprint sensor Keyboard Touchpad/NumberPad Function key lock indicator Capital lock indicator 2 Notebook PC User Guide Using the NumberPad Press and hold for a second to toggle between number keys or touchpad. Tap to adjust brightness for the NumberPad. Press and hold then slide anywhere on the NumberPad to launch Windows Calculator. IMPORTANT! Please note that all versions of NumberPad are only supported on the latest Microsoft Windows operating system. NOTE: To use the % and = function, set the input language to English. 3 Notebook PC User Guide I/O ports and slots Volume button Stylus storage*

Headphone/Headset/Microphone jack Kensington security slot Memory card tray*

USB 2.0 port LAN port

* On selected models Thunderbolt 4 port with Power Delivery USB 3.2 Gen 1 port with USB Charger+

HDMI output port 4 Notebook PC User Guide Getting started IMPORTANT!

Do not use this Notebook PC for cryptocurrency mining (consuming a vast amount of electricity and time to gain convertible virtual currency) and/or related activities. 1. Charge your Notebook PC A. Connect the AC power cord to the AC/DC adapter. B. Connect the DC power connector into your Notebook PCs power (DC) input port. C. Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source. IMPORTANT! Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. NOTE: The power adapter may vary in appearance, depending on models and your region. 2. Lift to open the display panel 3. Press the power button Charge the Notebook PC for 3 hours before using it in battery mode for the first time. 5 Notebook PC User Guide Safety notices for your Notebook PC WARNING!

Your Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use or while charging the battery pack. Do not leave your Notebook PC on your lap or near any part of your body to prevent injury from heat. When working on your Notebook PC, do not place it on surfaces that can block the vents. CAUTION!

This Notebook PC should only be used in environments with ambient temperatures between 5C (41F) and 35C (95F). adapter complies with this rating. Refer to the rating label on the bottom of your Notebook PC and ensure that your power The power adapter may become warm to hot while in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep it away from your body while it is connected to a power source. IMPORTANT!

Ensure that your Notebook PC is connected to the power adapter before turning it on for the first time. Always plug the power cord into a wall socket without using any extension cords. For your safety, connect this device to a properly grounded electrical outlet only. When using your Notebook PC on power adapter mode, the socket outlet must be near to the unit and easily accessible. Locate the input/output rating label on your Notebook PC and ensure that it matches the input/output rating information on your power adapter. Some Notebook PC models may have multiple rating output currents based on the available SKU. Power adapter information:

- Input voltage: 100-240Vac

- Input frequency: 50-60Hz

- Rating output current: 3.25A (65W)

- Rating output voltage: 20V WARNING!

Read the following precautions for your Notebook PCs battery:

Only ASUS-authorized technicians should remove the battery inside the device

(for non-removable battery only). The battery used in this device may present a risk of fire or chemical burn if removed or disassembled. Follow the warning labels for your personal safety. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Do not dispose of in fire. Never attempt to short-circuit your Notebook PCs battery. Never attempt to disassemble and reassemble the battery

(for non-removable battery only). Discontinue usage if leakage is found. This battery and its components must be recycled or disposed of properly. Keep the battery and other small components away from children. 6 Notebook PC User Guide Avis concernant les batteries remplaables La batterie de lappareil peut prsenter un risque dincendie ou de brlure si celle-ci est retire ou dsassemble. La batterie et ses composants doivent tre recycls de faon approprie. Copyright Information You acknowledge that all rights of this Manual remain with ASUS. Any and all rights, including without limitation, in the Manual or website, are and shall remain the exclusive property of ASUS and/or its licensors. Nothing in this Manual intends to transfer any such rights, or to vest any such rights to you. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. Copyright 2021 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. Limitation of Liability Circumstances may arise where because of a default on ASUS part or other liability, you are entitled to recover damages from ASUS. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to claim damages from ASUS, ASUS is liable for no more than damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property; or any other actual and direct damages resulted from omission or failure of performing legal duties under this Warranty Statement, up to the listed contract price of each product. ASUS will only be responsible for or indemnify you for loss, damages or claims based in contract, tort or infringement under this Warranty Statement. This limit also applies to ASUS suppliers and its reseller. It is the maximum for which ASUS, its suppliers, and your reseller are collectively responsible. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ASUS LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA; OR (3) SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF ASUS, ITS SUPPLIERS OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR POSSIBILITY. Service and Support For complete E-Manual version, refer to our multi-language website at:

https://www.asus.com/support/

MyASUS offers a variety of support features including troubleshooting, products performance optimization, ASUS software integration, and helps you to organize personal desktop and increase storage space. For more details, please visit https://www.asus.com/support/FAQ/1038301/. 7 Notebook PC User Guide FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. UL Safety Notices DO NOT use the Notebook PC near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool. DO NOT use the Notebook PC during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. DO NOT use the Notebook PC in the vicinity of a gas leak. DO NOT dispose the Notebook PC battery pack in a fire, as they may explode. Check with local codes for possible special disposal instructions to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. DO NOT use power adapters or batteries from other devices to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. Use only UL certified power adapters or batteries supplied by the manufacturer or authorized retailers. Coating Notice IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located. Power Safety Requirement Products with electrical current ratings up to 6A and weighing more than 3Kg must use approved power cords greater than or equal to: H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75mm2 or H05VV-F, 2G, 0.75mm2. 8 Notebook PC User Guide Declaration of Compliance for Product Environmental Regulation ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products, and makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line with global environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant information based on regulation requirements. Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/Compliance.htm for information disclosure based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with. EU REACH and Article 33 Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm. EU RoHS This product complies with the EU RoHS Directive. For more details, see http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=35. Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations Information on Japan RoHS (JIS-C-0950) chemical disclosures is available on http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=19. 9 Notebook PC User Guide India RoHS This product complies with the India E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls (PBBs) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight in homogenous materials and 0.01% by weight in homogenous materials for cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Schedule II of the Rule. Vietnam RoHS ASUS products sold in Vietnam, on or after September 23, 2011, meet the requirements of the Vietnam Circular 30/2011/TT-BCT. Cc sn phm ASUS bn ti Vit Nam, vo ngy 23 thng 9 nm2011 tr v sau, u phi p ng cc yu cu ca Thng t 30/2011/TT-BCT ca Vit Nam. ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest standards for protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for you to be able to responsibly recycle our products, batteries, other components as well as the packaging materials. Please go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling information in different regions. 10 Notebook PC User Guide Ecodesign Directive European Union announced a framework for the setting of ecodesign requirements for energy-

related products (2009/125/EC). Specific Implementing Measures are aimed at improving environmental performance of specific products or across multiple product types. ASUS provides product information on the CSR website. Further information could be found at https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=1555. EPEAT Registered Products The public disclosure of key environmental information for ASUS EPEAT (Electronic Product Environmental Assessment Tool) registered products is available at https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=41. More information about EPEAT program and purchase guidance can be found at www.epeat.net. Regional notice for Singapore Complies with IMDA Standards DB103778 This ASUS product complies with IMDA Standards. Prevention of Hearing Loss To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. 11 Notebook PC User Guide Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. Full text of EU declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/. The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for countries listed in the table below:

AT DE LV NO FI BE IS LI PL SE BG IE LT PT CH CZ IT LU RO HR DK EL HU SI UK(NI) EE ES MT SK FR CY NL TR Simplified UKCA Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of The Radio Equipment Regulations 2017 (S.I. 2017/1206). Full text of UKCA declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/. The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for the country listed below:

12 Notebook PC User Guide Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. FCC COMPLIANCE INFORMATION Per FCC Part 2 Section 2.1077 Responsible Party: Asus Computer International Address:

48720 Kato Rd., Fremont, CA 94538 Phone/Fax No:

(510)739-3777/(510)608-4555 hereby declares that the product Product Name : Notebook PC/ExpertBook Model Number : B3402FE compliance statement:

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Ver. 180620 13 Notebook PC User Guide CE RED RF Output table (Directive 2014/53/EU) Intel AX201 Function WiFi Bluetooth Intel 9560 Function WiFi Bluetooth Frequency 2412 - 2472 MHz 5150 - 5350 MHz 5470 - 5725 MHz 5725 - 5850 MHz 2402 - 2480 MHz Frequency 2412 - 2472 MHz 5150 - 5350 MHz 5470 - 5725 MHz 5725 - 5850 MHz 2402 - 2480 MHz Maximum Output Power (EIRP) 20 dBm Maximum Output Power (EIRP) 20 dBm 21 dBm 21 dBm 11 dBm 13 dBm 21 dBm 21 dBm 11 dBm 14 dBm For the standard EN 300 440, if this device operates in 5725-5875 MHz, it will be considered as a receiver category 2. Function Description Frequency WCDMA WCDMA I 1922.6 - 1977.4 MHz WCDMA VIII 882.6 - 912.4 MHz Maximum Output Power

(EIRP) 23.24 dBm LTE1 LTE3 LTE7 LTE8 LTE20 LTE28 LTE38 LTE40 1922.5 - 1977.5 MHz 1710.7 - 1784.3 MHz 2502.5 - 2567.5 MHz 880.7 - 914.3 MHz 834.5 - 859.5 MHz 703 - 748 MHz 2570 - 2620 MHz 2300 - 2400 MHz 23.14 dBm 23.18 dBm 23.11 dBm 22.77 dBm 22.83 dBm 22.83 dBm 22.71 dBm 22.92 dBm 23.12 dBm LTE 14 Notebook PC User Guide UKCA RF Output table

(The Radio Equipment Regulations 2017) Intel AX201 Function WiFi Bluetooth Intel 9560 Function WiFi Bluetooth Frequency 2412 - 2472 MHz 5150 - 5350 MHz 5470 - 5725 MHz 5725 - 5850 MHz 2402 - 2480 MHz Frequency 2412 - 2472 MHz 5150 - 5350 MHz 5470 - 5725 MHz 5725 - 5850 MHz 2402 - 2480 MHz Maximum Output Power (EIRP) 20 dBm Maximum Output Power (EIRP) 20 dBm 21 dBm 21 dBm 11 dBm 13 dBm 21 dBm 21 dBm 11 dBm 14 dBm For the standard EN 300 440, if this device operates in 5725-5875 MHz, it will be considered as a receiver category 2. Function Description Frequency WCDMA WCDMA I 1922.6 - 1977.4 MHz WCDMA VIII 882.6 - 912.4 MHz Maximum Output Power

(EIRP) 23.24 dBm LTE LTE1 LTE3 LTE7 LTE8 LTE20 LTE28 LTE38 LTE40 1922.5 - 1977.5 MHz 1710.7 - 1784.3 MHz 2502.5 - 2567.5 MHz 880.7 - 914.3 MHz 834.5 - 859.5 MHz 703 - 748 MHz 2570 - 2620 MHz 2300 - 2400 MHz 23.14 dBm 23.18 dBm 23.11 dBm 22.77 dBm 22.83 dBm 22.83 dBm 22.71 dBm 22.92 dBm 23.12 dBm 15 Notebook PC User Guide 16 Notebook PC User Guide

 

 

E17306

First Edition / January 2021

User Guide

MyASUS FAQ

Top View

NOTE: The keyboard's layout may vary per region or country. The top view may also

vary in appearance depending on the Notebook PC model.

Array microphones

Camera

Camera indicator

Display panel

Keyboard

Touchpad

Function key lock indicator

Capital lock indicator

2

Notebook PC User GuideI/O ports and slots

Memory card tray*

Headphone/Headset jack

Power (DC) input port

USB 2.0 port

LAN port

Kensington® security slot

* On selected models

USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-C®/

Power Delivery combo port

USB 3.2 Gen 1 port

HDMI output port

IMPORTANT!

To prevent any damage, use only power sources rated 15V/3A to charge your Notebook PC with

the USB Power Delivery combo port. For more information, consult an ASUS service center for

assistance.

3

Notebook PC User GuideGetting started

1. Charge your Notebook PC

A. Connect the AC power cord to the AC/DC adapter.

B. Connect the DC power connector into your Notebook PC’s power (DC) input port.

C. Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source.

IMPORTANT! Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the battery pack and

supply power to your Notebook PC.

NOTE: The power adapter may vary in appearance, depending on models and your

region.

AC/DC power adapter

USB Type-C® power adapter

2. Lift to open the display panel

3. Press the power button

Charge the Notebook PC

for 3 hours before using

it in battery mode for the

first time.

4

Notebook PC User GuideSafety notices for your Notebook PC

WARNING!

Your Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use or while charging the battery pack. Do not

leave your Notebook PC on your lap or near any part of your body to prevent injury from heat.

When working on your Notebook PC, do not place it on surfaces that can block the vents.

CAUTION!

• This Notebook PC should only be used in environments with ambient temperatures between

5°C (41°F) and 35°C (95°F).

adapter complies with this rating.

• Refer to the rating label on the bottom of your Notebook PC and ensure that your power

• The power adapter may become warm to hot while in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep

it away from your body while it is connected to a power source.

IMPORTANT!

• Ensure that your Notebook PC is connected to the power adapter before turning it on for the

first time. Always plug the power cord into a wall socket without using any extension cords.

For your safety, connect this device to a properly grounded electrical outlet only.

• When using your Notebook PC on power adapter mode, the socket outlet must be near to the

unit and easily accessible.

• Locate the input/output rating label on your Notebook PC and ensure that it matches the

input/output rating information on your power adapter. Some Notebook PC models may

have multiple rating output currents based on the available SKU.

• Power adapter information:

- Input voltage: 100-240Vac

- Input frequency: 50-60Hz

- Rating output current: 2.37A (45W) / 3A (45W)

- Rating output voltage: 19V / 15V

WARNING!

Read the following precautions for your Notebook PC’s battery:

• Only ASUS-authorized technicians should

remove the battery inside the device

(for non-removable battery only).

• The battery used in this device may present

a risk of fire or chemical burn if removed or

disassembled.

• Follow the warning labels for your personal

safety.

• Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an

incorrect type.

• Do not dispose of in fire.

• Never attempt to short-circuit your

Notebook PC’s battery.

• Never attempt to disassemble and

reassemble the battery

(for non-removable battery only).

• Discontinue usage if leakage is found.

• This battery and its components must be

recycled or disposed of properly.

• Keep the battery and other small

components away from children.

5

Notebook PC User GuideAvis concernant les batteries remplaçables

• La batterie de l’appareil peut présenter un risque d’incendie ou de brûlure si celle-ci est

retirée ou désassemblée.

• La batterie et ses composants doivent être recyclés de façon appropriée.

Copyright Information

You acknowledge that all rights of this Manual remain with ASUS. Any and all rights, including without

limitation, in the Manual or website, are and shall remain the exclusive property of ASUS and/or its

licensors. Nothing in this Manual intends to transfer any such rights, or to vest any such rights to you.

ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. SPECIFICATIONS AND

INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND

ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A

COMMITMENT BY ASUS.

Copyright © 2021 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved.

Limitation of Liability

Circumstances may arise where because of a default on ASUS’ part or other liability, you are entitled to

recover damages from ASUS. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to

claim damages from ASUS, ASUS is liable for no more than damages for bodily injury (including death)

and damage to real property and tangible personal property; or any other actual and direct damages

resulted from omission or failure of performing legal duties under this Warranty Statement, up to the

listed contract price of each product.

ASUS will only be responsible for or indemnify you for loss, damages or claims based in contract, tort or

infringement under this Warranty Statement.

This limit also applies to ASUS’ suppliers and its reseller. It is the maximum for which ASUS, its suppliers,

and your reseller are collectively responsible.

UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ASUS LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS

AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA; OR (3) SPECIAL,

INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING

LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF ASUS, ITS SUPPLIERS OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR

POSSIBILITY.

Service and Support

For complete E-Manual version, refer to our multi-language website at:

https://www.asus.com/support/

MyASUS offers a variety of support features including troubleshooting, products performance

optimization, ASUS software integration, and helps you to organize personal desktop and increase

storage space. For more details, please visit https://www.asus.com/support/FAQ/1038301/.

6

Notebook PC User GuideFCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution

Statement

WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate this equipment.

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled

environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please

avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the

specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance.

UL Safety Notices

• DO NOT use the Notebook PC near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen

sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool.

• DO NOT use the Notebook PC during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of

electric shock from lightning.

• DO NOT use the Notebook PC in the vicinity of a gas leak.

• DO NOT dispose the Notebook PC battery pack in a fire, as they may explode. Check with local

codes for possible special disposal instructions to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to

fire or explosion.

• DO NOT use power adapters or batteries from other devices to reduce the risk of injury to

persons due to fire or explosion. Use only UL certified power adapters or batteries supplied

by the manufacturer or authorized retailers.

Coating Notice

IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating

is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located.

Prevention of Hearing Loss

To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long

periods.

Power Safety Requirement

Products with electrical current ratings up to 6A and weighing more than 3Kg must use

approved power cords greater than or equal to: H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75mm2 or H05VV-F, 2G, 0.75mm2.

7

Notebook PC User GuideCompliance Statement of Innovation, Science and

Economic Development Canada (ISED)

This device complies with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada license exempt

RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not

cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that

may cause undesired operation of the device.

Operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful

interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems.

CAN ICES-003(B)/NMB-003(B)

Déclaration de conformité de Innovation, Sciences et

Développement économique Canada (ISED)

Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Innovation, Sciences et Développement économique

Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux

deux conditions suivantes: (1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur

de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est

susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.

La bande 5150-5250 MHz est réservée uniquement pour une utilisation à l’intérieur afin de

réduire les risques de brouillage préjudiciable aux systèmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les

mêmes canaux.

CAN ICES-003(B)/NMB-003(B)

8

Notebook PC User GuideCaution

(i) the device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the

potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems;

(ii) for devices with detachable antenna(s), the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in

the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz shall be such that the equipment still complies

with the e.i.r.p. limit;

(iii) for devices with detachable antenna(s), the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in

the band 5725-5850 MHz shall be such that the equipment still complies with the e.i.r.p. limits

specified for point-to-point and non point-to-point operation as appropriate; and

(iv) the high-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-

5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and that these radars could cause interference and/or damage

to LE-LAN devices.

DFS (Dynamic Frequency Selection) products that operate in the bands 5250-5350 MHz, 5470-

5600 MHz, and 5650-5725 MHz.

Avertissement

(i) Les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz sont réservés uniquement à une

utilisation en intérieur afin de réduire les risques d’interférence préjudiciables aux systèmes de

satellites mobiles utilisant les mêmes canaux;

(ii) pour les dispositifs avec antenne(s) détachable(s), le gain d’antenne maximal autorisé pour

les dispositifs des bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5470-5725 MHz doit être tel que l’équipement

respecte encore les normes e.i.r.p. limite;

(iii) pour les dispositifs avec antenne(s) détachable(s), le gain maximal d’antenne permis (pour

les dispositifs utilisant la bande 5725-5825 MHz) doit être conforme à la limite de P.I.R.E spécifiée

pour l’exploitation point à point et non point à point, selon le cas; et

(iv) de plus, les utilisateurs devraient aussi être avisés que les utilisateurs de radars de haute

puissance sont désignés utilisateurs principaux (c.-à-d., qu’ils ont la priorité) pour les bandes

5250-5350 MHz et 5650-5850 MHz et que ces radars pourraient créer des interférences et/ou

des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL.

Les produits utilisant la technique d’atténuation DFS (Sélection Dynamique des Fréquences) sur

les bandes 5250-5350 MHz, 5470-5600 MHz, et 5650-5725 MHz.

9

Notebook PC User GuideDeclaration of Compliance for Product Environmental

Regulation

ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products, and

makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line with global

environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant information based on

regulation requirements. Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/Compliance.htm for information

disclosure based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with.

EU REACH and Article 33

Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of

Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS

REACH website at http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm.

EU RoHS

This product complies with the EU RoHS Directive. For more details, see

http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=35.

Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations

Information on Japan RoHS (JIS-C-0950) chemical disclosures is available on

http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=19.

India RoHS

This product complies with the “India E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016” and prohibits use of

lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls (PBBs) and polybrominated

diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight in homogenous materials

and 0.01% by weight in homogenous materials for cadmium, except for the exemptions listed

in Schedule II of the Rule.

10

Notebook PC User GuideVietnam RoHS

ASUS products sold in Vietnam, on or after September 23, 2011, meet the requirements of the

Vietnam Circular 30/2011/TT-BCT.

Các sản phẩm ASUS bán tại Việt Nam, vào ngày 23 tháng 9 năm2011 trở về sau, đều phải đáp

ứng các yêu cầu của Thông tư 30/2011/TT-BCT của Việt Nam.

ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services

ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest standards for

protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for you to be able to responsibly

recycle our products, batteries, other components as well as the packaging materials. Please

go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling information in different

regions.

Ecodesign Directive

European Union announced a framework for the setting of ecodesign requirements for energy-

related products (2009/125/EC). Specific Implementing Measures are aimed at improving

environmental performance of specific products or across multiple product types. ASUS

provides product information on the CSR website. Further information could be found at

https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=1555.

EPEAT Registered Products

The public disclosure of key environmental information for ASUS EPEAT (Electronic Product

Environmental Assessment Tool) registered products is available at

https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=41. More information about EPEAT program and

purchase guidance can be found at www.epeat.net.

Regional notice for Singapore

Complies with

IMDA Standards

DB103778

This ASUS product complies with IMDA Standards.

11

Notebook PC User GuideENERGY STAR Qualified Product

ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

and the U.S. Department of Energy helping us all save money and protect the

environment through energy efficient products and practices.

All ASUS products with the ENERGY STAR logo comply with the ENERGY

STAR standard, and the power management feature is enabled by default.

The monitor is automatically set to sleep within 10 minutes of user inactivity; the computer is

automatically set to sleep within 30 minutes of user inactivity. To wake your computer, click the

mouse, press any key on the keyboard, or press the power button.

Please visit http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement for detail information on power

management and its benefits to the environment. In addition, please visit

http://www.energystar.gov for detail information on the ENERGY STAR joint program.

NOTE: Energy Star is NOT supported on FreeDOS and Linux-based operating systems.

Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity

ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential

requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. Full text of EU declaration

of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/.

The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for countries

listed in the table below:

AT

DE

LV

NO

FI

BE

IS

LI

PL

SE

BG

IE

LT

PT

CH

CZ

IT

LU

RO

UK

DK

EL

HU

SI

HR

EE

ES

MT

SK

FR

CY

NL

TR

12

Notebook PC User GuideFederal Communications Commission Interference

Statement

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital

device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable

protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates,

uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with

the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is

no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does

cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning

the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or

more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

•

Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is

connected.

• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

FCC COMPLIANCE INFORMATION

Per FCC Part 2 Section 2.1077

Responsible Party: Asus Computer International

Address:

48720 Kato Rd., Fremont, CA 94538

Phone/Fax No:

(510)739-3777/(510)608-4555

hereby declares that the product

Product Name : Notebook PC

Model Number : BR1100FK, BR1100CK, B1100FK, B1100CK

compliance statement:

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the

following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference,

and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference

that may cause undesired operation.

Ver. 180620

13

Notebook PC User GuideRED RF Output table

Intel AX201NGW

Function

Frequency

2412 - 2472 MHz

5150 - 5350 MHz

5470 - 5725 MHz

5725 - 5850 MHz

2402 - 2480 MHz

Frequency

2412 - 2472 MHz

5150 - 5350 MHz

5470 - 5725 MHz

5725 - 5850 MHz

2402 - 2480 MHz

Intel 9560NGW

Function

WiFi

Bluetooth

WiFi

Bluetooth

Maximum Output Power (EIRP)

13 dBm

Maximum Output Power (EIRP)

14 dBm

20 dBm

19 dBm

11 dBm

4 dBm

20 dBm

19 dBm

10 dBm

4 dBm

For the standard EN 300 440, if this device operates in 5725-5875 MHz, it will be considered as a

receiver category 2.

Radio Type Description

Frequency

WCDMA

WCDMA I

1922.6 - 1977.4 MHz

WCDMA III

882.6 - 912.4 MHz

Maximum Output Power

(Conducted)

23.24 dBm

LTE1

LTE3

LTE7

LTE8

LTE20

LTE28

LTE38

LTE40

1922.5 - 1977.5 MHz

1710.7 - 1784.3 MHz

2502.5 - 2567.5 MHz

880.7 - 914.3 MHz

834.5 - 859.5 MHz

703 - 748 MHz

2570 - 2620 MHz

2300 - 2400 MHz

23.14 dBm

23.18 dBm

23.11 dBm

22.77 dBm

22.83 dBm

22.83 dBm

22.71 dBm

22.92 dBm

23.12 dBm

LTE

14

Notebook PC User GuideTCO Certified

A third-party certification according to ISO 14024

Toward sustainable IT products

Say hello

to a more sustainable product

IT products are associated with a wide range of sustainability risks

throughout their life cycle. Human rights violations are common in the

factories. Harmful substances are used both in products and their

manufacture. Products can often have a short lifespan because of poor

ergonomics, low quality and when they are not able to be repaired or

upgraded.

This product is a better choice. It meets all the criteria in TCO Certified,

the world’s most comprehensive sustainability certification for IT

products. Thank you for making a responsible product choice, that help

drive progress towards a more sustainable future!

Criteria in TCO Certified have a life-cycle perspective and balance

environmental and social responsibility. Conformity is verified by

independent and approved verifiers that specialize in IT products, social

responsibility or other sustainability issues. Verification is done both

before and after the certificate is issued, covering the entire validity

period. The process also includes ensuring that corrective actions are

implemented in all cases of factory non-conformities. And last but not

least, to make sure that the certification and independent verification is

accurate, both TCO Certified and the verifiers are reviewed regularly.

Want to know more?

Read information about TCO Certified, full criteria documents, news and

updates at tcocertified.com. On the website you’ll also find our Product

Finder, which presents a complete, searchable listing of certified

products.

15

Notebook PC User Guide16

Notebook PC User Guide

 

 

E17308

First Edition / January 2021

E-Manual

COPYRIGHT INFORMATION

No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced,

transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by

any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express

written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (“ASUS”).

ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,

INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR

FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES

OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

(INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION

OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES

ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT.

Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or

copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the

owners’ benefit, without intent to infringe.

SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL

USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE

CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY

ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND

SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT.

Copyright © 2021 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

Circumstances may arise where because of a default on ASUS’ part or other liability, you are entitled to

recover damages from ASUS. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to

claim damages from ASUS, ASUS is liable for no more than damages for bodily injury (including death)

and damage to real property and tangible personal property; or any other actual and direct damages

resulted from omission or failure of performing legal duties under this Warranty Statement, up to the

listed contract price of each product.

ASUS will only be responsible for or indemnify you for loss, damages or claims based in contract, tort or

infringement under this Warranty Statement.

This limit also applies to ASUS’ suppliers and its reseller. It is the maximum for which ASUS, its suppliers,

and your reseller are collectively responsible.

UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ASUS LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS

AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA; OR (3) SPECIAL,

INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING

LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF ASUS, ITS SUPPLIERS OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR

POSSIBILITY.

SERVICE AND SUPPORT

Visit our multi-language website at https://www.asus.com/support/.

MyASUS offers a variety of support features including troubleshooting, products performance

optimization, ASUS software integration, and helps you to organize personal desktop and increase

storage space. For more details, please visit https://www.asus.com/support/FAQ/1038301/.

2

Notebook PC E-ManualTable of Contents

About this manual .....................................................................................................7

Conventions used in this manual ............................................................................. 8

Icons .................................................................................................................................... 8

Typography ....................................................................................................................... 8

Safety precautions .....................................................................................................9

Using your Notebook PC .............................................................................................. 9

Caring for your Notebook PC ..................................................................................... 10

Proper disposal ................................................................................................................ 11

Battery safety information........................................................................................... 12

Chapter 1: Hardware Setup

Getting to know your Notebook PC ...................................................................16

Front View .......................................................................................................................... 16

Top View ............................................................................................................................. 19

Bottom View ..................................................................................................................... 20

Right View.......................................................................................................................... 22

Left View............................................................................................................................. 24

ASUS Pen (on selected models) ............................................................................28

Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC

Getting started ...........................................................................................................30

Charge your Notebook PC ........................................................................................... 30

Lift to open the display panel .................................................................................... 33

Press the power button ................................................................................................ 33

Gestures for the touch screen panel and touchpad .....................................34

Using touch screen panel gestures .......................................................................... 34

Using the touchpad ....................................................................................................... 37

Using the keyboard ...................................................................................................44

HotKeys .............................................................................................................................. 44

Function keys ................................................................................................................... 45

Windows® 10 keys .......................................................................................................... 45

Rotating the display panel .....................................................................................46

3

Notebook PC E-ManualChapter 3: Working with Windows® 10

Starting for the first time .........................................................................................50

Start menu ...................................................................................................................51

Windows® apps ..........................................................................................................53

Working with Windows® apps.................................................................................... 54

Customizing Windows® apps ..................................................................................... 54

Task view .......................................................................................................................57

Snap feature ................................................................................................................58

Snap hotspots .................................................................................................................. 58

Action Center ..............................................................................................................60

MyASUS Splendid ......................................................................................................61

Other keyboard shortcuts ......................................................................................63

Connecting to wireless networks ........................................................................65

Wi-Fi ..................................................................................................................................... 65

Bluetooth ........................................................................................................................... 66

Airplane mode ................................................................................................................. 67

Connecting to wired networks .............................................................................68

Turning your Notebook PC off ..............................................................................70

Putting your Notebook PC to sleep ....................................................................71

Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST)

The Power-On Self-Test (POST) .............................................................................74

Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot...................................................... 74

BIOS ................................................................................................................................74

Accessing BIOS ................................................................................................................ 75

Recovering your system ..........................................................................................76

Performing a recovery option .................................................................................... 77

4

Notebook PC E-ManualTips and FAQs

Useful tips for your Notebook PC ........................................................................80

Hardware FAQs ...........................................................................................................82

Software FAQs .............................................................................................................85

Appendices

Internal Modem Compliancy ..................................................................................... 88

Overview ............................................................................................................................ 88

Network Compatibility Declaration ......................................................................... 89

Non-Voice Equipment ................................................................................................... 89

Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement ................... 91

FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement ................................. 92

RF Exposure Information (SAR) .................................................................................. 93

Radiation Exposure Statement .................................................................................. 93

Déclaration relative à l’exposition aux radiations ............................................... 93

Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information ........................................................ 94

Informations concernant l’exposition aux fréquences radio (RF) ................. 94

Caution ............................................................................................................................... 95

Avertissement .................................................................................................................. 95

Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and

Economic Development Canada (ISED) ................................................................. 96

Déclaration de conformité de Innovation, Sciences et

Développement économique Canada (ISED) ...................................................... 96

UL Safety Notices ............................................................................................................ 97

Power Safety Requirement .......................................................................................... 98

TV Notices ......................................................................................................................... 98

5

Notebook PC E-ManualMacrovision Corporation Product Notice .............................................................. 98

Prevention of Hearing Loss ......................................................................................... 98

Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) ........................................... 99

CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) .............................. 100

Declaration of Compliance for Product Environmental Regulation............. 102

EU REACH and Article 33 .............................................................................................. 102

EU RoHS.............................................................................................................................. 102

Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations ................................................................. 102

India RoHS ......................................................................................................................... 102

Vietnam RoHS .................................................................................................................. 103

ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services .......................................................................... 103

Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America............................. 103

Ecodesign Directive ....................................................................................................... 103

ENERGY STAR Qualified Product ............................................................................... 104

EPEAT Registered Products ......................................................................................... 104

Coating Notice ................................................................................................................. 104

Regional notice for Singapore ................................................................................... 105

Notices for removable batteries ................................................................................ 105

Avis concernant les batteries remplaçables.......................................................... 105

Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ............................................................... 106

RF Exposure information (SAR) .................................................................................. 107

6

Notebook PC E-ManualAbout this manual

This manual provides information about the hardware and software

features of your Notebook PC, organized through the following

chapters:

Chapter 1: Hardware Setup

This chapter details the hardware components of your Notebook

PC.

Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC

This chapter shows you how to use the different parts of your

Notebook PC.

Chapter 3: Working with Windows® 10

This chapter provides an overview of using Windows® 10 in your

Notebook PC.

Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST)

This chapter shows you how to use POST to change the settings

of your Notebook PC.

Tips and FAQs

Appendices

This section presents some recommended tips, hardware FAQs,

and software FAQs you can refer to for maintaining and fixing

common issues with your Notebook PC.

This section includes notices and safety statements for your

Notebook PC.

7

Notebook PC E-ManualConventions used in this manual

To highlight key information in this manual, some text are presented as

follows:

IMPORTANT! This message contains vital information that must be

followed to complete a task.

NOTE: This message contains additional information and tips that can

help complete tasks.

WARNING! This message contains important information that must be

followed to keep you safe while performing tasks and prevent damage to

your Notebook PC's data and components.

Icons

The icons below indicate the devices you can use for completing a

series of tasks or procedures on your Notebook PC.

= Use the touch screen panel.

= Use the touchpad.

= Use the keyboard.

Bold

= This indicates a menu or an item that must be selected.

Italic

= This indicates sections that you can refer to in this manual.

Typography

8

Notebook PC E-ManualSafety precautions

Using your Notebook PC

This Notebook PC should only be used in

environments with ambient temperatures between

5°C (41°F) and 35°C (95°F).

Refer to the rating label on the bottom of your

Notebook PC and ensure that your power adapter

complies with this rating.

Your Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use

or while charging the battery pack. Do not leave

your Notebook PC on your lap or near any part

of your body to prevent injury from heat. When

working on your Notebook PC, do not place it on

surfaces that can block the vents.

Do not use damaged power cords, accessories, and

other peripherals with your Notebook PC.

While powered on, ensure that you do not carry or

cover your Notebook PC with any materials that can

reduce air circulation.

Do not place your Notebook PC on uneven or

unstable work surfaces.

You can send your Notebook PC through x-ray

machines (used on items placed on conveyor belts),

but do not expose them to magnetic detectors and

wands.

Contact your airline provider to learn about related

in-flight services that can be used and restrictions

that must be followed when using your Notebook

PC in-flight.

9

Notebook PC E-ManualCaring for your Notebook PC

Disconnect the AC power and remove the battery

pack (if applicable) before cleaning your Notebook

PC. Use a clean cellulose sponge or chamois cloth

dampened with a solution of nonabrasive detergent

and a few drops of warm water. Remove any extra

moisture from your Notebook PC using a dry cloth.

Keep any liquids from entering the chassis or

keyboard gap to prevent short circuit or corrosion.

Do not use strong solvents such as thinners,

benzene, or other chemicals on or near your

Notebook PC.

Do not place objects on top of your Notebook PC.

Do not expose your Notebook PC to strong

magnetic or electrical fields.

Do not use or expose your Notebook PC near

liquids, rain, or moisture.

Do not expose your Notebook PC to dusty

environments.

Do not use your Notebook PC near gas leaks.

Do not place active electronic devices close to

your Notebook PC to avoid electromagnetic wave

interference to the display panel.

10

Notebook PC E-ManualProper disposal

Do not throw your Notebook PC in municipal waste.

This product has been designed to enable proper

reuse of parts and recycling. The symbol of the

crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product

(electrical, electronic equipment and mercury-

containing button cell battery) should not be

placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations

for disposal of electronic products.

Do not throw the battery in municipal waste. The

symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates

that the battery should not be placed in municipal

waste.

11

Notebook PC E-ManualBattery safety information

Battery protection

Frequently charging a battery under high voltage may shorten

the battery life. To protect the battery, once the battery is fully

charged, the system may stop charging when the battery power

is between 90% and 100%.

NOTE: The initiate battery power charging capacity is usually set between

90% and 99%. Actual value may vary by models.

Charging or storing a battery in high ambient temperatures may

result in permanent damage to the battery power capacity and

rapidly shorten battery life. If the battery temperature is too high,

the system may reduce the battery power charging capacity or

even stop charging to protect the battery.

Battery power capacity may drop even when your device is

powered off and disconnected from the AC power. This is normal

as the system still draws a small amount of power from the

battery.

•

•

•

12

Notebook PC E-ManualStandard battery care

•

•

•

•

•

If you are not using your device for a long period of time, ensure

to charge the battery power to 50% then power off your device

and disconnect the AC power adapter. Recharge the battery

power to 50% every three months to avoid over-discharging and

prevent damage to the battery.

Avoid charging the battery at high voltage for a prolonged period

of time to extend the battery life. If you are constantly using AC

power for your device, ensure to discharge the battery power

to 50% at least once every two weeks. You can also adjust the

settings from Battery Health Charging in MyASUS to help extend

the battery life.

It is recommended to store your battery at temperatures between

5°C (41°F) and 35°C (95°F) with the battery power at 50%. You can

also adjust the settings from Battery Health Charging in MyASUS

to help extend the battery life.

Do not leave your battery in damp environments. Exposure to

damp environments may increase the battery over-discharging

rate. Low temperature environment may damage the chemicals

inside the battery while high temperature or overheating may

result in a risk of explosion.

Do not place your device or battery pack near radiators, fireplaces,

furnaces, heaters, or any sources of heat with temperature

exceeding 60°C (140°F). High temperature surrounding

environment may result in an explosion or leakage that may

cause fire.

13

Notebook PC E-Manual14

Notebook PC E-ManualChapter 1:

Hardware Setup

15

Notebook PC E-ManualGetting to know your Notebook PC

Front View

NOTE: The keyboard's layout may vary per region or country. The

Notebook view may also vary in appearance depending on the Notebook

PC model.

16

Notebook PC E-ManualArray microphones

The array microphones feature echo canceling, noise

suppression, and beam forming functions for better voice

recognition and audio recording.

Camera indicator

The camera indicator lights up when the built-in camera is in

use.

Camera

The built-in camera allows you to take pictures or record videos

using your Notebook PC.

360º-adjustable touch screen panel

Your Notebook PC’s touch screen panel can be adjusted all the

way into a 360º angle. This feature allows you to quickly turn

your device from a Notebook PC into a touch-enabled tablet PC.

This high-definition touch screen panel provides excellent

viewing features for photos, videos, and other multimedia files

on your Notebook PC. It also allows you to operate it using touch

screen gestures.

NOTE: For more details on how to turn your Notebook PC into a

tablet device, refer to the Rotating the display panel section in this

manual.

17

Notebook PC E-ManualKeyboard

The keyboard provides full-sized QWERTY keys with a

comfortable travel depth for typing. It also enables you to use

the function keys, allows quick access to Windows®, and controls

other multimedia functions.

NOTE: The keyboard layout differs by model or territory.

Capital lock indicator

This indicator lights up when the capital lock function is

activated. Using capital lock allows you to type capitalized letters

(such as A, B, C) using your Notebook PC’s keyboard.

Function key lock indicator

This indicator lights up when the function keys feature is

activated.

NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the keyboard section in

this manual.

Touchpad

The touchpad allows the use of multi-gestures to navigate

onscreen, providing an intuitive user experience. It also simulates

the functions of a regular mouse.

NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the touchpad section in

this manual.

18

Notebook PC E-ManualTop View

Status indicators

The status indicators help identify the current hardware status of

your Notebook PC.

Status

Lights on

Description

No issue

Slow blinking

The battery power is less than 20%

Fast blinking

Connection issue

19

Notebook PC E-ManualBottom View

NOTE: The bottom view may vary in appearance depending on model.

WARNING! Your Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use or while

charging the battery pack. Do not leave your Notebook PC on your lap or

near any part of your body to prevent injury from heat. When working on

your Notebook PC, do not place it on surfaces that can block the vents.

IMPORTANT!

•

•

Battery time varies by usage and by the specifications for this

Notebook PC. The battery pack cannot be disassembled.

Purchase components from authorized retailers to ensure maximum

compatibility and reliability. Consult an ASUS service center or

authorized retailers for product service or assistance on proper

disassembly or assembly of the product.

20

Notebook PC E-ManualAudio speakers

The built-in audio speakers allow you to hear audio straight from

your Notebook PC. Audio features are software-controlled.

21

Notebook PC E-ManualThis button turns the volume up or down on your Notebook PC.

Volume button

Power button

Press the power button to turn your Notebook PC on or off. You

can also use the power button to put your Notebook PC to sleep

or hibernate mode and wake it up from sleep or hibernate mode.

In the event that your Notebook PC becomes unresponsive,

press and hold the power button for at least four (4) seconds

until your Notebook PC shuts down.

Right View

22

Notebook PC E-ManualHeadphone/Headset jack

This port allows you to connect amplified speakers or

headphones. You can also use this port to connect your headset.

NOTE: This port does not support three-conductor 3.5 mm

microphones.

Memory card tray (on selected models)

This built-in memory card reader slot supports Nano SIM and

microSD card formats. Insert a pin into the hole beside the tray

to remove the tray.

The USB (Universal Serial Bus) port is compatible with USB 2.0 or

USB 1.1 devices such as keyboards, pointing devices, flash disk

drives, external HDDs, speakers, cameras and printers.

USB 2.0 port

LAN port

Insert the network cable into this port to connect to a local area

network.

23

Notebook PC E-ManualKensington® security slot

The Kensington® security slot allows you to secure your

Notebook PC using Kensington® compatible Notebook PC

security products.

Left View

24

Notebook PC E-ManualTwo-color battery charge indicator

The two-color LED provides a visual indication of the battery’s

charge status. Refer to the following table for details:

Color

Solid Green

Status

The Notebook PC is plugged to

a power source and the battery

power is between 95% and

100%.

The Notebook PC is plugged

to a power source, charging its

battery, and the battery power

is less than 95%.

The Notebook PC is running on

battery mode and the battery

power is less than 10%.

The Notebook PC is running on

battery mode and the battery

power is between 10% to 100%.

Solid Orange

Blinking Orange

Lights off

25

Notebook PC E-ManualPower (DC) input port

Insert the bundled power adapter into this port to charge the

battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC.

WARNING! The adapter may become warm to hot while in use.

Do not cover the adapter and keep it away from your body while

it is connected to a power source.

IMPORTANT! Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the

battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC.

USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-C®/Power Delivery combo port

The USB 3.2 (Universal Serial Bus 3.2) Gen 2 Type-C® port

provides a transfer rate of up to 10 Gbit/s and is backward

compatible to USB 2.0. Insert the bundled power adapter into

this port to charge the battery pack and supply power to your

Notebook PC.

NOTE: Transfer rate of this port may vary per model.

IMPORTANT!

•

•

It may take longer to fully charge your Notebook PC through

a low-voltage power source.

To prevent any damage, use only power sources rated

15V/3A to charge your Notebook PC with the USB Power

Delivery combo port. For more information, consult an ASUS

service center for assistance.

26

Notebook PC E-ManualUSB 3.2 Gen 1 port

The USB 3.2 (Universal Serial Bus 3.2) Gen 1 port provides a

transfer rate of up to 5 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB

2.0.

HDMI output port

This port allows you to connect your Notebook PC to another

HDMI-compatible device for file sharing or extending your

display monitor.

Stylus storage (on selected models)

This slot allows you to store and charge the stylus pen at the

same time.

27

Notebook PC E-ManualASUS Pen (on selected models)

You can use this button to enable the right-click function.

Right-click button

Eraser button

You can use this button to enable the eraser function.

28

Notebook PC E-ManualChapter 2:

Using your Notebook PC

29

Notebook PC E-ManualGetting started

Charge your Notebook PC

A.

B.

Connect the AC power cord to the AC/DC adapter.

Connect the DC power connector into your Notebook PC’s power

(DC) input port.

C.

Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source.

Charge the Notebook PC for 3 hours before using it in

battery mode for the first time.

NOTE: The power adapter may vary in appearance, depending on models

and your region.

AC/DC power adapter

30

Notebook PC E-ManualUSB Type-C® power adapter

IMPORTANT!

Power adapter information:

Input voltage: 100-240Vac

Input frequency: 50-60Hz

•

•

•

•

Rating output current: 2.37A (45W) / 3A (45W)

Rating output voltage: 19V / 15V

31

Notebook PC E-ManualIMPORTANT!

Locate the input/output rating label on your Notebook PC and

ensure that it matches the input/output rating information on your

power adapter. Some Notebook PC models may have multiple rating

output currents based on the available SKU.

Ensure that your Notebook PC is connected to the power adapter

before turning it on for the first time. Always plug the power cord

into a wall socket without using any extension cords. For your safety,

connect this device to a properly grounded electrical outlet only.

The socket outlet must be easily accessible and near your Notebook

PC.

To disconnect your Notebook PC from its main power supply, unplug

your Notebook PC from the power socket.

WARNING!

Read the following precautions for your Notebook PC’s battery:

• Only ASUS-authorized technicians should remove the battery inside

the device (for non-removable battery only).

The battery used in this device may present a risk of fire or chemical

burn if removed or disassembled.

Follow the warning labels for your personal safety.

Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type.

• Do not dispose of in fire.

• Never attempt to short-circuit your Notebook PC’s battery.

• Never attempt to disassemble and reassemble the battery

(for non-removable battery only).

• Discontinue usage if leakage is found.

The battery and its components must be recycled or disposed of

properly.

Keep the battery and other small components away from children.

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

32

Notebook PC E-ManualLift to open the display panel

Press the power button

33

Notebook PC E-ManualGestures for the touch screen

panel and touchpad

Gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your

Notebook PC. Refer to the following illustrations when using hand

gestures on your touch screen panel and touchpad.

NOTE: The following screenshots are for reference only. The touch screen

panel’s appearance may vary depending on model.

Using touch screen panel gestures

The gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of

your Notebook PC. The functions can be activated by using the hand

gestures on your Notebook PC’s touch screen panel.

Left edge swipe

Right edge swipe

Swipe from the left edge of the

screen to launch Task view.

Swipe from the right edge of the

screen to launch Action Center.

34

Notebook PC E-ManualTap/Double-tap

Press and hold

•

•

Tap an app to select it.

Double-tap an app to

launch it.

Press and hold to open the right-

click menu.

Zoom in

Zoom out

Spread apart your two fingers on

the touch screen panel.

Bring together your two fingers

on the touch screen panel.

35

Notebook PC E-ManualFinger slide

Drag

Slide your finger to scroll up and

down and slide your finger to pan

the screen left or right.

•

•

Drag to create a selection

box around multiple items.

Drag and drop an item to

move it to a new location.

36

Notebook PC E-ManualUsing the touchpad

Moving the pointer

You can tap anywhere on the touchpad to activate its pointer, then slide

your finger on the touchpad to move the pointer onscreen.

Slide horizontally

Slide vertically

Slide diagonally

37

Notebook PC E-ManualOne-finger gestures

Tap/Double-tap

•

•

Tap an app to select it.

Double-tap an app to launch it.

Drag and drop

Double-tap an item, then slide the same finger without lifting it off the

touchpad. To drop the item to its new location, lift your finger from the

touchpad.

38

Notebook PC E-ManualLeft-click

Right-click

•

•

Click an app to select it.

Double-click an app to

launch it.

Click this button to open the right-

click menu.

NOTE: The areas inside the dotted line represent the locations of the left

mouse button and the right mouse button on the touchpad.

Two-finger gestures

Tap

Tap two fingers on the touchpad to simulate the right-click function.

39

Notebook PC E-ManualTwo-finger scroll (up/down)

Two-finger scroll (left/right)

Slide two fingers to scroll up or

down.

Slide two fingers to scroll left or

right.

Zoom out

Zoom in

Bring together your two fingers on

the touchpad.

Spread apart your two fingers on

the touchpad.

40

Notebook PC E-ManualDrag and drop

Select an item then press and hold the left button. Using your other

finger, slide on the touchpad to drag the item, lift your finger off the

button to drop the item.

Three-finger gestures

Tap

Tap three fingers on the touchpad to invoke Cortana.

41

Notebook PC E-ManualSwipe left/Swipe right

If you opened multiple apps, swipe three fingers left or right to switch

between these apps.

Swipe up

Swipe down

Swipe up to see an overview of all

the apps currently opened.

Swipe down to show the desktop.

42

Notebook PC E-ManualFour-finger gestures

Tap

Tap four fingers on the touchpad to invoke Action Center.

Customizing your touchpad

1.

2.

3.

Launch All settings from the Action Center.

Select Devices, then select Touchpad.

Adjust the settings to your preference.

43

Notebook PC E-ManualUsing the keyboard

HotKeys

The HotKeys on your Notebook PC’s keyboard can trigger the following

commands:

Turns the speaker on or off

Turns the speaker volume down

Turns the speaker volume up

Decreases display brightness

Increases display brightness

Enables or disables the touchpad

Toggles the display mode

NOTE: Ensure that the second display is connected to

your Notebook PC.

44

Notebook PC E-ManualActivates the Lock screen

Turns the camera on or off

Activates screen capture tool

Launches MyASUS

Turns the microphone on or off

Function keys

Press

to enable or disable the function keys feature.

When the function keys feature is enabled, you can also access HotKeys

by holding down

in combination with the top row keys.

Windows® 10 keys

There are two special Windows® keys on your Notebook PC’s keyboard

used as below:

Launches the Start menu

Displays the drop-down menu*

* On selected models

45

Notebook PC E-ManualRotating the display panel

Your Notebook PC’s display panel is adjustable up to 360 degrees. You

may adjust the display panel as shown below.

360 degrees adjustable

Notebook PC mode

46

Notebook PC E-ManualStand mode

Tent mode

Tablet mode

NOTE: Rotating the screen to Stand, Tent and Tablet mode will disable the

keyboard and touchpad.

47

Notebook PC E-Manual48

Notebook PC E-Manual

 

 

Chapter 3:

Working with Windows® 10

49

Notebook PC E-ManualStarting for the first time

When you start your Notebook PC for the first time, a series of screens

appear to guide you in configuring your Windows® 10 operating system.

To start your Notebook PC for the first time:

Press the power button on your Notebook PC. Wait for a few

minutes until the setup screen appears.

From the setup screen, pick your region and a language to use on

your Notebook PC.

Carefully read the License Terms. Select I accept.

Follow the onscreen instructions to configure the following basic

items:

•

•

•

•

Personalize

Get online

Settings

Your account

5.

After configuring the basic items, Windows® 10 proceeds to install

your apps and preferred settings. Ensure that your Notebook PC

is kept powered on during the setup process.

6.

Once the setup process is complete, the Desktop appears.

NOTE: The screenshots in this chapter are for reference only.

1.

2.

3.

4.

50

Notebook PC E-ManualStart menu

The Start menu is the main gateway to your Notebook PC’s programs,

Windows® apps, folders, and settings.

Change account settings, lock, or sign out from your account

Launch an app from the Start screen

Launch Taskview

Launch an app from the taskbar

Launch Search

Launch the Start menu

Launch All apps

Shut down, restart, or put your Notebook PC to sleep

Launch Settings

Launch File Explorer

You can use the Start menu to do these common activities:

•

•

•

•

•

•

Start programs or Windows® apps

Open commonly used programs or Windows® apps

Adjust Notebook PC settings

Get help with the Windows operating system

Turn off your Notebook PC

Log off from Windows or switch to a different user account

51

Notebook PC E-ManualLaunching the Start menu

Tap the Start button

in the lower-left corner of

your desktop.

Position your mouse pointer over the Start button

in the lower-left corner of your desktop then click it.

Press the Windows logo key

on your keyboard.

Opening programs from the Start menu

One of the most common uses of the Start menu is opening programs

installed on your Notebook PC.

Tap the program to launch it.

Position your mouse pointer over the program then

click to launch it.

Use the arrow keys to browse through the programs.

Press

to launch it.

NOTE: Select All apps at the bottom of the left pane to display a full list of

programs and folders on your Notebook PC in alphabetical order.

52

Notebook PC E-ManualWindows® apps

These are apps pinned on the right pane of the Start menu and

displayed in tiled-format for easy access.

NOTE: Some Windows® apps require signing in to your Microsoft account

before they are fully launched.

53

Notebook PC E-ManualWorking with Windows® apps

Use your Notebook PC’s touch screen, touchpad, or keyboard to launch,

customize, and close apps.

Launching Windows® apps from the Start menu

Tap the app to launch it.

Position your mouse pointer over the app then click to

launch it.

Use the arrow keys to browse through the apps. Press

to launch an app.

Customizing Windows® apps

You can move, resize, unpin, or pin apps to the taskbar from the Start

menu using the following steps:

Moving apps

Press and hold the app, then drag and drop it to a new

location.

Position your mouse pointer over the app, then drag

and drop the app to a new location.

54

Notebook PC E-ManualResizing apps

Unpinning apps

Press and hold the app, then tap

and select an app

tile size.

Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click

it, then click Resize and select an app tile size.

Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app.

Press

or

(on selected models), then

select Resize and select an app tile size.

Press and hold the app, then tap the

icon.

Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click

it, then click Unpin from Start.

Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app.

Press

or

(on selected models), then

select Unpin from Start.

55

Notebook PC E-ManualPinning apps to the taskbar

Press and hold the app, then tap Pin to taskbar.

Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click

it, then click Pin to taskbar.

Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app.

Press

or

(on selected models), then

select Pin to taskbar.

Pinning more apps to the Start menu

From All apps, press and hold the app you want to add

to the Start menu, then tap Pin to Start.

From All apps, position your mouse pointer over the

app you want to add to the Start menu and right-click it,

then click Pin to Start.

From All apps, press

or

(on selected

models) on the app that you want to add to the Start

menu, then select Pin to Start.

56

Notebook PC E-ManualTask view

Quickly switch between opened apps and programs using the task view

feature, you can also use task view to switch between desktops.

Launching task view

Tap the

icon on the taskbar or swipe form the left

edge of the screen.

Position your mouse pointer over the

icon on the

taskbar and click it.

Press

on your keyboard.

57

Notebook PC E-ManualSnap feature

The Snap feature displays apps side-by-side, allowing you to work or

switch between apps.

Snap hotspots

You can drag and drop apps to these hotspots to snap them into place.

58

Notebook PC E-ManualUsing Snap

or

1.

2.

3.

1.

2.

3.

Launch the app you wish to snap.

Drag the title bar of your app and drop the app to

the edge of the screen to snap.

Launch another app and repeat the above steps to

snap another app.

Launch the app you wish to snap.

Press and hold the

key, then use the arrow

keys to snap the app.

Launch another app and repeat the above steps to

snap another app.

59

Notebook PC E-ManualAction Center

Action Center consolidates notifications from apps and presents a single

place where you can interact with them. It also has a really useful Quick

Actions section at the bottom.

Launching Action Center

Click the

icon on the taskbar or swipe from the right

edge of the screen.

Position your mouse pointer over the

icon on the

taskbar and click it.

Press

on your keyboard.

60

Notebook PC E-ManualMyASUS Splendid

MyASUS Splendid ensures that all ASUS display panels show identical

and accurate colors. You may select Vivid, Eye Care, or Manual Mode

beside Normal Mode to adjust the display settings.

•

•

•

•

Normal Mode: Through Gamma and Color temperature

correction, the image output from the panel is as close as possible

as what your eye can naturally see. For model with OLED panel,

this mode is compliant with TÜV Low Blue Light Certification.

Vivid Mode: This mode allows you to adjust the saturation of the

image, making it more vivid and vibrant.

Manual Mode: This mode allows you to adjust the color

temperature value to your personal needs, ranging from -50 to

+50.

Eye Care Mode: This mode reduces blue light emission by up to

30%, helping to protect your eyes.

Level 1-5: The higher the level, the more blue light emission is

reduced. For model with LCD panel, Level 5 is the optimized

setting, and is compliant with TÜV Low Blue Light Certification.

61

Notebook PC E-ManualPlease refer to the following tips to alleviate eye strain:

Take some time away from the display if working for long hours.

It is advised to take short breaks (at least 5 minutes) after around

1 hour of continuous working at the computer. Taking short and

frequent breaks is more effective than a long break.

To minimize eye strain and eye dryness, rest your eyes periodically

by focusing on objects that are far away.

Repeat the following exercises to reduce eye strain:

(1) Look up and down repeatedly

(2) Slowly roll your eyes

(3) Move your eyes diagonally

If eye strain persists, please consult a physician.

High energy blue light may lead to eye strain and AMD (Age-

Related Macular Degeneration). Blue light Filter reduces

30% (max.) harmful blue light to avoid CVS (Computer Vision

Syndrome).

•

•

•

•

62

Notebook PC E-ManualOther keyboard shortcuts

Using the keyboard, you can also use the following shortcuts to help

you launch applications and navigate Windows® 10.

Launches Start menu

Launches Action Center

Launches the desktop

Launches the File Explorer

Launches Settings

Launches Connect panel

Activates the Lock screen

Minimizes all currently active windows

63

Notebook PC E-ManualLaunches Search

Launches Project panel

Opens the Run window

Opens Ease of Access Center

Opens the context menu of the Start button

Launches the magnifier icon and zooms in

your screen

Zooms out your screen

64

Notebook PC E-ManualConnecting to wireless networks

Wi-Fi

Access emails, surf the Internet, and share applications via social

networking sites using your Notebook PC’s Wi-Fi connection.

IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane

mode is turned off before enabling the Wi-Fi connection of your

Notebook PC.

Connecting Wi-Fi

Connect your Notebook PC to a Wi-Fi network by using the following

steps:

Select the

icon from the taskbar.

Select the

icon to enable Wi-Fi.

1.

2.

3.

or

Select an access point from the list of available Wi-Fi

connections.

4.

Select Connect to start the network connection.

NOTE: You may be prompted to enter a security key to

activate the Wi-Fi connection.

65

Notebook PC E-ManualBluetooth

Use Bluetooth to facilitate wireless data transfers with other Bluetooth-

enabled devices.

IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane

mode is turned off before enabling the Bluetooth connection of your

Notebook PC.

Pairing with other Bluetooth-enabled devices

You need to pair your Notebook PC with other Bluetooth-enabled

devices to enable data transfers. Connect your devices by using the

following steps:

1.

2.

3.

or

Launch Settings from the Start menu.

Select Devices, then select Bluetooth to search for

Bluetooth-enabled devices.

Select a device from the list. Compare the passcode

on your Notebook PC with the passcode sent to

your chosen device. If they are the same, select

Yes to successfully pair your Notebook PC with the

device.

NOTE: For some Bluetooth-enabled devices, you may be

prompted to key in the passcode of your Notebook PC.

66

Notebook PC E-ManualAirplane mode

Airplane mode disables wireless communication, allowing you to use

your Notebook PC safely while in-flight.

NOTE: Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight

services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when

using your Notebook PC in-flight.

Turning Airplane mode on

Launch Action Center from the taskbar.

Select the

icon to enable Airplane mode.

Turning Airplane mode off

Launch Action Center from the taskbar.

Select the

icon to disable Airplane mode.

1.

2.

1.

2.

or

or

67

Notebook PC E-ManualConnecting to wired networks

You can also connect to wired networks, such as local area networks

and broadband Internet connection, using your Notebook PC’s LAN

port.

NOTE: Contact your Internet Service Provider (ISP) for details or

your network administrator for assistance in setting up your Internet

connection.

To configure your settings, refer to the following procedures.

IMPORTANT! Ensure that a network cable is connected between your

Notebook PC’s LAN port and a local area network before performing the

following actions.

Configuring a dynamic IP/PPPoE network connection

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Launch Settings.

Select Network & Internet.

or

Select Ethernet > Network and Sharing Center.

Select your LAN then select Properties.

Select Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) then

select Properties.

Select Obtain an IP address automatically then

select OK.

NOTE: Proceed to the next steps if you are using PPPoE connection.

68

Notebook PC E-Manual7.

8.

9.

10.

Return to the Network and Sharing Center

window then select Set up a new connection or

network.

Select Connect to the Internet then select Next.

Select Broadband (PPPoE).

Type your User name, Password, and Connection

name then select Connect.

11.

Select Close to finish the configuration.

12.

Select

on the taskbar then select the

connection you just created.

13.

Type your user name and password then select

Connect to start connecting to the Internet.

Configuring a static IP network connection

or

1.

2.

3.

4.

Repeat steps 1 to 5 under Configuring a dynamic

IP/PPPoE network connection.

Select Use the following IP address.

Type the IP address, Subnet mask and Default

gateway from your service provider.

If needed, you can also type the preferred DNS

server address and alternate DNS server address

then select OK.

69

Notebook PC E-ManualTurning your Notebook PC off

You can turn off your Notebook PC by doing either of the following

procedures:

Launch the Start menu, then select

Shut down to do a normal shutdown.

>

From the log-in screen, select

> Shut down.

or

Press

to launch Shut down

Windows. Select Shut down from the drop-down

list then select OK.

If your Notebook PC is unresponsive, press

and hold the power button for at least ten (10)

seconds until your Notebook PC turns off.

•

•

•

•

70

Notebook PC E-ManualPutting your Notebook PC to sleep

To put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode:

•

•

or

Launch the Start menu, then select

Sleep to put your Notebook PC to sleep.

>

From the log-in screen, select

> Sleep.

Press

to launch Shut down

Windows. Select Sleep from the drop-down list then

select OK.

NOTE: You can also put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode by pressing the

power button once.

71

Notebook PC E-Manual72

Notebook PC E-ManualChapter 4:

Power-On Self-Test (POST)

73

Notebook PC E-ManualThe Power-On Self-Test (POST)

The POST (Power-On Self-Test) is a series of software-controlled

diagnostic tests that run when you turn on or restart your Notebook PC.

The software that controls the POST is installed as a permanent part of

the Notebook PC’s architecture.

Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot

During POST, you can access the BIOS settings or run troubleshooting

options using the function keys of your Notebook PC. You may refer to

the following information for more details.

BIOS

The BIOS (Basic Input and Output System) stores system hardware

settings that are needed for system startup in the Notebook PC.

The default BIOS settings apply to most conditions of your Notebook

PC. Do not change the default BIOS settings except in the following

circumstances:

An error message appears onscreen during system bootup and

requests you to run the BIOS Setup.

You have installed a new system component that requires further

BIOS settings or updates.

WARNING! Using inappropriate BIOS settings may result to system

instability or boot failure. We strongly recommend that you change the

BIOS settings only with the help of a trained service personnel.

•

•

74

Notebook PC E-ManualAccessing BIOS

Enter the BIOS settings by using any of the following methods:

•

•

Restart your Notebook PC then press

during POST.

Launch the Start menu, and choose Settings > Update &

security > Recovery, then select Restart now under Advanced

startup. When you enter the Advanced startup screen, select

Troubleshoot > Advanced options > UEFI Firmware Settings >

Restart.

75

Notebook PC E-ManualRecovering your system

Using recovery options on your Notebook PC allows you to restore the

system to its original state or simply refresh its settings to help improve

performance.

IMPORTANT!

•

•

Backup all your data files before doing any recovery option on your

Notebook PC.

• Note down important customized settings such as network settings,

user names, and passwords to avoid data loss.

Ensure that your Notebook PC is plugged in to a power source before

resetting your system.

Windows® 10 allows you to do any of the following recovery options:

Keep my files - This option allows you refresh your Notebook

PC without affecting personal files (photos, music, videos,

documents).

Using this option, you can restore your Notebook PC to its default

settings and delete other installed apps.

Remove everything - This option resets your Notebook PC to

its factory settings. You must backup your data before doing this

option.

•

•

76

Notebook PC E-Manual•

•

Go back to an earlier build - This option allows you to go back

to an earlier build. Use this option if this build is not working for

you.

Advanced startup - Using this option allows you to perform

other advanced recovery options on your Notebook PC such as:

-

-

Using a USB drive, network connection or Windows recovery

DVD to startup your Notebook PC.

Using Troubleshoot to enable any of these advanced

recovery options: System Restore, System Image Recovery,

Startup Repair, Command Prompt, UEFI Firmware Settings,

and Startup Settings.

Performing a recovery option

Refer to the following steps if you want to access and use any of the

available recovery options for your Notebook PC.

1.

Launch Settings and select Update and security.

77

Notebook PC E-Manual2.

Under the Update and security option, select Recovery then

select the recovery option you would like to perform.

78

Notebook PC E-ManualTips and FAQs

79

Notebook PC E-ManualUseful tips for your Notebook PC

To help you maximize the use of your Notebook PC, maintain its system

performance, and ensure all your data are kept secured, here are some

useful tips that you can follow:

Update Windows® periodically to ensure that your applications

have the latest security settings.

Update MyASUS to ensure that you have the latest settings for

ASUS exclusive applications, drivers, and utilities.

Use an anti-virus software to protect your data and keep this

updated too.

Unless absolutely necessary, refrain from using force shutdown to

turn off your Notebook PC.

Always backup your data and make it a point to create a backup

data in an external storage drive.

If you are not using your Notebook PC for a long period of time,

ensure to charge the battery power to 50% then power off your

Notebook PC and disconnect the AC power adapter.

If you are constantly using AC power for your Notebook PC, set

the Battery Health Charging to Balanced mode in MyASUS.

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

80

Notebook PC E-Manual•

Disconnect all external devices and ensure you have the following

items prior to resetting your Notebook PC:

Product key for your operating systems and other installed

applications

-

-

-

-

Backup data

Log in ID and password

Internet connection information

•

Visit our support site for troubleshooting and view some of the

most frequently asked questions at

https://www.asus.com/support.

81

Notebook PC E-ManualHardware FAQs

1.

A black dot, or sometimes a colored dot, appears onscreen

when I turn on the Notebook PC. What should I do?

Although these dots normally appear onscreen, they will not

affect your system. If the incident continues and subsequently

affects system performance, consult an authorized ASUS service

center.

2. My display panel has an uneven color and brightness. How

can I fix this?

The color and brightness of your display panel may be affected

by the angle and current position of your Notebook PC. The

brightness and color tone of your Notebook PC may also vary per

model. You may use the function keys or the display settings in

your operating system to adjust the appearance of your display

panel.

3.

How can I maximize my Notebook PC‘s battery life?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

•

•

•

•

Use the function keys to adjust the display brightness.

If you are not using any Wi-Fi connection, switch your

system into Airplane mode.

Disconnect unused USB devices.

Close unused applications, especially those that take up too

much system memory.

82

Notebook PC E-Manual4. My battery charge indicator does not light up. What’s wrong?

Check whether the power adapter or battery pack is

attached correctly. You may also disconnect the power

adapter or battery pack, wait for a minute, then reconnect

them again to the power outlet and Notebook PC.

If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service

center for assistance.

5. Why is my touchpad not working?

Press

to enable your touchpad.

6. When I play audio and video files, why can’t I hear any sound

from my Notebook PC’s audio speakers?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Press

to turn up the speaker volume.

Check if your speakers were set to mute.

Check if a headphone jack is connected to your Notebook

PC and remove it.

•

•

•

•

•

83

Notebook PC E-Manual7. What should I do if my Notebook PC’s power adapter gets lost

or my battery stops working?

Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance.

8. My Notebook PC cannot do keystrokes correctly because my

cursor keeps on moving. What should I do?

Make sure that nothing accidentally touches or presses on your

touchpad while you type on the keyboard. You can also disable

your touchpad by pressing

.

84

Notebook PC E-ManualSoftware FAQs

1. When I turn on my Notebook PC, the power indicator lights

up but nothing appears on my screen. What can I do to fix

this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Force shutdown your Notebook PC by pressing the power

button for at least four (4) seconds. Check if the power

adapter and battery pack are inserted correctly then turn on

your Notebook PC.

If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service

center for assistance.

2. What should I do when my screen displays this message:

“Remove disks or other media. Press any key to restart.”?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected USB devices then restart your

Notebook PC.

Remove any optical discs that are left inside the optical drive

then restart.

If the problem still exists, your Notebook PC might have a

memory storage problem. Contact your local ASUS service

center for assistance.

•

•

•

•

•

85

Notebook PC E-Manual3. My Notebook PC boots slower than usual and my operating

system lags. How can I fix this?

Delete the applications you recently installed or were not

included with your operating system package then restart your

system.

4. My Notebook PC does not boot up. How can I fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected devices to your Notebook PC then

restart your system.

If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service

center for assistance.

5. Why can’t my Notebook PC wake up from sleep mode?

You need to press the power button to resume your last

working state.

Your system might have completely used up its battery

power. Connect the power adapter to your Notebook PC

and connect to a power outlet then press the power button.

•

•

•

•

86

Notebook PC E-ManualAppendices

87

Notebook PC E-ManualInternal Modem Compliancy

The Notebook PC with internal modem model complies with JATE (Japan), FCC

(US, Canada, Korea, Taiwan), and CTR21. The internal modem has been approved

in accordance with Council Decision 98/482/EC for pan-European single terminal

connection to the public switched telephone network (PSTN). However due

to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries,

the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful

operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems you

should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance.

Overview

On 4th August 1998 the European Council Decision regarding the CTR 21 has

been published in the Official Journal of the EC. The CTR 21 applies to all non

voice terminal equipment with DTMF-dialling which is intended to be connected

to the analogue PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network).

CTR 21 (Common Technical Regulation) for the attachment requirements for

connection to the analogue public switched telephone networks of terminal

equipment (excluding terminal equipment supporting the voice telephony

justified case service) in which network addressing, if provided, is by means of

dual tone multi-frequency signalling.

88

Notebook PC E-ManualNetwork Compatibility Declaration

Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the Notified Body and the vendor:

“This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed

to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-

working difficulties.”

Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the user: “This declaration will

indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any

notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-working difficulties.

The manufacturer shall also associate a statement to make it clear where network

compatibility is dependent on physical and software switch settings. It will also

advise the user to contact the vendor if it is desired to use the equipment on

another network.”

Up to now the Notified Body of CETECOM issued several pan-European approvals

using CTR 21. The results are Europe’s first modems which do not require

regulatory approvals in each individual European country.

Non-Voice Equipment

Answering machines and loud-speaking telephones can be eligible as well as

modems, fax machines, auto-dialers and alarm systems. Equipment in which the

end-to-end quality of speech is controlled by regulations (e.g. handset telephones

and in some countries also cordless telephones) is excluded.

89

Notebook PC E-ManualThis table shows the countries currently under the CTR21

standard.

Applied

More Testing

Still Pending

Still Pending

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

No

No

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Czech Republic

Denmark1

Country

Austria1

Belgium

Finland

France

Germany

Greece

Hungary

Iceland

Ireland

Italy

Israel

Norway

Poland

Portugal

Spain

Sweden

90

Lichtenstein

Luxemburg

The Netherlands1

Switzerland

United Kingdom

Notebook PC E-ManualThis information was copied from CETECOM and is supplied without liability. For

updates to this table, you may visit

http://www.cetecom.de/technologies/ctr_21.html.

1 National requirements will apply only if the equipment may use pulse dialling

(manufacturers may state in the user guide that the equipment is only intended to

support DTMF signalling, which would make any additional testing superfluous).

In The Netherlands additional testing is required for series connection and caller

ID facilities.

Federal Communications Commission

Interference Statement

This device complies with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

This device may not cause harmful interference.

This device must accept any interference received, including interference

that may cause undesired operation.

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class

B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission

(FCC) rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against

harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates,

uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used

in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio

communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur

in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to

radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment

off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or

more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

•

•

•

•

91

Notebook PC E-Manual•

•

Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to

which the receiver is connected.

Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

WARNING! The use of a shielded-type power cord is required in order to meet

FCC emission limits and to prevent interference to the nearby radio and television

reception. It is essential that only the supplied power cord be used. Use only shielded

cables to connect I/O devices to this equipment. You are cautioned that changes or

modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could

void your authority to operate the equipment.

(Reprinted from the Code of Federal Regulations #47, part 15.193, 1993.

Washington DC: Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records

Administration, U.S. Government Printing Office.)

This device operates within a 5.15-5.25 GHz frequency range and is restricted for

indoor use only. Outdoor operation within 5150-5250 MHz is prohibited.

FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution

Statement

WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate this equipment.

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an

uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure

compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna

during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for

satisfying RF exposure compliance.

92

Notebook PC E-ManualRF Exposure Information (SAR)

This device meets the government’s requirements for exposure to radio waves.

This device is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for

exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications

Commission of the U.S. Government.

The exposure standard employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific

Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg. Tests for SAR are

conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the EUT

transmitting at the specified power level in different channels.

Radiation Exposure Statement

The product comply with the Canada portable RF exposure limit set forth for an

uncontrolled environment and are safe for intended operation as described in this

manual. The further RF exposure reduction can be achieved if the product can be

kept as far as possible from the user body or set the device to lower output power

if such function is available.

Déclaration relative à l’exposition aux radiations

Le produit est conforme aux limites d’exposition pour les appareils portables RF

pour les États-Unis et le Canada établies pour un environnement non contrôlé.

Le produit est sûr pour une utilisation telle que décrite dans ce manuel. Le niveau

d’exposition aux ondes radio peut être réduit en plaçant l’appareil aussi loin que

possible du corps de l’utilisateur ou que le dispositif est réglé sur la puissance de

sortie la plus faible si une telle fonction est disponible.

93

Notebook PC E-ManualRadio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information

The radiated output power of the Wireless Device is below the Industry Canada

(IC) radio frequency exposure limits. The Wireless Device should be used in such

a manner such that the potential for human contact during normal operation is

minimized.

This device has been evaluated for and shown compliant with the IC Specific

Absorption Rate (“SAR”) limits when operated in portable exposure conditions.

Informations concernant l’exposition aux

fréquences radio (RF)

La puissance de sortie émise par cet appareil sans fil est inférieure à la limite

d’exposition aux fréquences radio d’Industrie Canada (IC). Utilisez l’appareil sans fil

de façon à minimiser les contacts humains lors d’un fonctionnement normal.

Cet appareil a été évalué et démontré conforme aux limites de DAS (Débit

d’absorption spécifique) d’IC lorsqu’il est utilisé dans des conditions d’exposition à

des appareils portables.

94

Notebook PC E-ManualCaution

(i) the device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use

to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite

systems;

(ii) the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the bands 5250-5350 MHz

and 5470-5725 MHz shall comply with the e.i.r.p. limit; and

(iii) the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the band 5725-5825 MHz

shall comply with the e.i.r.p. limits specified for point-to-point and non point-to-

point operation as appropriate.

(iv) Users should also be advised that high-power radars are allocated as primary

users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and that

these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices.

Avertissement

Le guide d’utilisation des dispositifs pour réseaux locaux doit inclure des

instructions précises sur les restrictions susmentionnées, notamment:

(i) Les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz sont réservés

uniquement à une utilisation en intérieur afin de réduire les risques d’interférence

préjudiciables aux systèmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mêmes canaux;

(ii) Le gain maximal d’antenne permis pour les dispositifs utilisant les bandes

5250-5350 MHz et 5470-5725 MHz doit être conforme à la limite de P.I.R.E; et

(iii) Le gain maximal d’antenne permis (pour les dispositifs utilisant la bande 5725-

5825 MHz) doit être conforme à la limite de P.I.R.E spécifiée pour l’exploitation

point à point et non point à point, selon le cas.

(iv) De plus, les utilisateurs devraient aussi être avisés que les utilisateurs de

radars de haute puissance sont désignés utilisateurs principaux (c.-à-d., qu’ils ont

la priorité) pour les bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5650-5850 MHz et que ces radars

pourraient créer des interférences et/ou des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL.

95

Notebook PC E-ManualCompliance Statement of Innovation, Science

and Economic Development Canada (ISED)

This device complies with Innovation, Science and Economic Development

Canada license exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following

two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device

must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired

operation of the device.

Operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the

potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems.

CAN ICES-003(B)/NMB-003(B)

Déclaration de conformité de Innovation,

Sciences et Développement économique Canada

(ISED)

Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Innovation, Sciences et Développement

économique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence.

L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) l’appareil ne doit pas

produire de brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage

radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le

fonctionnement.

La bande 5150-5250 MHz est réservée uniquement pour une utilisation à l’intérieur

afin de réduire les risques de brouillage préjudiciable aux systèmes de satellites

mobiles utilisant les mêmes canaux.

CAN ICES-003(B)/NMB-003(B)

96

Notebook PC E-ManualUL Safety Notices

Required for UL 1459 covering telecommunications (telephone) equipment

intended to be electrically connected to a telecommunication network that has an

operating voltage to ground that does not exceed 200V peak, 300V peak-to-peak,

and 105V rms, and installed or used in accordance with the National Electrical

Code (NFPA 70).

When using the Notebook PC modem, basic safety precautions should always be

followed to reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons, including

the following:

DO NOT use the Notebook PC near water, for example, near a bath tub,

wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement or near a

swimming pool.

DO NOT use the Notebook PC during an electrical storm. There may be a

remote risk of electric shock from lightning.

DO NOT use the Notebook PC in the vicinity of a gas leak.

Required for UL 1642 covering primary (non-rechargeable) and secondary

(rechargeable) lithium batteries for use as power sources in products. These

batteries contain metallic lithium, or a lithium alloy, or a lithium ion, and may

consist of a single electrochemical cell or two or more cells connected in series,

parallel, or both, that convert chemical energy into electrical energy by an

irreversible or reversible chemical reaction.

DO NOT dispose the Notebook PC battery pack in a fire, as they may

explode. Check with local codes for possible special disposal instructions

to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion.

DO NOT use power adapters or batteries from other devices to reduce

the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. Use only UL certified

power adapters or batteries supplied by the manufacturer or authorized

retailers.

•

•

•

•

•

97

Notebook PC E-ManualPower Safety Requirement

Products with electrical current ratings up to 6A and weighing more than 3Kg

must use approved power cords greater than or equal to: H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75mm2 or

H05VV-F, 2G, 0.75mm2.

TV Notices

Note to CATV System Installer—Cable distribution system should be grounded

(earthed) in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code (NEC),

in particular Section 820.93, Grounding of Outer Conductive Shield of a Coaxial

Cable – installation should include bonding the screen of the coaxial cable to the

earth at the building entrance.

Macrovision Corporation Product Notice

This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by

method claims of certain U.S.A. patents and other intellectual property rights

owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright

protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is

intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized

by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited.

Prevention of Hearing Loss

To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume

levels for long periods.

98

Notebook PC E-ManualNordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion

batteries)

CAUTION! Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with

the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used

batteries according to the manufacturer’s instructions. (English)

ATTENZIONE! Rischio di esplosione della batteria se sostituita in modo errato.

Sostituire la batteria con un una di tipo uguale o equivalente consigliata dalla

fabbrica. Non disperdere le batterie nell’ambiente. (Italian)

VORSICHT! Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemäßen Austausch der Batterie. Ersatz

nur durch denselben oder einem vom Hersteller empfohlenem ähnlichen Typ.

Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers. (German)

ADVARSELI! Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig håndtering. Udskiftning

må kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type. Levér det brugte batteri

tilbage til leverandøren. (Danish)

VARNING! Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Använd samma batterityp eller

en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera använt

batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion. (Swedish)

VAROITUS! Paristo voi räjähtää, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. Vaihda paristo

ainoastaan laitevalmistajan sousittelemaan tyyppiin. Hävitä käytetty paristo

valmistagan ohjeiden mukaisesti. (Finnish)

ATTENTION! Danger d’explosion si la batterie n’est pas correctement remplacée.

Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie de type semblable ou équivalent,

recommandée par le fabricant. Jeter les batteries usagées conformément aux

instructions du fabricant. (French)

ADVARSEL! Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri. Benytt samme

batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten. Brukte

batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner. (Norwegian)

(Japanese)

ВНИМАНИЕ! При замене аккумулятора на аккумулятор иного типа возможно

его возгорание. Утилизируйте аккумулятор в соответствии с инструкциями

производителя. (Russian)

99

Notebook PC E-ManualCTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in

Modem)

Danish

Dutch

English

Finnish

French

100

Notebook PC E-ManualGerman

Greek

Italian

Portuguese

Spanish

Swedish

101

Notebook PC E-ManualDeclaration of Compliance for Product

Environmental Regulation

ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products,

and makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line

with global environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant

information based on regulation requirements.

Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/Compliance.htm for information disclosure

based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with.

EU REACH and Article 33

Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and

Restriction of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical

substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at

http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm.

EU RoHS

This product complies with the EU RoHS Directive. For more details, see

http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=35.

Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations

Information on Japan RoHS (JIS-C-0950) chemical disclosures is available on

http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=19.

India RoHS

This product complies with the “India E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016” and

prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls

(PBBs) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in concentrations exceeding

0.1% by weight in homogenous materials and 0.01% by weight in homogenous

materials for cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Schedule II of the Rule.

102

Notebook PC E-ManualVietnam RoHS

ASUS products sold in Vietnam, on or after September 23, 2011, meet the

requirements of the Vietnam Circular 30/2011/TT-BCT.

Các sản phẩm ASUS bán tại Việt Nam, vào ngày 23 tháng 9 năm2011 trở về sau,

đều phải đáp ứng các yêu cầu của Thông tư 30/2011/TT-BCT của Việt Nam.

ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services

ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest

standards for protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for

you to be able to responsibly recycle our products, batteries, other components as

well as the packaging materials.

Please go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling

information in different regions.

Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in

North America

For US and Canada customers, you can call 1-800-822-8837

(toll-free) for recycling information of your ASUS products’

rechargeable batteries.

Ecodesign Directive

European Union announced a framework for the setting of ecodesign

requirements for energy-related products (2009/125/EC). Specific Implementing

Measures are aimed at improving environmental performance of specific products

or across multiple product types. ASUS provides product information on the CSR

website. Further information could be found at

https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=1555.

103

Notebook PC E-ManualENERGY STAR Qualified Product

ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental

Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy helping

us all save money and protect the environment through energy

efficient products and practices.

All ASUS products with the ENERGY STAR logo comply with the ENERGY STAR

standard, and the power management feature is enabled by default. The monitor

is automatically set to sleep within 10 minutes of user inactivity; the computer

is automatically set to sleep within 30 minutes of user inactivity. To wake your

computer, click the mouse, press any key on the keyboard, or press the power

button.

Please visit http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement for detail information

on power management and its benefits to the environment. In addition, please

visit http://www.energystar.gov for detail information on the ENERGY STAR joint

program.

NOTE: Energy Star is NOT supported on FreeDOS and Linux-based operating systems.

EPEAT Registered Products

The public disclosure of key environmental information for ASUS EPEAT (Electronic

Product Environmental Assessment Tool) registered products is available at

https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=41. More information about EPEAT

program and purchase guidance can be found at www.epeat.net.

Coating Notice

IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating

is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located.

104

Notebook PC E-ManualRegional notice for Singapore

Complies with

IMDA Standards

DB103778

This ASUS product complies with IMDA Standards.

Notices for removable batteries

Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type.

The battery and its component must be recycled or disposed of properly.

Avis concernant les batteries remplaçables

La batterie de l’appareil peut présenter un risque d’incendie ou de brûlure

si celle-ci est retirée ou désassemblée.

La batterie et ses composants doivent être recyclés de façon appropriée.

•

•

•

•

105

Notebook PC E-ManualSimplified EU Declaration of Conformity

ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the

essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. Full

text of EU declaration of conformity is available at

https://www.asus.com/support/.

The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use

for countries listed in the table below:

AT

DE

LV

NO

FI

BE

IS

LI

PL

SE

BG

IE

LT

PT

CH

CZ

IT

LU

RO

UK

DK

EL

HU

SI

HR

EE

ES

MT

SK

FR

CY

NL

TR

106

Notebook PC E-ManualRF Exposure information (SAR)

This device meets the EU requirements (2014/53/EU) on the limitation of exposure

of the general public to electromagnetic fields by way of health protection.

The limits are part of extensive recommendations for the protection of the

general public. These recommendations have been developed and checked by

independent scientific organizations through regular and thorough evaluations

of scientific studies. The unit of measurement for the European Council’s

recommended limit for mobile devices is the “Specific Absorption Rate” (SAR),

and the SAR limit is 2.0 W/Kg averaged over 10 gram of body tissue. It meets

the requirements of the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation

Protection (ICNIRP).

For next-to-body operation, this device has been tested and meets the ICNIRP

exposure guidelines and the European Standard EN 50566 and EN 62209-2. SAR is

measured with the device directly contacted to the body while transmitting at the

highest certified output power level in all frequency bands of the mobile device.

A minimum separation distance of 1 cm must be maintained between the user’s

body and the device, including the antenna during body-worn operation to

comply with the RF exposure requirements in Europe.

107

Notebook PC E-Manual108

Notebook PC E-Manual

 

 

E17309

First Edition / January 2021

User Guide

MyASUS FAQ

Top View

NOTE: The keyboard's layout may vary per region or country. The top view may also

vary in appearance depending on the Notebook PC model.

Array microphones

Camera

Camera indicator

360°-adjustable

touch screen panel

Camera

Keyboard

Touchpad

Function key lock indicator

Capital lock indicator

2

Notebook PC User GuideI/O ports and slots

Memory card tray*

Stylus storage*

Headphone/Headset jack

Power (DC) input port

USB 2.0 port

LAN port

Kensington® security slot

* On selected models

USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-C®/

Power Delivery combo port

USB 3.2 Gen 1 port

HDMI output port

IMPORTANT!

To prevent any damage, use only power sources rated 15V/3A to charge your Notebook PC with

the USB Power Delivery combo port. For more information, consult an ASUS service center for

assistance.

ASUS Pen (on selected models)

Right-click button

Eraser button

3

Notebook PC User GuideGetting started

1. Charge your Notebook PC

A. Connect the AC power cord to the AC/DC adapter.

B. Connect the DC power connector into your Notebook PC’s power (DC) input port.

C. Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source.

IMPORTANT! Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the battery pack and

supply power to your Notebook PC.

NOTE: The power adapter may vary in appearance, depending on models and your

region.

AC/DC power adapter

USB Type-C® power adapter

2. Lift to open the display panel

3. Press the power button

Charge the Notebook PC

for 3 hours before using

it in battery mode for the

first time.

4

Notebook PC User GuideSafety notices for your Notebook PC

WARNING!

Your Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use or while charging the battery pack. Do not

leave your Notebook PC on your lap or near any part of your body to prevent injury from heat.

When working on your Notebook PC, do not place it on surfaces that can block the vents.

CAUTION!

• This Notebook PC should only be used in environments with ambient temperatures between

5°C (41°F) and 35°C (95°F).

adapter complies with this rating.

• Refer to the rating label on the bottom of your Notebook PC and ensure that your power

• The power adapter may become warm to hot while in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep

it away from your body while it is connected to a power source.

IMPORTANT!

• Ensure that your Notebook PC is connected to the power adapter before turning it on for the

first time. Always plug the power cord into a wall socket without using any extension cords.

For your safety, connect this device to a properly grounded electrical outlet only.

• When using your Notebook PC on power adapter mode, the socket outlet must be near to the

unit and easily accessible.

• Locate the input/output rating label on your Notebook PC and ensure that it matches the

input/output rating information on your power adapter. Some Notebook PC models may

have multiple rating output currents based on the available SKU.

• Power adapter information:

- Input voltage: 100-240Vac

- Input frequency: 50-60Hz

- Rating output current: 2.37A (45W) / 3A (45W)

- Rating output voltage: 19V / 15V

WARNING!

Read the following precautions for your Notebook PC’s battery:

• Only ASUS-authorized technicians should

remove the battery inside the device

(for non-removable battery only).

• The battery used in this device may present

a risk of fire or chemical burn if removed or

disassembled.

• Follow the warning labels for your personal

safety.

• Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an

incorrect type.

• Do not dispose of in fire.

• Never attempt to short-circuit your

Notebook PC’s battery.

• Never attempt to disassemble and

reassemble the battery

(for non-removable battery only).

• Discontinue usage if leakage is found.

• This battery and its components must be

recycled or disposed of properly.

• Keep the battery and other small

components away from children.

5

Notebook PC User GuideAvis concernant les batteries remplaçables

• La batterie de l’appareil peut présenter un risque d’incendie ou de brûlure si celle-ci est

retirée ou désassemblée.

• La batterie et ses composants doivent être recyclés de façon appropriée.

Copyright Information

You acknowledge that all rights of this Manual remain with ASUS. Any and all rights, including without

limitation, in the Manual or website, are and shall remain the exclusive property of ASUS and/or its

licensors. Nothing in this Manual intends to transfer any such rights, or to vest any such rights to you.

ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. SPECIFICATIONS AND

INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND

ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A

COMMITMENT BY ASUS.

Copyright © 2021 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved.

Limitation of Liability

Circumstances may arise where because of a default on ASUS’ part or other liability, you are entitled to

recover damages from ASUS. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to

claim damages from ASUS, ASUS is liable for no more than damages for bodily injury (including death)

and damage to real property and tangible personal property; or any other actual and direct damages

resulted from omission or failure of performing legal duties under this Warranty Statement, up to the

listed contract price of each product.

ASUS will only be responsible for or indemnify you for loss, damages or claims based in contract, tort or

infringement under this Warranty Statement.

This limit also applies to ASUS’ suppliers and its reseller. It is the maximum for which ASUS, its suppliers,

and your reseller are collectively responsible.

UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ASUS LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS

AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA; OR (3) SPECIAL,

INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING

LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF ASUS, ITS SUPPLIERS OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR

POSSIBILITY.

Service and Support

For complete E-Manual version, refer to our multi-language website at:

https://www.asus.com/support/

MyASUS offers a variety of support features including troubleshooting, products performance

optimization, ASUS software integration, and helps you to organize personal desktop and increase

storage space. For more details, please visit https://www.asus.com/support/FAQ/1038301/.

6

Notebook PC User GuideFCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution

Statement

WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate this equipment.

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled

environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please

avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the

specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance.

UL Safety Notices

• DO NOT use the Notebook PC near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen

sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool.

• DO NOT use the Notebook PC during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of

electric shock from lightning.

• DO NOT use the Notebook PC in the vicinity of a gas leak.

• DO NOT dispose the Notebook PC battery pack in a fire, as they may explode. Check with local

codes for possible special disposal instructions to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to

fire or explosion.

• DO NOT use power adapters or batteries from other devices to reduce the risk of injury to

persons due to fire or explosion. Use only UL certified power adapters or batteries supplied

by the manufacturer or authorized retailers.

Coating Notice

IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating

is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located.

Prevention of Hearing Loss

To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long

periods.

Power Safety Requirement

Products with electrical current ratings up to 6A and weighing more than 3Kg must use

approved power cords greater than or equal to: H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75mm2 or H05VV-F, 2G, 0.75mm2.

7

Notebook PC User GuideCompliance Statement of Innovation, Science and

Economic Development Canada (ISED)

This device complies with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada license exempt

RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not

cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that

may cause undesired operation of the device.

Operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful

interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems.

CAN ICES-003(B)/NMB-003(B)

Déclaration de conformité de Innovation, Sciences et

Développement économique Canada (ISED)

Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Innovation, Sciences et Développement économique

Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux

deux conditions suivantes: (1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur

de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est

susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.

La bande 5150-5250 MHz est réservée uniquement pour une utilisation à l’intérieur afin de

réduire les risques de brouillage préjudiciable aux systèmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les

mêmes canaux.

CAN ICES-003(B)/NMB-003(B)

8

Notebook PC User GuideCaution

(i) the device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the

potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems;

(ii) for devices with detachable antenna(s), the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in

the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz shall be such that the equipment still complies

with the e.i.r.p. limit;

(iii) for devices with detachable antenna(s), the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in

the band 5725-5850 MHz shall be such that the equipment still complies with the e.i.r.p. limits

specified for point-to-point and non point-to-point operation as appropriate; and

(iv) the high-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-

5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and that these radars could cause interference and/or damage

to LE-LAN devices.

DFS (Dynamic Frequency Selection) products that operate in the bands 5250-5350 MHz, 5470-

5600 MHz, and 5650-5725 MHz.

Avertissement

(i) Les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz sont réservés uniquement à une

utilisation en intérieur afin de réduire les risques d’interférence préjudiciables aux systèmes de

satellites mobiles utilisant les mêmes canaux;

(ii) pour les dispositifs avec antenne(s) détachable(s), le gain d’antenne maximal autorisé pour

les dispositifs des bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5470-5725 MHz doit être tel que l’équipement

respecte encore les normes e.i.r.p. limite;

(iii) pour les dispositifs avec antenne(s) détachable(s), le gain maximal d’antenne permis (pour

les dispositifs utilisant la bande 5725-5825 MHz) doit être conforme à la limite de P.I.R.E spécifiée

pour l’exploitation point à point et non point à point, selon le cas; et

(iv) de plus, les utilisateurs devraient aussi être avisés que les utilisateurs de radars de haute

puissance sont désignés utilisateurs principaux (c.-à-d., qu’ils ont la priorité) pour les bandes

5250-5350 MHz et 5650-5850 MHz et que ces radars pourraient créer des interférences et/ou

des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL.

Les produits utilisant la technique d’atténuation DFS (Sélection Dynamique des Fréquences) sur

les bandes 5250-5350 MHz, 5470-5600 MHz, et 5650-5725 MHz.

9

Notebook PC User GuideDeclaration of Compliance for Product Environmental

Regulation

ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products, and

makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line with global

environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant information based on

regulation requirements. Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/Compliance.htm for information

disclosure based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with.

EU REACH and Article 33

Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of

Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS

REACH website at http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm.

EU RoHS

This product complies with the EU RoHS Directive. For more details, see

http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=35.

Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations

Information on Japan RoHS (JIS-C-0950) chemical disclosures is available on

http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=19.

India RoHS

This product complies with the “India E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016” and prohibits use of

lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls (PBBs) and polybrominated

diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight in homogenous materials

and 0.01% by weight in homogenous materials for cadmium, except for the exemptions listed

in Schedule II of the Rule.

10

Notebook PC User GuideVietnam RoHS

ASUS products sold in Vietnam, on or after September 23, 2011, meet the requirements of the

Vietnam Circular 30/2011/TT-BCT.

Các sản phẩm ASUS bán tại Việt Nam, vào ngày 23 tháng 9 năm2011 trở về sau, đều phải đáp

ứng các yêu cầu của Thông tư 30/2011/TT-BCT của Việt Nam.

ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services

ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest standards for

protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for you to be able to responsibly

recycle our products, batteries, other components as well as the packaging materials. Please

go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling information in different

regions.

Ecodesign Directive

European Union announced a framework for the setting of ecodesign requirements for energy-

related products (2009/125/EC). Specific Implementing Measures are aimed at improving

environmental performance of specific products or across multiple product types. ASUS

provides product information on the CSR website. Further information could be found at

https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=1555.

EPEAT Registered Products

The public disclosure of key environmental information for ASUS EPEAT (Electronic Product

Environmental Assessment Tool) registered products is available at

https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=41. More information about EPEAT program and

purchase guidance can be found at www.epeat.net.

Regional notice for Singapore

Complies with

IMDA Standards

DB103778

This ASUS product complies with IMDA Standards.

11

Notebook PC User GuideENERGY STAR Qualified Product

ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

and the U.S. Department of Energy helping us all save money and protect the

environment through energy efficient products and practices.

All ASUS products with the ENERGY STAR logo comply with the ENERGY

STAR standard, and the power management feature is enabled by default.

The monitor is automatically set to sleep within 10 minutes of user inactivity; the computer is

automatically set to sleep within 30 minutes of user inactivity. To wake your computer, click the

mouse, press any key on the keyboard, or press the power button.

Please visit http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement for detail information on power

management and its benefits to the environment. In addition, please visit

http://www.energystar.gov for detail information on the ENERGY STAR joint program.

NOTE: Energy Star is NOT supported on FreeDOS and Linux-based operating systems.

Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity

ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential

requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. Full text of EU declaration

of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/.

The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for countries

listed in the table below:

AT

DE

LV

NO

FI

BE

IS

LI

PL

SE

BG

IE

LT

PT

CH

CZ

IT

LU

RO

UK

DK

EL

HU

SI

HR

EE

ES

MT

SK

FR

CY

NL

TR

12

Notebook PC User GuideFederal Communications Commission Interference

Statement

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital

device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable

protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates,

uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with

the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is

no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does

cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning

the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or

more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

•

Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is

connected.

• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

FCC COMPLIANCE INFORMATION

Per FCC Part 2 Section 2.1077

Responsible Party: Asus Computer International

Address:

48720 Kato Rd., Fremont, CA 94538

Phone/Fax No:

(510)739-3777/(510)608-4555

hereby declares that the product

Product Name : Notebook PC

Model Number : BR1100FK, BR1100CK, B1100FK, B1100CK

compliance statement:

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the

following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference,

and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference

that may cause undesired operation.

Ver. 180620

13

Notebook PC User GuideRED RF Output table

Intel AX201NGW

Function

Intel 9560NGW

Function

WiFi

Bluetooth

WiFi

Bluetooth

Frequency

2412 - 2472 MHz

5150 - 5350 MHz

5470 - 5725 MHz

5725 - 5850 MHz

2402 - 2480 MHz

Frequency

2412 - 2472 MHz

5150 - 5350 MHz

5470 - 5725 MHz

5725 - 5850 MHz

2402 - 2480 MHz

Maximum Output Power (EIRP)

13 dBm

Maximum Output Power (EIRP)

14 dBm

20 dBm

19 dBm

11 dBm

4 dBm

20 dBm

19 dBm

10 dBm

4 dBm

For the standard EN 300 440, if this device operates in 5725-5875 MHz, it will be considered as a

receiver category 2.

Radio Type Description

Frequency

WCDMA

WCDMA I

1922.6 - 1977.4 MHz

WCDMA III

882.6 - 912.4 MHz

Maximum Output Power

(Conducted)

23.24 dBm

LTE1

LTE3

LTE7

LTE8

LTE20

LTE28

LTE38

LTE40

1922.5 - 1977.5 MHz

1710.7 - 1784.3 MHz

2502.5 - 2567.5 MHz

880.7 - 914.3 MHz

834.5 - 859.5 MHz

703 - 748 MHz

2570 - 2620 MHz

2300 - 2400 MHz

23.14 dBm

23.18 dBm

23.11 dBm

22.77 dBm

22.83 dBm

22.83 dBm

22.71 dBm

22.92 dBm

23.12 dBm

LTE

14

Notebook PC User GuideTCO Certified

A third-party certification according to ISO 14024

Toward sustainable IT products

Say hello

to a more sustainable product

IT products are associated with a wide range of sustainability risks

throughout their life cycle. Human rights violations are common in the

factories. Harmful substances are used both in products and their

manufacture. Products can often have a short lifespan because of poor

ergonomics, low quality and when they are not able to be repaired or

upgraded.

This product is a better choice. It meets all the criteria in TCO Certified,

the world’s most comprehensive sustainability certification for IT

products. Thank you for making a responsible product choice, that help

drive progress towards a more sustainable future!

Criteria in TCO Certified have a life-cycle perspective and balance

environmental and social responsibility. Conformity is verified by

independent and approved verifiers that specialize in IT products, social

responsibility or other sustainability issues. Verification is done both

before and after the certificate is issued, covering the entire validity

period. The process also includes ensuring that corrective actions are

implemented in all cases of factory non-conformities. And last but not

least, to make sure that the certification and independent verification is

accurate, both TCO Certified and the verifiers are reviewed regularly.

Want to know more?

Read information about TCO Certified, full criteria documents, news and

updates at tcocertified.com. On the website you’ll also find our Product

Finder, which presents a complete, searchable listing of certified

products.

15

Notebook PC User Guide16

Notebook PC User Guide